ASIA w. 4 '■im^i^0^f^ CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY Cornell University Library PK 3791.B27E5 1886 The Satakas of Bhartrlhari. 3 1924 007 609 344 The original of tliis book is in tlie Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924007609344 TRUBNER'S ORIENTAL SERIES THE SATAKA8 OF BHAETEfflAEI. ExamMeti into JEngltaJj torn tljc ©ttginal Sanak^it REV. B. HALE WORTHAM, B.A. M.R.A.S. RECTOR OP EQGESFOED, NORTH DEVON. LONDON: TEiJBNEE & CO., LUDGATE HILL. 1886. [All rights reserved.] BALLANTYNE, HANSON AND CO. EDINBURGH AND LONDON TO EDWARD BYLES COWELL, ESQ., M.A., LL.D. PROFESSOR or SANSKRIT IN THE DNIVERSITT OF CAMBRIDGE. PREFACE. H ^S'^' Of the three Satakas or centuries of couplets ascribed to Bhartrihari, the Nlti and Vair^gya Satakas alone are included in the following pages. The Sring§,ra ^ataka contains so many stanzas requiring modification, so many more wholly untranslatable into English, that on due consideration I have decided to omit this collection of stanzas from the volume now published. It only remains for me to convey my thanks to the friends who, in various ways, have so kindly and willingly contributed their aid in helping me to carry out this work. B. H. W. INTRODUCTION TO THE SATAKAS of BHARTRIHARI. Who was Bhartrihari ? what was his date ? where did he live ? did he, in fact, ever really exist at all ? These are questions to which no satisfactory answer has as yet been given. It has been alleged that he was of regal descent, -and the brother of Vikramaditya ; that not only did he belong to a reigning family, but that he was next in suc- cession to the crown, and that, disgusted with the world, he resigned in favour of his brother Vikrania. He is the reputed author of three ^atakas or centuries of couplets : — 1. Sringara Sataka, a purely amatory poem ; 2. Nlti Sataka, on polity and ethics ; 3. Vair^gya Sataka, on religious austerity. Besides these, tradition assigns to him a grammar called Vtkyapadiya, and a poem called Bhattikavya. But beyond tradition there is no evidence whatever as to the authorship of these Satakas. The theory already referred to, that Bhartrihari was a prince who quitted the world, in disgust, is founded upon the somewhat vague allusions in the second Sloka of the Mti Sataka. This has been supposed to refer to the discovery of a domestic intrigue in his own household, which so shook Bhartrihari's faith in worldly matters, that he decided to abdicate his royal position, and to retire into the forest as an ascetic. X INTRODUCTION TO These conclusions seem, however, too much to deduce from a remark in itself somewhat obscure. But whoever the author may have been, there seems a continuity and a uniformity in each of these separate Satakas, as well as a similarity in character between them, which forbid us to accept the theory that they are merely a compilation of well-known sayings. The unbroken tradition, moreover, that they are the authorship of one man (whatever his name may be) should not go for nothing. The question of date is almost as difficult to decide as that of authorship, and this can only be arrived at approximately on internal evidence. The doctrines enun- ciated in the Vair§,gya Sataka are relied on as supplying us with some of the proofs that are required. Many of the ^lokas in this Sataka speak in the language of the Vedantic philosophy. The rooting out of Karma or action, absorption into the Supreme Spirit, the driving out of Moha or illusion by Jn§,na, or the true knowledge — these ideas occurring very frequently in the Vair§,gya Sataka, all point to Vedantic influence. The eighth or ninth century A.D. has, on these grounds, been assigned as the date of these Satakas. Not that this date can be held as conclusive; for though Sankar§,charya, the great exponent and formulator of the Vedantic philo- sophy flourished and taught at that date, it is not, there- fore, proved that the Vedantic doctrines did not exist before his time ; and it necessarily follows, therefore, that neither similarity of idea nor of phraseology can warrant us in making Bhartrihari's Satakas cotemporary with Sankar§,charya. The argument as to their date from the mention of the Pur^nas in the Vaira,gya Sataka seems to be equally unconvincing. Some of the Pur§,nas may be even com- paratively modern productions, as late as the fourteenth or fifteenth century; but some are much earlier, dating back to the fifth or sixth century a.d. Further, the contents of these Pur&nas may be carried back to an even THE SATAKAS OF BHARTRIHARI. xi earlier date, and are spoken of under the title of Pur^nas by Amara Sinha in the first century B.C. Therefore, to derive any satisfactory conclusion as to dates from the mention of the Pur§,nas in the Vair^.gya Sataka, we should require to know what Pur§,nas are referred to in the particular passages — whether the works known to us as Pur^nas or those known under that name to Amara Sinha.1 Telang, in the preface to his editions of the Mti and Vai- r§,gya Satakas, is' in favour of assigning the close of the first or beginning of the second century to the author of these philosophical poems, in opposition to some authorities, who would place his date at 56 A.D. He grounds his view on the following considerations. Tradition informs us that the author of the Satakas was Bhartrihari, the brother of King Vikrama, and that he also composed a grammatical work called the V&kyapadiya. This work shows us that its author lived at least one generation after Patanjali's com- mentary on Panini's Grammar, called Mah^bh§,shya, had come into general use. The date of Patanjali varies according to different authorities from 200 B.C. to 25 a.d. Bhartrihari, in the V^kyapadiya, notices the fact that the Mah§,bh§,shya had gone through changes and rearrange- ments of text ; possibly interpolations and additions. The period between 144 B.C. (which Telang considers the probable date of Patanjali) and 56 B.C. would have been hardly long enough to account for alterations and inter- polations in the text of the Mah§,bhS,shya, and therefore 56 B.C., as the date of Bhartrihari, must be abandoned. We have, however, seen that Vikramaditya was said to be the brother of Bhartrihari. Now there appears to be a general consensus of opinion that this Vikramslditya was the founder of the Saka era, and that he lived about 78 A.D. This date allows an interval of more than two centuries between Patanjali and Bhartrihari, a period of sufficient ^ Some, however, have placed Amara Sinha in the middle of the third century A.D., or even later. xii INTRODUCTION. length to account for the alterations and interpolations ■which existed in the text of the M^habhlshya referred to in the V&kyap§,diya. On these grounds, then, such as they are, the authorship of these Satakas has been assigned to the end of the first or to the beginning of the second century a.d. Some attempt has been made to fix Bhartrihari's date by comparison with that of KalidS,sa. But the date of Kalid^sa himself is not sufficiently well ascertained to arrive at any certain conclusion by that method. Much, therefore, as to the date and authorship of these poems must be left to probability and conjecture. Jfote. — The text from which the following translation has been made is that edited by KashinSth Trimbak Telang, Bombay, 1874. THE ^ATAKAS OF BHARTEIHARI. NITI SATAKA. Concerning Morality. 1. Salutation to the deity who is not definable in time or space: infinite — pure intelligence in incarnate form: who is peace and glory : whose sole essence is self-know- ledge. 2. That woman is attracted by another man whom I supposed to be always devoted to me : to her another man is attached : while a certain other woman takes pleasure in my doings. Fie on her and on him, on the god of love, on that woman, and on myself. 3. The man who is entirely ignorant is easily guided : the wise man is still more easily led: but even the Supreme Being himself cannot influence the smatterer. 4. A man may forcibly get back a jewel from the teeth of a crocodile : he may cross over the raging waves of the sea : he may wear an angry serpent on his head as if it were a garland of flowers: but he cannot win over the mind of one who is foolish and obstinate. 5. A man may get oil from sand by violent pressure : he may drink water from a mirage when oppressed by thirst : he may get possession of the horn of a hare : but he cannot win over the mind of one who is foolish and obstinate. A 2 Ntri sataka: 6. He who would lead evil men into the path of virtue hy a few soft words, is as one who hinds an elephant with a young lotus-fibre : as one who tries to cut the diamond with a filament of lirisha ; or as one who desires to make the salt sea sweet with a drop of honey. 7. The Creator has given man, as it were, a cloak to conceal his ignorance : with that he can cover himself at all times, for it is always at hand. That gift is silence, the special ornament of the ignorant in the assembly of the wise. 8. When I kne^w but a little, I was blinded by pride, as an elephant is blinded by passion : my mind was exalted, and in my arrogance I thought I knew all things. Then I came into the presence of the wise who know many kinds of wisdom, and my pride left me even like a fever. 9. A dog eats with delight putrid abominable bones, and though the king of the gods may stand before him, takes no heed : even so a mean man considers not the worthlessness of that which belongs to him. 10. The Ganges falls from heaven upon the head of &va ; from the head of Siva on to the mountain ; from the top of the mountain to the earth, always falling lower and lower: even in so many ways is the fall of one whose judgment has departed from him. 1 1. Fire can be quenched by water, the heat of the sun can be kept off by a parasol, a wild elephant can be guided by a sharp hook, an ox or an ass by a stick : sick- ness can be subdued by the help of physicians, poison by the assistance of various charms. A cure has been ordained by the ^Istras for everything, but there is no medicine for the cure of a fool. 12. The man who has no sense of literature and music is like a beast, though he has not horns and a tail : he may not eat grass, but yet he lives a life exactly like that of the cattle. 13. Those in whom is neither wisdom, nor penance, nor liberality, nor knowledge, nor good disposition, nor NtTI SATAKA. 3 virtue, nor righteousness, may live in the world of mortals in the form of men, but they pass through the world like beasts encumbering the earth. 14. It is better to wander in a mountain-pass with the wild beasts than to live in the palace of the gods with a fool. The Praise of Wisdom. 15. When wise men dwell in poverty — men whose words are adorned with polished sayings from the SS,stras, and who impart sacred learning to their disciples — then that prince in whose kingdom they dwell is chargeable with folly, and the wise men, though poor, are the rulers of the land. Should not those bad examiners be worthy of condemnation who (through) carelessness cause jewels to fall from their true value ? 16. kings! cast off your pride before those who have the inward treasure of wisdom : they are not despoiled by robbers, but their treasure, always increasing, grows greater when it is shared with the needy : not even at the end of the world does it perish. Who indeed may compare with them? 17. Despise not wise men who have attained to know- ledge of the truth. They are not held bound by riches, for they count wealth even as grass. The stalk of a water- lily will not bind an elephant who is infuriated by passion. 18. The Creator in his anger may hinder the swan from sporting in the lotus-bed, his dwelling ; but he cannot take away his faculty of separating milk from water. ig. Bracelets are no ornament to a man, nor strings of pearls clear as the moon ; nor yet bathing, nor perfumes, nor flowers, nor decorated hair. Perfect eloquence alone adorns a man. Adornments may perish, but the orna- ment of eloquence abides for ever. 20. Wisdom, indeed, is the highest ornament that a man possesses. It is a valuable to be carefully guarded, for wisdom gains food, glory, and blessing. It is the lord 4 Ntri SATAKA. of lords. Wisdom is as a friend to a man travelling in a distant land. Wisdom is honoured among kings even more than wealth. The man devoid of wisdom is but an animal. 21. If a man has patience, what need has he of armour? If he has anger in his heart, what further enemy need he fear ? If he has knowledge, what need of fire to consume evil ? If a friend, what need has he of divine medicines ? If there are malicious people about him, why should he be afraid of serpents ? If he has perfect wisdom, what need of riches ? If he is modest, what need has he of orna- ment ? If he give his mind to poetry, what need has he of power ? 22. Be well disposed towards relatives ; liberal to infe- riors : always hate the evil ; love the good ; be obedient to princes ; honour the wise. Be firm towards enemies ; be respectful to venerable men ; deal shrewdly with women. The man who frames his life after these precepts prospers in the world. 23. Intercourse with wise men takes away dulness of mind, elevates the intellect, inspires the speech with truthfulness. What will it not do for men ? 24. May there be glory to wise men who are learned and accomplished poets! There is no fear that their renown shall wither or perish. 25. A virtuous son, an affectionate wife, a liberal master, a loving friend, a guileless kinsman, a miad not harassed by care, a handsome form, abiding riches, a mouth abound- ing in wisdom — these are the gifts which Hari, the ^iver of desires, the delight of the earth, bestows upon the man with whom he is pleased. 26. Abstinence from destroying life, keeping one's hands off another's wealth, speaking the truth, reasonable liberality according to one's power, not conversing with the wives of other men, checking the stream of covetous- ness, reverence towards spiritual fathers, compassion to- wards all creatures— this is the path of happiness, violating BO ordinances, taught in all the S§,stras. Ntri SATAKA. S 27. The low-minded man does not make even the least effort in the pursuit of wisdom through fear of difficulties : if he has made any attempt, he stops when obstacles meet him. The noble-minded man may meet with repeated hindrances, but when he has once begun the pursuit of wisdom he does not give it up. 28. Eighteousness must be loved; evil must be avoided, even at the risk of death ; wicked men must not be spoken to ; a poor man, even though he be a friend, must not be asked for alms : even in adversity the foot must be con- stant, and the vow taught by good and grea,t men must be conformed to, even if it be as difficult as to stand on the edge of a sword ! The Praise of Firmness. 29. The lion, though overwhelmed by hunger and weak- ened by old age, though at the point of death and in a state of misery, and though his majesty may have left him and his life be vanishing away, yet his whole desire is to swallow at one mouthful the forehead of the kingly elephant which he has crushed in pieces. How should he, the mightiest of living things, feed upon withered grass ! 30. A dog rejoices over a small filthy bone of an ox which he has found stripped of flesh, though it satisfies not his hunger ; but the lion passes by the jackal stand- ing near him and attacks the elephant. So the man of firm mind, even though he may be in distress, desires that which is in accordance with his natural disposition. 31. The dog falls down low before the feet of one who gives him food, wagging his tail and opening his mouth wide ; but the elephant, on the other hand, remains un- moved, and only eats after he is entreated with flattering words. 32. What man is not born again while he passes from .one birth to another 1 But that man only is truly born by whose birth his family attains to dignity. 6 Ntri SATAKA. 33. There are two uses both for a garland of flowers and also for a wise man — they may be exalted on the head or wither in the forest. 34. Although the five or six planets, of which Vrihas- pati is the head, are held in high esteem, yet Eahu, whose power and might are great, does not attack them. The lord of the demons, though he has nothing left him but his head, devours in his course only the lord of the day and the ruler of the night. 35. Sesha bears all the worlds placed on his serpent- like head : he himself is always borne on the back of the king of the tortoises, who dwells, held without difficulty, in the bounds of ocean. Ah ! with what ease do the mighty perform great marvels ! 36. The son of Himalaya would have behaved far more nobly if he had allowed enraged Indra to cut off his wings with the thunderbolt breathing forth huge masses of flame, and had not, when his father was helplessly subject to cala- mity, sought a refuge by throwing himself into the ocean. 37. The sun-stone, though insensate, is kindled into light when touched by the rays of the sun : how then should a mightj' man bear an injury inflicted by another. 38. The lion, though young, attacks the elephant infu- riated with passion. The energy of the noble-minded man proceeds from his natural disposition, not from his youth. Praise of Riches. 39. Our noble birth may go to the lower regions ; our virtues may perish ; our moral character may fall as if from a lofty mountain ; our family may be consumed by fire ; a thunderbolt may strike our might as it were an enemy : let us keep our money, for without this aU the collected virtues are but a heap of grass. 40. These are aU the same senses — exactly the same action — the same intellect undiminished : the same voice. But though a man may remain exactly what he was, yet. NtTI SATAKA. 7 when deprived of the warmth which wealth gives him, he becomes some one altogether different. This is indeed wonderful ! 41. If a man be wealthy, he is of good family, he is wise, he is learned in the Scriptures, he is virtuous, eloquent, beautiful. All the virtues attach themselves to gold. 42. A king is ruined through evil counsellors : an ascetic through society : a child by spoiling : a priest by not studying the Sacred Scriptures : a family by the evil behaviour of children : good manners by evil habits : modesty by wine : agriculture by want of care : affection by absence from home : friendship by want of love : possessions by mismanagement : money by waste and prodigality. 43. Giving, consuming, and loss, are the three ways by which wealth is diminished. The man who neither gives nor spends has yet the third way open to him. 44. A jewel is cut by the polishing stone ; a conqueror in war is killed by weapons ; the elephant is weakened by passion; the islands in a river become dry in the autumn ; the moon wanes ; young women become languid through pleasure, yet is their beauty nothing lessened : so noble men who have diminished their wealth by giving to the needy are stiU illustrious. 45. A man who is famishing longs for a handful of grain ; but when he has revived, he looks on the whole earth as a mere handful of grass. So objects seem great or small according to the condition of the men who possess them : it is the change in men's fortune which makes things seem greater or smaller. 46. If, king ! if you would enjoy this earth, which is as fruitful as a cow, nourish it as carefully as you would a calf. The earth brings forth fruits without end like the creeper of plenty if it is perpetually and carefully cultivated. 47. The behaviour of kings is as uncertain as the way of a courtesan. Now it is false, now true — now with 8 nIti sataka. harsh, now with agreeable words — now cruel, now mer- ciful— ^at one time liberal, at another covetous — either always squandering money or heaping it together. 48. Authority, fame, the guarding of Br^hmans, libe- rality, feasting, protection of friends : what profit is there to those who serve kings if they have not gained these six blessings ? 49. Whatever fate has written on the forehead of each, that shall he obtain, whether it be poverty or riches. His abode may be the desert, but he shall gain no more if he live even on Mount Meru. Let your mind be constant. Do not be miserable through envy of the rich. The pitcher takes up the same quantity of water whether it be from the well or the ocean. 50. "Who does not know that thou, cloud, art the one support of the ChS,taka? Why, most beneficent cloud ! dost thou wait for our cry of misery ? " 51. "Ah! beloved Ch§,taka, hear and listen attentively to what I tell thee. The heavens have many clouds, but they are not all alike ; some water the earth, others thun- der and pour forth no rain." Do not degrade yourself by asking alms of any one whom you may chance to meet. Concerning Evil Men. 52. Cruelty, causeless quarrels, the desire for another's wife or money, envy of the good, or of one's own rela- tives. These are the natural characteristics of wicked men. 53. An evil man should be avoided" though he be adorned with learning. Is a snake less feared because it is ornamented with jewels ? 54. The moderate man's virtue is called dulness ; the man who lives by rigid vows is considered arrogant ; the pure-minded is deceitful ; the hero is called unmerciful ; the sage is contemptuous ; the polite man is branded as servile, the noble man as proud; the eloquent man is called a chatterer; freedom from passion is said to be NlTI SATAKA. 9 feebleness. Thus do evil-minded persons miscall the vir- tues of the good. 55. If a man be greedy, what further vice can he have ? What sin can he worse than backbiting ? What need has the truthful man of penances ? What need has the pure- minded man of a sacred bathing-place ? What virtue is beyond generosity ? If there be greatness of mind, what adornment is required ? If a man be learned, what neces- sity is there of the society of others ? If disgrace over- take a man, why need he fear death ? 56. The moon obscured by the daylight, a woman no longer young, a pond destitute of water-lilies, a handsome man who talks nonsense, a prince entirely devoted to money, a good man always in calamity, an evil man dwelling in a king's court — these are seven thorns in my mind. 57. A king full of wrath hath no friend. The sacred fire burns even the priest who offers the sacrifice if he touches it. 58. The man who preserves a respectful silence is con- sidered dumb ; the man who talks agreeably is considered forward ; the man who stands close by is thought trouble- some; he who stands far off, cold-hearted; the patient man is counted as faint-hearted; the impetuous man is called ill-bred. So difficult, indeed, are the laws by which behaviour is regulated, impossible to be learnt even by an ascetic. 59. Is it possible to take pleasure in the society of a low man, dissolute, whose evil is all evident, whose wicked acts are the result of former births, who hates virtue, and who lives by chance ? 60. The friendships formed between good and evil men differ. The friendship of the good, at first faint like the morning light, continually increases ; the friendship of the evil at the very beginning is great, like the light of mid- day, and dies away like the light of evening. ■ 61. Deer, fish, and virtuous men, who only require grass. ,10 NtTI SATAKA. water, and peace in the world, are wantonly pursued by huntsmen, fishermen, and envious people. The Character of the Good. 62. Desire for the companionship of the good, love for the virtues of others, reverence for spiritual teachers, dili- gence in acquiring wisdom, love for their own wives, fear of the world's blame, reverence for Siva, self-restraint, freedom from the acquaintance with evil men — wherever men dwell endowed with virtues like these, they are always reverenced. 63. Firmness in adversity, restraint in prosperity, elo- quence in the assembly, boldness in war, the desire of glory, study in the Scriptures — these are the natural char- acteristics of the virtuous. 64. Secret generosity, cheerful hospitality to strangers, not speaking in public about one's own good deeds, pro- claiming the benefits received from others, freedom from pride in prosperity, due respect in speaking of others — this is the vow of exceeding difficulty, taught by the good. 65. Liberality is the fitting virtue for the hand, rever- ence towards spiritual teachers for the head, true speech for the mouth, surpassing power for the arms of a mighty man, content for the heart, the holy Veda rightly under- stood for the ears ; the man of noble mind who is the possessor of these adornments has no need of outward pomp. 66. The heart of the wise is soft as a lotus flower in prosperity, but in adversity it is as firm as a mountain rock. 6y. Water will not remain on hot iron, but standing on a lotus leaf it shines with the beauty of a pearl ; and if a drop of water fall under a favourable star into the middle of an oyster in the sea, it straightway becomes a pearl. So is the disposition of men, good, tolerable, or bad, according to the society in which they live. NtTI SATAKA. ii 68. The son who delights his father by his good actions, the wife who seeks only her husband's good, the friend who is the same in prosperity and in adversity — these three things are the reward of virtue. 69. Those who are ennobled by humility: those who display their own virtues by relating the virtues of other men : those who in their own business always consider the interests of others : those who hate the evil speal^er, and the mouth that continually utters harsh and impa- tient words: — good men whose admirable behaviour is shown in virtues like these are always held in reverence. Who would not respect them ? The Way of Liberality. 70. Trees loaded with fruit are bent down ; the clouds when charged with fresh rain hang down near the earth : even so good men are not uplifted through prosperity. Such is the natural character of the liberal. 71. The ears of such men as these are adorned with hearing revelation, not with earrings; their hands with liberality, not with bracelets ; their bodies shine through doing kind deeds to others, not with ointment of sandal- wood. 72. The good man shuns evil and follows ; good : he keeps secret that which ought to be hidden : he makes his virtues manifest to all: he does not forsake one in adversity: he gives in season. Such (according to the wise) are the marks of a worthy friend. 73. The sun opens the lotuses; the moon illuminates the beds of water-lilies ; the cloud pours forth its water unasked: even so the liberal of their own accord are occupied in benefiting others. 74. Those men are good men who study the good of others without regarding themselves. Those men are ordinary men who, while they benefit others, do not jieglect their own interests. Those men are demons who 12 NtTI SATAKA. destroy another's good for their own profit. What shall we call those who aimlessly destroy that which is an- other's ? 75. The milk that has been joined to the -water has long since given over to it its own innate qualities. The water has seen the milk growing hot, and has imme- diately made an ofiering of itself in the fire. The milk was eager to rush into the fire, but having seen its friend's distress, remains still, being joined to the water. Even so is the friendship of the good. y6. The ocean endures the sleep of K^sava, and is a refuge for the mountains in their flight from the demons ; moreover, it is filled with devouring flames within. Surely the ocean can endure anything ! yy. Eestrain desire, cultivate patience, conquer illusion, do not lust after evil, speak the truth, follow that which is good, seek the company of the virtuous, honour the wise, be reconciled even with enemies, conceal your own virtues, guard your good name, show pity for the unfortu- nate — these are the acts of the good. 78. How many noble men are . there whose thoughts, words, and deeds are, as it were, filled with nectar — ^by whom the three worlds are loaded with blessings — who exalt even the very smallest virtues of another to the size of a mountain — whose hearts are constantly expanding ? 79. What profit is there in Meru, the mountain of gold, or of the hill of silver, where the trees that grow remain the same trees without any change ? We honour the hills of Malaya, for by contact with them common trees like the Trophis Aspera, the bitter Nimba, and the Karaya become themselves even as sandal trees. The Praise of Constancy. 80. The gods rested not until they had gained posses- sion of the nectar : they were not turned aside from the search by pearls of great price, nor by fear of terrible nIti SATAKA. 13 poison. Even so men of constant mind do not rest until they have completely accomplisiied their object. 81. At one time a man may lie on the ground, at an- other he may sleep on a couch ; at one time he may live on herbs, at another on boiled rice ; at one time he may •wear rags, at another a magnificent robe. The man of constant mind, bent on his purpose, counts neither state as pleasure nor pain. 82. Courtesy is the ornament of a noble man, gentle- ness of speech that of ia hero ; calmness the ornament of knowledge, reverence that of sacred learning ; liberality towards worthy objects is the ornament of wealth, free- dom from wrath that of the ascetic; clemency is the ornament of princes, freedom from corruption that of jus- tice. The natural disposition, which is the parent of the virtues in each, is their highest ornament. 83. The constant man may be blamed or praised by those skilled in discerning character ; fortune may come to him or may leave him; he may die to-day or in ten thousand years' time ; but for all that he does not turn aside from the path of righteousness. The Power of Fate. 84. A rat fell by night into the jaws of a serpent whose body had been squeezed into a basket, and who was half- dead with hunger. The serpent, revived by his meal, went forth, and immediately meeting with the same fate as the rat, perished. Be content, my friends, with your lot ! The success or failure of men is in the hands of fate. 85. A ball, though it fall to the ground, flies up again by the strokes of the hand. Even so the misfortunes of good men are not often lasting. 86. Idleness is a great enemy to mankind : there is no friend like energy ; for if you cultivate that it will never fail. 87. The tree that is cut down grows again ; the moon 14 NtTI SATAKA. that wanes waxes again after a time. Thus do wise men reflect, and, though distressed, are not overwhelmed. 88. Indra, though guided by Vrihaspati, and armed with the thunderbolt ; though the deities were his soldiers, and Vishnu his ally ; though Svarga was his citadel, and the elephant Airasvata his steed, was defeated. How resist- less is the power of fate ! How vain are human efforts ! 89. Discernment is the fruit of men's actions, and is the result produced by deeds performed in another state : this must be carefully considered by the wise man who gives heed to all things. 90. A bald-headed man was scorched by the rays of the sun on his head, and seeking a shady place, went, under the guidance of fat6, to the foot of a palm tree. While resting there, the fruit of the tree fell with a loud noise on his head and broke it. Even so, wherever the unfortunate man goes, he generally meets with disaster. 91. When I see the sun and moon exposed in the eclipse to the assaults of the demon ; when I behold the bonds which hold a serpent or an elephant ; when I behold the wise man in poverty, then the thought strikes me, " How mighty is the power of fate ! " 92. Fate brings forth an excellent man — a very mine of virtue — and in a moment works his ruin. Alas ! how un- reasoning is the action of fate ! 93. It is not the fault of the spring that the leafless tree does not produce leaves ; it is not the fault of the sun that the owl cannot see by day ; it is not the fault of the rain- cloud that the drops do not fall into the cuckoo's mouth. Who shall reverse that which fate has written on the fore- head of each ? The Praise of Action. 94. We worship the gods, but are they not in the power of fate ? Destiny must be worshipped, for that is the sole giver of rewards to man proportioned to the acts of their former state. But the fruit of those acts depends upon the NtTI SATAKA. 15 acts themselves ; why, then, should we worship either the god or destiny? Let us pay adoration to those works over which fate has no power. 95. By means of destiny Brahma was constrained to work like an artificer in the interior of his egg ; by means of destiny Vishnu was compelled to pass through ten in- carnations of great dilB&culty ; by means of destiny Siva was forced to live as a mendicant, bearing the skull in his hands for a pot ; by means of destiny the sun is compelled to travel his daily course in the heaven. Adoration, there- fore, be to works. 96. Neither beauty, nor greatness of family, nor force of character, nor learning, nor service, though performed with care, but merit alone, gained from penances in a former state, will bring forth fruit to a man as a tree in its season. 97. A man may be in a forest, or in war, or in the midst of fire, or among a host of enemies, or in the ocean, or upon a high mountain ; he may be asleep or mad ; or he may be surrounded by difficulties ; yet the good actions performed in a former state will profit him. 98. wise man ! cultivate constantly divine virtue ; for that makes evil men good, the foolish wise, enemies well disposed, invisible things visible ; in a moment that turns poison into nectar ; that will give you the desired fruit of your acts. virtuous man ! do not vainly spend labour on acquiring mighty gifts with great pain ! 99. The wise man, at the beginning of his actions, looks carefully to the end of them, that by their means he may be freed from births in another state. Actions performed with excessive haste are even as an arrow piercing the heart. 100. The man who, placed in the world of action, does not walk piously, regarding his state hereafter, is as one who cooks the lees of sesame over a sandal- wood fire in a caldron of lapis-lazuli, or as one who ploughs with a golden share to cultivate swallow-wort, or as one who i6 Ntri SATAKA. cuts dow!i a grove of camphor to fence in a field of kodrava. lOi. A man may dive into the sea, he may ascend to the top of Mount Mem, he may be victorious over his enemies, he may devote himself to merchandise, he may plough the earth, he may study all learning and all art, he may travel on the wings of a bird from one end of heaven to the other, but yet he shall suffer that which is fated him on earth, neither shall that fail which is destined for him. 102. A terrible wood becomes a splendid city, and the whole world is filled with jewels, to that man who has performed righteous acts in his former existence ; all men reverence his virtues. SupplemerUary Slokas. 103. What is most profitable ? Fellowship with the good. What is the worst thing in the world ? The society of evil men. What is the greatest loss ? Failure in one's duty. Where the greatest peace 1 In truth and righteous- ness. Who is the hero ? The man who subdues his senses. Who is best beloved? The faithful wife. What is wealth ? Knowledge. What is the most perfect happiness ? Stay- ing at home. What is royalty ? Command. 104. The man who possesses intelligence, like the jasmin flower, has two courses open to him: he may flourish in the sight of the world, or he may wither away in the desert. 105. The earth is variously adorned in various places ; by poor men whose words are of no account — by rich men whose words are admired — by those contented with their own wives — ^by men who refrain from passing censure upon others. 106. The constant man loses not his virtue in misfor- tune. A torch may point towards the ground, but its flame will still point upwards. Ntri SATAKA. 17 107. The mind of the constant man is not pierced by the arrows shot from the glances of love ; he is not con- sumed by the fire of anger : worldly objects do not en- snare him in the net of covetousness ; he is the lord of the three worlds. 108. The mighty earth, trodden by the feet of one hero, is lightened up with his exceeding great glory as though by the shining of the sun. 109. Through the power of constancy fire becomes even as water, the ocean becomes but a rivulet. Mount Meru becomes only a small stone, a lion becomes as harmless as an antelope, a savage beast becomes a garland of flowers, poison is turned into nectar. The constant man, by his constancy, turns the savage things in nature into the most gentle. 1 10. Honourable men may cast aside life and happiness, but inasmuch as they are intent upon truth, they do not cast off their truthfulness, the cause of modesty and of all the virtues, following them wherever they may go, pure in heart, even as dear to them as their own mother. Miscellaneous Satakas. I. A morose heart, a face exalted with inward pride, a nature difi&cult as an exceedingly narrow mountain- pass — this is known as the character of women: their mind is said by the wise to be as changeable as the drop of dew which rests upon the lotus leaf. Faults indeed develop in a woman together with her growth, as the poisonous shoots sprout in the creeper. 2. Whether a brave man who is killed in the foremost of the fight obtain heaven or victory, he will gain great glory from both armies ; and this is the aim of one who desires fame. 3. Of all the exceeding marvels wldch I behold, the Boar and Eahu bear away the palm. The one bore the drowned earth on his tusks, which dripped with water ; B 1 8 Ntri SATAKA. the other, who has only a head, swallows his foe and then lets him go again. 4. The earth is bounded by the ocean, the ocean ex- tends but a thousand yojanas, the sun always measures his course through the sky ; these objects then are bounded by certain definite limits. There is nothing exceeding them in greatness but the intelligence of wise men, which has no limits. 5. There is one divinity, Ke^ava or Siva; one friend,- a king or an ascetic ; one dwelling, in a town or in the forest ; one wife, handsome or ugly. [It matters not which a man may choose.] 6. The world, though it be supported on the king of the serpents, on the elephants that bear it up, on the great mountains, and on the tortoise, shakes; but that which has been promised by men of pure minds never fails, even though ages have passed away. 7. The tortoise is pained through the weight of the earth ; why then does he not east it off ? The sun feels fatigue in his course ; why then does he not stand stUl ? Looking on these examples, a noble man is ashamed to fail in his promises ; he faithfully keeps his word. Thus are vows kept in the family of a good man. 8. When a man is satisfied with food, he enters into subjection to the world; even so a drum sends forth an agreeable sound when its surface is covered with flour. 9. Low-minded men are occupied solely with their own affairs, but noble-minded men take special interest in the affairs of others. The submarine fire drinks up the ocean to fill its own insatiable interior; the rain-cloud, that it may relieve the drought of the earth, burnt up by the hot season. 10. The counsellor truly, like the poet, is never free from a load of trouble ; he collects new i ^^^^^^S^ I f jqu^ ( revenue j afar, and avoids aU { """^S^' expressions ) i common rumours J ' NtTI SATAKA. 19 himself to pleasing the assemblies of the gbod ; with toil and labour he makes a-| ^ , ' 5-by conform- ( place i •' ing to the thoughts of the world. 1 1. Whatever has been appointed by fate in this life for each man, that shall be his lot, be it great or small. The cloud rains day by day, filling all things, but only a few little drops fall into the ch§,taka's mouth. 12. The wise must be respected, even when the advice 'they give us is not suitable. The ordinary converse of such men is like Holy Writ. 13. A good man may fall, but he falls as a ball; an ignoble man falls like a lump of clay. 14. If, by the decree of fate, the world were ever to become deprived of lotuses, would the swan scratch in the dust-heap like the cock ? 15. Elephants, filled with passion, heavy with sleep, may stand at the gate ; horses, adorned with golden orna- ments, may gallop about filled with spirit; their owner may be wakened from his sleep by the sound of drums, conchs, cymbals, fifes, and lutes : all this, a state like that of the lord of the deities, is the reward, outwardly dis- played, of religious merit (gained in former births). 16. The joy of those whose minds are alive to the happiness of content is perfect, but the desire of those who are disturbed by the lust after riches never ceases. For whose sake was Meru created by fate full of wealth as it is ? Meru pleases me not, though it is filled with an abundance of gold and silver, since it is satisfied with itself alone. 17. The red colour of the lotus, the care, for others dis- played by the good, the want of respect shown by the bad; this is the triad of qualities brought to perfec- tion in each class by means of its own innate disposi- tion. 18. Faithfulness in promises is the noblest quality among men; leanness is the best quality for a female 20 NITI SATAKA. elephant ; wisdom and patience best become a Brahman. Each creature is best adorned by its own special ornament. 19. It is better to fall from the highest point of a lofty mountain and be dashed to pieces among the rocks — it is better that one's hand should be bitten by the poisonous fangs of a dreadful serpent — it is better to fall into the fire, than that one's piety should fail. 20. If thou thinkest to behold noble-minded men fall from their firmness in misfortune, cease from evil efforts involving idle speculations. fool ! even at the end of ages the mighty mountains do not become small, nor does the ocean lose the powers that belong to it. 21. Glory, conquering all things, tears the bosom of men, as an impudent and forward woman, with her nails long and sharp like swords. 22. Even the moon, the storehouse of ambrosia, the guide of the plants which grow year by year, compacted of nectar and filled with beauty, becomes shorn of its beams directly it reaches the region of the sun. Who does not fall into contempt directly he enters the house of another ? 23. Girls with glances of admiration, a house filled with magnificence, prosperity attended with outward si^ns of royalty— these are a man's portion as long as fortune attends him ; but if that fails, all these things disappear, like the pearls on a necklace whose string has been broken in play. ( 21 ) I^OTES TO THE NITI SATAKA. 1. The second collection of S'atakas ascribed to Bliartrihari relates to Niti or Morality. The word Mti may be taken to mean "moral philosophy, ethics, precepts inculcating prudent or moral behaviour." These precepts are thrown into the pro- verbial form. The first sloka is occupied by the invocation or salutation to BrahmS,, who is addressed as the deity, whose essence is self-knowledge, and by whom self-knowledge can alone be attained. This seems to refer to the doctrine which teaches the unity of the Supreme and the Individual Soul, since what we know when we know ourselves truly is the Brahma (Telang). 2. By means of this sloka an attempt has been made to fix the authorship of the NUi 3ataka on Bhartrihari. It is sup- posed that he was disgusted at some discovery of infidelity on the part of his wife, and in consequence resigned his royal position to his brother Vikrama. There is, however, little or no authority for the statement, and the sloka itself is too vague to found any theory of authorship upon it. The com- mentator says that King Vikrama gained possession of a certain fruit which conferred immortality on any one who ate it. Vikrama gave it to a Brdhman, who gave it to King Bhartrihari. Bhartrihari gave it to his wife ; she gave it to her paramour ; the latter gave it to a lover of his own, in whose possession Bhartrihari saw the fruit. Such is the occurrence supposed to be recorded in this ildka. 3. We may compare the ideas in this stanza with the words of St. Paul, " If any man think that he knoweth anything, he knoweth nothing yet as he ought to know " (i Cor. viii. 2), or the line, " A little learning is a dangerous thing," of Pope. Jndnar-lava-dur-vidagdham, " (The man) puifed up through small- ness of knowledge." Durvidagdha is explained by the com- mentator as garvishta, arrogant. 4. Referring to the fable according to which crocodiles were supposed to have pearls between their teeth. 22 Ntri SATAKA. S- ^asavishdna, " the horn of a hare ; " proverbial for that which does not exist. Cf. the following, given by Telang in his note on this passage — " Esha bandhySsuto yati khapushpakritasekharah mriga trishnSmbhasi snatah. sasasringadhanurdharah." " The son of a barren woman goes along, wearing a crown made from flowers that grew in the sky, bathing in a mirage, carrying a bow made of hare's horn.'' Bringing together all the most impossible things. With this sloka may be com- pared Proy. xxvii. 22, and Ecclus. xxi. and xxii. 6. Fydla may be translated either " elephant" or " serpent." 7. This stanza is the one in which the author shows the highest knowledge of the world. It is merely an elaborated form of the English proverb, "Speech is silver, silence is gold." The same idea runs through a good many verses of the Proverbs of Solomon, e.ff., x. 19, "In the multitude of words there wanteth not sin." So also xiii. 3, xvii. 27. Cf. Ecclus. XX. 18, 19, 20. Orientals always seem to have re- garded talkativeness as an evil and a sign of folly. "The empty pitcher makes the most sound.'' 8. Kinchid-jna, " knowing somewhat," is explained by Telang to refer not to the speaker's estimate of himself at the time of his " blindness," but to the view he takes of himself after his " intoxication " has left him. " When I knew (that which now I know was but) a little," is the idea to be conveyed. 9. As a dog prefers the carrion which he has before him to any sight however magnificent, so the fool keeps his eyes fixed on himself and his small acquirement, and 10. Continually falls lower and lower in the scale of in- tellect. 12-13. C!f. Ps. xlviii. 20 (Vulg.) : "Homo, cum in honore esset, non intellexit; comparatus est jumentis insipientibus, et similis factus est illis." For bhuvi hhdrabMtdh, cf. Iliad, xviu. 104 : dXV !]/&«/ iraoa, Mjuff/ iriiaiov a^Sos aoouoij;. 14. Cf. Prov. xvii. 12. 15. With this sloka begins the section or chapter relating to wisdom. Cf. Hitopadesa, MUrdbhedah, 66, 71, 72, for ideas similar to those contained in the last line of this iloka. NtTI SATAKA. 23 16. Kalpa-anta, the end of a kalpa, the destruction of the world, A kalpa is supposed to be a day and night of Brahm^, and to equal 4,320,000,000 years of men. After the creation of the world, it is supposed to remain unaltered for one of Brahmfi,'s days, a period of 2,160,000,000 years of men. The world, and all that it contains, is then destroyed by fire, only the gods, sages, and elements surviving. On Brahm3,'s awaking after his night, which lasts an equal number of years with the day, he repeats the process of creation. This goes on continually until his existence of a hundred years is brought to an end, when he, the gods, the sages, and the whole universe are resolved into their constituent elements. 17. ANii-nava-mada-lekhd-iydma-gandha'Stliahdndm vdraiid- ndm, " Elephants, the surface of their cheeks dark through the lines of mada (flowing freshly)." Abhinava, &c., Bahuvrihi comp. qualifying vdrandndm. 18. The Scholiast says on this sloka, " Yo yasya svabh&vi- kah sadgunah tad gunam na ko 'pi hartum saknoti," " No one can take away the virtue of him who is virtuous in his natural disposition." Bohlen says, " Deus ipse sapienti adimere non potest doctrinam ; . . . BrahmS, ipse nil valet adversus fatum (vidhi) et unum ipsi negatum est, ut infecta reddat quae tfiueixZi menti quasi fuerint inusta." The latter part of this sloka refers to a supposed faculty of the swan for separating milk from water which has been previously mixed in the act of drinking it, which has passed into a proverb. Eegnaud re- marks, " Pr6jug6 sur I'erreur duquel il est inutile d'insister.'' Of. Sak, "Hanso hi kshtram 4datte tanmi^rd varjayatyapah," " For the flamingo extracts (takes) the milk (and) leaves behind the water that is mixed with it." The Hindis imagine that the hansa or flamingo has the power of separating milk from water {^at, Mon. Williams, p. 266 note). Prof. M. Williams quotes this sloka of Bhartrihari in his note in ^ak, and con- tinues, " This reference is probably to the milky juice of the water-lily, which would be its (the hansa's) natural food, and to which allusion is often made by the Hindu poets." 19-20. Cicero (pv. Arch., c. 7) has a seutiment somewhat similar to that contained in these slokas : " Haec studia adoles- centiam aluut, senectutem oblectant, secundas res ornant. 24 NtTI SATAKA. adversis perfugium ac solatium prsebent ; delectant domi, non impediunt foris, pemoctant nobiscum, peregrinantur, rustican- tur." Cf. Prov. xii. i. 21. Some editors have vachanena, "what is the use of words ? " If the reading kavachena be taken, it means, " what is the use of armour 1 " trans, by Eegnaud, " la patience est une cuirasse." The man who has enemies within, i.e., the passions, can have no worse enemies to fear. The passions or faults of the mind are six in number — desire, wrath, covetousness, be- wilderment, pride, and envy. Shad-varga, the aggregate of six things, is the appellation given to them (Mon. Williams' Lex., under Shad-varga). The end of the last line, svkavitd yadasti rdjyenakim? "If there is good poetry, what need of a kingdom!" seems to mean that the man who is learned and intelligent has no need of external things to produce or add to his hap- piness. 22. Enumerates the virtues which a man must practise if he would live happily. Kald, in 1. 4, signifies here "qualities," referring to the virtues enumerated in the preceding lines. 23. Sinckate vdche satyam, " pours truth into the speech," or "impregnates the speech with truthfulness." 24. KavUvardh, " learned poets ; " lit " kings of poets." Cf. ^loka 12. Basarsiddhdh = well versed in or conversant with the poetical rasas or affections, accomplished in poetry (Mon. Williams' Lex., Basas). The poetical rasas are ten : sringdra, love ; vira, heroism ; bibhatsa, disgust ; raudra, anger ; hdsya, mirth ; Ihaydndka, terror ; haruna, pity ; adbhuta, won- der ; sdnta, tranquillity ; vdtsalya, paternal fondness. 27. This stanza is quoted in Mudrdrdksliasa, act ii. (p. 79, MajumdSr's series), trans, by Wilson : — ..." Obstacles foreseen Deter the poor of spirit from an enterprise ; Some, more adventurous, but not all resolved. Commence, and stop midway ; but noble minds Like thine, by difficulties warned, defy Repeated checks, and in the end prevail." 28. Even in adversity the foot must be constant; vipady- Ntri SATAKA. 25 uchchaih stheyam = one must retain dignity in misfortune (Telang) ; uchchaihrsteya = firmness of character. 30. This ^loka occurs at Hitop., Subridbheda, 39. 31. Vadana-udara-darianam-kuruie, "makes the showing of the interior of his mouth." Of. Hitop., Subridbheda, 40. 32. Parivartini samsdre, " while he passes from one birth to another," or while transmigrations go on ; parivartini means " revolving, constantly recurring.'' This sloka occurs in Hitop., Introd., 14, the order of the lines being reversed. On this Bohlen remarks in his notes to the Niii &ataha, that in the Arabic translation of the Indian fables known as Kalilah and Dimnah, there verses have been altered to avoid suggesting the doctrine of metempsychosis. Of. Hitopadesa, Mitraldbha, 114. 33. Also Uttarardmacharita — " Naisargiki surabhinah kusumasya siddhS, murdhni sthitir na charanair avat4danS,ni." "The fitting place for the sweet-smelling flower is on the head, not to be trodden under foot." — Uttararamacharita, act i. (p. 10 of Majumdara's series, Oalcutta, 1874). 34. The fable to which this ^loka refers is as follows : — After the deities had produced the amrita by churning the ocean, Bahu by a stratagem introduced himself among them, and drank some of it. The deities of the sun and moon discovered the theft, and told Vishnu, who cut off his head. The amrit had, however, made him immortal, and he was therefore placed among the stars, where he periodically shows his displeasure at the way in which the sun and moon behaved by swallow- ing them. This is supposed to take place whenever an eclipse occurs of either the sun or moon. 35. Phand-phalaka-sthitam, " placed on the flat surface of his hood." 36. The explanation for this stanza may be supplied from the fable which represents Indra as cutting off the wings of the mountains. Main^ka, the son of Himalaya, took refuge in the ocean and so escaped. In the Ramdyana he is supposed himself to relate the circumstance to Hanuman : — " Formerly the mountains were winged, and flew through the heaven as swiftly as the wind. And as they flew hither 26 Ntri SATAKA. and thither, gods and men were filled with fear lest they might fall. Then Indra, filled yrith wrath, cut off the wings of the mountains with his thunderbolt And as he approached me, brandishing his weapon, I was cast down into the ocean by the mighty Pavana. And my wings being concealed, I was helped by your father and took refuge iu the ocean." — Hamd- yana, v. 8. In the Bhattikavya, viii. 8, the line occurs — " Pitr^ samrak- shitam sakrat sa mainSikadrim aikshata," " He (Hanuman) saw the mountain MainS,ka which had been saved from Indra . by his own father." Cf. also Eaghuv. — " Pakshachchhida gotrabhid^ttagandhah saranyam enam sataso mahtdhrah nripS ivopaplavinah. parebhyah dharmottaram madhyamamasrayante." "The mountains by hundreds fled to him for refuge when their pride had been taken from them by Indra, when he cut off their wings; as kings assailed by enemies fly to that king among them who is distinguished for his honour." — Raghuv., xiii. 7. Cf. also — ■" Pakshachchhedodyatam sakram silavarshiva par- vatah," "As a mountain sending forth a shower of stones (attacks) Indra who is approaching to cut off its wings." — Raghuv., iv. 40. Cf. also Kumara Sambhava — " Asftta sa nagavadhilpabhogyam mainakamambho nidhibaddha sakhyam kruddhe' pi paksha- chchhidi vritrasakravavedandjnam kulisakshatan^m," "She brought forth Main^ka, the delight of the daughter of the serpents, who made an alliance with Ocean, and so, though the enemy of Vritra was angry, knew not the stroke of the thunderbolt when the wings of the mountains were cut off." — Kum. Sam., i. 20. Bhartrihari in this stanza appears to bring forward Mainaka as an example of want of firmness. It would have been better for him to meet his fate with resignation and firmness than to have fled, since his father Himalaya had been overpowered. 37. Savitur-inorJcdntah. Ina, from root in, means "power- ful," " mighty," " glorious : " so a name of the sun. Some Ntn 6ATAKA. 27 readings, however, savitur-ati-kantdh, " exceedingly beloved by the sun." Of. Sak., 41 : " SparsS,nuklilS, iva sAryalcantS,s ■tadanyatejo 'bhibhavddvamanti." "That (energy), like sun crystals (which are) cool to the touch, they put forth from (being acted upon) by the opposing influence of other forces." — M. Williams, ^ak, p. 74. 39. With this sloka begins the section relating to riches. Abhijana means, in this passage, " caste," or, according to Telang, "nobility of birth," as in &alcuntal&: "Abhijana- vato bhartuh slaghye sthit^ grihinlpade," "Stationed in the honourable post of wife to a nobly-born husband." — &ah., Mon. Williams, p. 175, note. For the idea contained in this ^loka, cf. Pro v. x. 15. The sUam sailatatdt, " one's virtue may fall from a mountain slope,'' is contained a play upon the words sild, a "stone," iaila, "stony." and itlam, "disposition." 42. Sanga, translated "society,"' with the idea of "attach- ment to. objects of sense," the detachment from all worldly desires being the devotee's chief aim. 44. Madorkshtno-ndgah, " the elephant is weakened by the flow of mada." All the things mentioned do not lose their beauty or glory through the diminution of their powers or their resources ; a noble man who has given away his riches is not less noble because he is poor in consequence of his liberality. 45. Sprihayati, " longs for," followed by dative prasrite, which the commentator explains by tusha, which means " grain," but the ordinary meaning of prasrite is a " handful." The meaning of this sloka, as explained by Telang, is as fol- lows : — " Since in different states of life the same things are regarded as great or small, therefore it must be concluded that it is the state of life which causes the things to appear so." The word kalayate (kal) means in this place " to consider or reckon." 46. The comparison between the earth and a cow is a com- mon one among the Hindiis ; in fact, the word go means both the earth and a cow (cf. yrj). Among other passages the following may be referred to : — ". . . Yathaiva mama Kama- 28 NTTI SAT A K A. dhuk," "Just as Kamadhuk is mine." — Nala, ii i8, where Kamadhuk, the cow of plenty, is a figurative way of speaking of the earth which supplies all desires. And " Dudoha gam sa yajnaya sasyiya maghav^ divam," " He milked (exhausted) the earth for the sake of sacrifices, Indra the heaven to give the people food." — Raghuv., i. 26. Tena, is used as correlative to yadi by an unusual construction (Telang). 47. This sloka occurs in Hitopadesa, Mitrabheda, 182. Bohlen iu his note on this passage refers to the character of Vasanta- sena in the MrichcMuJcatikd as a well-known typical character among the Hindlls, equally famous with Phryne, Lais, &c., of the Western world. 49. Man's hfe is predestined by fate, and the amount of enjoyment that he has is in proportion to his own capacity for enjoyment. Mount Meru is the Hindu equivalent for Olympus. It is generally used as a synonym for a wealthy place. " Vittavatsu kripanam vrittim ^Tith^ vat krithSh," " Do not vainly act an envious part towards the rich." Cf. " Kuru priyasakhtvrittim sapatntjane," " Act the part of a dear friend tow£ffds thy fellow- wives." — Sak., M. Williams, p. 173 and note. 50-51. A dialogue supposed to take place between the chataka, a bird fabled to live solely on the drops of rain, and the rain-cloud. The moral of the fable is contained in the last line of sloka 5 1. It is no use to ask favours of mean persons. 52. The section with which this sloka begins sets forth the characteristic marks of the wicked man. 53. Cf. Hitopadesa, Mitraldbha, 90, for this sloka. 54. "Branded," afiMtah. The virtues of the good are branded as vices by evil-disposed persons. Cf. the Greek proverb, " *aff/r xax/ffrou; 0/ ■s-ov^joi roDj xo>.ouj." 55. Cf. sloka 18. The general drift of these two slokas appears to be the same. For the sentiment in line 4 — "Apayaso yad asti kim mrityuna?" "If there be disgrace, what need of death?" i.e., one should prefer death to dis- grace, cf. Hor., Car. iii 5 (the speech of Kegulus). 56. "These are the seven thorns in my mind." ^ya meaning a " dart," " arrow," " thorn," and secondarily " em- NITI SATAKA. 29 barrassment " or " distress," is not uncommonly used to express this idea. Cf. English proverb, " A thorn in one's side ; " also 2 Cor. xii. 7. Mukham-anaksharam svdkriteh, lit. " the inarticulate mouth of (one having) a handsome form." 58. Tliis sloka occurs in HUopadesa, Mitrabheda, 25. 60. With this sloka may be compared Prov. iv. 18. 62. With this ^loka the section begins in which the charac- teristics of virtue are described. 63. This ^loka is given in HUopadesa, Mitralabha, 32. Vdk- ^afttM=" skill or ability in speech," "eloquence." "The desire of glory." The readings differ between abhirdte and abhirucJd. Bohlen makes a distinction between these two words, but they both contain the same idea of pleasure in a thing — desire after it. The Scripture, Sruti, "that which has been heard or revealed," as the Veda ; the Smriti, " that which has been handed down by tradition ; " such as the laws of Manu. 64. "Cheerful hospitality to strangers" (sambhramavidhih), lit. " preparations conducted in a hurried manner, with the view of honouring a guest." Upakritik, " assistance," "favour," meaning here the favours which others have granted, in op- position to kritva priyam, "the kindness one has done one- self." AsidJidrd watam, " the vow to stand on the edge of a sword," used as a proverb to express a task which is impos- sible. 65. PrakiitirTnahat, "great in nature" (tat punsha comp). Cf. Srutimaliat (Sak, 199), "great in the knowledge of the Veda." 66. For the sentiment contained in this sloka cf. Prov. X. 25, "The righteous is an everlasting foundation;" also Hor., Gar. iii. 3 — ■ " Justum ac tenacem propositi virum Non civium ardor prava jubentium, Non voltus instantis tyranni Mente quatit solida, neque Auster. Dux inquieti turbidus Hadrise, Nee fulminantis magna manus Jovis, Si fractus illabatur orbis, Impavidum ferient ruinse." 30 Ntri SATAKA. Maha-saUa-Hld-sanghdiarkakariam = hard as the collected stones of a large mountain. 67. Svdie = Ardwus, also any conspicuous constellation. The disposition of men is ranged in three degrees of an ascending scale, developing or the reverse according to their surround- ings and the atmosphere in -which they live: first, the dis- position which produces no results is like the drop of water on hot iron, which leaps off the instant it touches the metal ; next, the moderately good disposition is compared to the drop of water on the lotus-leaf, a beautiful object to look at ; and lastly, the very good disposition to the pearl which is not only beautiful, but valuable. The ideas in this sloka rather suggest the parable of the talents (St. Matt. xxv. 15). 68. Cf. Prov. X. I. 69. Khydpayantah, translated " display," means " to declare," " make known." The second half of the line appears to mean " those who make the fact of their own virtues evident by the manner in which they estimate the virtue of others." 70. This sloka commences the section treating of liberality and benevolence. This sloka occurs in ^ahintald, M. Williams, p. 195, where, instead of udgamaih, the word dgamaiA is used : there is perhaps no difference in their meanings. 71. Cf. sloka 55. The ideas contained in these slokas may suggest 1 Pet. iii. 3, 4, also Prov. i. 9. 73. The idea and simile expressed in the first line of this sloka is to be found in ^ak, M. Williams, p. 213 : "Kumu- d^nyeva sasSpUkah savita bodhayate pankajan^'eva," " The moon awakes (expands) the night-lotuses only ; the sun, the day-lotuses only." The " kumuda" of this passage in Sakun- tald corresponds with the kaisava (a lotus blossoming by moon- light) of Bhartrihari ; pankaja with padma, the word used by Bhartrihari The lotus called pankaja or padma is red, while the kumuda or kaisava is white. Bohlen on this passage refers to Sit, Mitraldbha, 63 : " Na hi samharate jyotsnS,m chan- draschindalavesmani," "The moon does not withhold light even from the house of a Chand^la ; " cf. also St Matt. v. 45. 75. The bond of friendship is represented in this sloka under the figure of milk and water. The water, by itself Ntn SATAKA. 31 tasteless, receives sweetness of flavour from the milk, and there- fore, as if in return for this benefit which it has received, is the first to boil over and rush into the hostile flames. The milk then follows the water, and, combined together, they extinguish the fire, their enemy. So friends acting together may overcome an enemy, even at the loss of their own lives. In Hit., Miiraldbha, 89, occurs the line : " Sutaptamapi p4nt- yam samayatyeva p&vakam," "Water though well warmed extinguishes the fire," ie., the water, though it has received heat from the fire, returns the kindness by extinguishing the flame, that is, by evil conduct. 76. The sleep of Kesava or Vishnu is referred to in Mahdt- mya Devt, Bk. i. £loka 49 : " Once the adorable lord Vishnu, at the end of a kalpa, had spread out S'esha for his couch on the world, which was covered with water, and was wrapped in the sleep of meditation." For the ocean as the refuge for the mountains, v. NUi Sataka, sloka 29. The firmness of the ocean in retaining the submarine fire is mentioned in Chaura- panch., 50 : " Ambhonidhirvahate duhsahabS,davS,gnim," "The ocean keeps the submarine fire difficult to bear." Cf. ^ah, 56 — "... harakopavahnis tvayi jvalatyaurva iv^mburSsau." " The fire of the wrath of S^iva burns in thee like the sub- marine fire in the ocean." Also EagJmv., ix. 82 — " Antarnivishtapadam S,tmavinasahetum s&pam adadhajjvalanam aurvam ivfi,mburdsih." " He bore the curse, having a place in his mind, the cause of his death, even as the ocean (bears) the submarine fire flaming (in its interior)." The legend relating to the submarine fire, as given in the Harivansa, is as follows : — A sage called Aurva produced by means of magic power a devouring fire from his thigh. In consequence the earth was in flames, when Brahma, to save creation, allotted the ocean to the son of Aurva (the fire) as a suitable dwelling. The ocean was also the abode of BrahmS, and from it, he and the submarine fire come forth at the end 32 Ntri SATAKA. of each age to consume the world, and at the final consum- mation of all things to consume also the gods and demons. Vide Niti ^ataka, sloka 13. 78. " How many noble men there are in the world, pure in thought, word, and deed!" Expecting the answer, " But few." Cf. Bhagavad., viL 3 : " Manushyan^m sahas- reshu kaschid yatati siddhaye," " Among thousands of men, who strive after perfection?" (Answer, "But few.") Cf. also BhagavadgUa, xvii. 24 et seq. 80. With this sloka begins the section on the praise of firmness or constancy. 81. Cf. Bhagavad., iL 15 — " Yam hi na vyathayanty ete purusham, purusharshabha, samaduhkhasukham dhiram so'mritatvS,ya kalpate." " The man whom these things (external things) do not affect, (0 noblest of men), being the same in pain and pleasure, and firm, he is fit for immortality," 84. This sloka, beginning the section on the power of fate or destiny, is pure fatalism. Eyerything, both in divine affairs as well as human, is represented as moving according to an irresistible law, the law of fate. The " basket " (karanda) is explained by Telang as the place in which the snake-charmer keeps his snakes. " Meeting with the same fate," " tena eva yatah patlia," went by the same route as the rat, i.e., died. 85. " The misfortunes of good men," sddhuvritidndm vipat- tayah. Telang points out on this passage that there is a play on the word sddhuvritta. It means "well rounded," as applied to the ball, and " of good conduct," as applied to men. Cf. Niti Sataha, Mis. S'at., 13. 87. Cf. Job xiv. 7, "There is hope of a tree, if it be cut down, that it will sprout again, and that the tender branch thereof will not cease;" also Hor., Car. iv. 7; though both the writer of the Book of Job and Horace seem to draw a different conclusion from the writer of this S'ataka. The tree will sprout again, but "man dieth and wasteth away; yea, man giveth up the ghost, and where is he?" Horace Ntri SATAKA. 33 " Nos ubi decidimus . . . Quo pater -^neas, quo dives Tullus et Ancus Pulvis et umbra sumus.'' 91. For this ^loka, cf. Hitopade^a, Mitraldbhah, 52. For Ealiu, cf. NUi ^ataka, sloka 27. 92. Tdvat = prathamam, according to commentator, "Fate first creates, &c., and then destroys." "An excellent man" {purusharatna, lit. "a jewel of a man"), raina, used commonly with nouns to express their extreme excellence. 93. As to the power of fate, cf. Hitopadesa, MUral&hhali, 152 — "Chakravat parivartante duhkhSni cha sukhani cha." "Like a wheel, pains and pleasures revolve." Also in the MeghadUta, sloka 109, translated by Wilson — " Life, like a wheel's revolving orb, turns round. Now whirled in air, now dragged along the ground." The expression may find a parallel in Anacreon, xxxiii. 7 — rgo^Js ag/4aro5 yag ma BiOTos r|s^£/ xvXiaSii'g. The power of destiny is recognised under a slightly difierent figure in the lines of Horace, Gar. i. 34, 14 — "... hinc apicem rapax Fortuna cum stridore aeuto Sustulit, hinc posuisse gaudet." Or in Car. iii 10, 10, where in " Ne currente retro funis eat rota," an allusion has been thought to exist to the wheel of fortune. 94. The section relating to religious works begins with this sloka. The meaning of the stanza is as follows : — Man should give himself up to the works of religion, to study of the Scrip- ture, to the exercise of liberality, to the instruction and the benefiting others ; he should offer sacrifice to the deities and c 34 t^tri SATAKA. the manes ; for these works will produce happiness for him in a future state, and are not in the power of destiny or fate, as all other things are, including even the deities themselves. On the idea that the gods are in the power of destiny, cf. Eurip., Alcestis, 965 : xae7sgov oii&iv avdyxai TiZ^ov, .... x.ai yig Zeu; ti vvjerj cut ml rouTo riXiur^. 95. Continuation of the ideas in preceding sloka. For Brahm it working in the egg, cf. Manu, i. 9, 12, 13. The Ava- tS,rs or incarnations of Vishnu have been extended from ten to twenty^two. Those usually recognised are — i. Matsya, as the fish ; 2. Kiirma, the tortoise ; 3. Varaha, the boar ; 4. Nara- sinha, the man-Uon ; 5. Vimana, the dwarf; 6. Farasu H^ma, Rama with the axe ; 7. B^ma or KS.ma Chandra, son ofDasaratha; 8. Krishna; 9. Buddha; 10. KaUd, the white horse. The first three of these incarnations are apparently connected with some HindA traditions of the Deluge ; that of Varaha, or the boar, is referred to Ntti Sataka, Mis. Sat., 3. S'iva (according to the fable) was supposed to have killed the sons of a Brahman, and was compelled to wander for twelve years as a mendicant bearing the skull of one of his victims in his hand. This is referred to in the Sringdra Sat, 64, where it is said that persons who insult the god of love by want of susceptibility or reluctance are punished by being turned into ascetics, and pass their lives as K^pMikas, i.e., worshippers of S'iva, who carry skulls which they use as the mendicant's jar in which to collect their food. 99. Cf. Prov. XXV. 18 ; Eccles. vii. 8. §alya Myah, " equal to or like an arrow." 100. "A field of kodrava." Kodrava is a common kind of grain eaten by the poor, Paspalum scrobicviaium. loi. There is no escape from fate or destiny. This senti- ment is repeated usgrn ad nauseam throughout the whole of the Eitopadeia. Cf. however, Suhridbheda, 15, for a remark- able passage — Ntri SATAKA. 35 " NS,kS,le mriyate janturviddhah saranasatairapi kusagrenaiva samprishta prapt^kalo na jlvati." " A creature, though pierced by a hundred arrows, does not die if his time be not come ; but if the time of his death be near, he dies if pricked even by a blade of grass." io6. The idea contained in the sloka occurs in Hit., Sulirid- bhedah, 67, in the following form — " Kadarthitasyfipi cha dhairyavritter buddher vinSso na hi sankanlyah adhah. kritasyS,pe taniirap^to nadhah sikha yate kadachideva." " Loss of understanding is not to be apprehended in a man of firm conduct though he be troubled j the flame of a fire which may have been overturned does not go downwards." Miscellaneous S'atakas. I. For the comparison of a woman to a plant, cf. Mrich., act i. 26 : " Ganika tvam msirgajata lataiva ! " "Thou, a harlot, art like a creeper growing by the roadside." Also Catullus, bd. 34— " Ut tenax hedera hue et hue Arborem implicat errans." 3. The creator Prajapati took the form of a boar for the sake of raising the earth out of the waters. The Taittiriya Sanhitd says — " This universe was'formerly waters, fluid. On it Prajapati, becoming wind, moved. He saw this earth. Be- coming a boar, he took it up." The Ramdyana also says that BrahmEi. became a boar and took up the earth." For Eahu, vide sloka 34. 8. " The drum sends forth an agreeable sound," &c. The following may explain the allusion : — The Mridanga is made of wood, and has two mouths. The right mouth is prepared with] black kharali (a mixture of ashes, red chalk, the tar of the JDio^yros glutinosa, and parched rice) ; the left mouth is simply covered with leather. The players, before beginning 36 Ntri SATAKA. to perforin on it, anoint this end with an ointment made of flour. The meaning of the stanza seems to be, that as the drum sounds when struck by the man who has spread the flour ointment over it, so a man sends forth the praises of the patron who supplies him with benefits. lo. This stanza contains throughout a play upon words used in a double meaning ; the force of the expression is, however, untranslatable, except in the manner in which I have rendered them. Artham means " revenue " as applied to the minister of state, " meaning " as referring to the man of letters ; wpaiahdham " common rumours " as well as " vulgar expressions; and. padam, "a place" {i.e., of fame) as well as " a quarter of a verse." 13. Cf. Prov. xxiv. 16. The just man falleth seven times, and riseth up again ; but the wicked shall fall into mischief Cf. Mti l§ataJca, 85. 14. The answer to the question proposed in this sloka is, " No ! for the swan is too noble a bird to indulge in such low practices.'' ( 37 ) VAIRAGYA SATAKA. Concerning Eenunciation. 1. Salutation to the deity who is not definable in time or space, infinite, pure intelligence in incarnate form; who is peace and glory ; whose sole essence is self-know- ledge. The Evil Qualities of Desire. 2. Learned men are eaten up with jealousy; mighty men are spoiled through pride; the minds of some men are obscured through ignorance : therefore the eloquent teachings of science are neglected. 3. When I look through the world, I see no profit in any action. The result of good actions makes me afraid when I reflect on them ; for the great enjoyments gained after long continuance in the practice of great virtues hinder men from perfect liberation, since they are at- tracted to objects of sense. 4. I have dug up the earth to find treasure; I have smelted minerals; I have crossed the sea; I have con- ciliated kings with great effort ; I have spent my nights in a cemetery; I have laboured to acquire religious knowledge ; but my efforts are all in vain. Desire ! wilt thou not leave me ? 5. I have wandered over lands crossed with difficulty, but I have gained no fruit ; I have put away from me my pride of family; I have performed services that have profited me nothing ; I have cast off my self-respect, and 38 VAIRAGYA SATAKA. have eaten like a crow in a stranger's house. But yet, desire! thou dost still increase, ever given to evil, and art never satisfied. 6. I have suffered the abuse of evil men in hope of gain; I have repressed my tears and forced laughter, though my heart was void; I have restrained my feel- ings ; I have bowed myself before fools. O desire, foolish desire ! wilt thou lead me yet further ? 7. Day by day our life slips away from us, while the sun rises and sets : our business is so great and weighty that the flight of time escapes us. We behold birth, pain, old age, ending in death, and yet we are not afraid. We are, as it were, intoxicated : we have drunk of the wine of infatuation. 8. If one were to see his wife overcome by hunger, her garments old and torn, her children hanging round her, crying with pinched, unhappy faces ; though he might fear refusal and stammer in his speech, yet would he ask alms ; but he would not beg to satisfy his own wants. 9. Our desire for pleasure fails; respect is no longer paid us by the world; our equals in age have gone to Svarga; our friends whom we love even as ourselves will soon follow; we walk slowly, supported by a stick; our eyes are dim. Alas ! our body is subdued ; it trembles at the approach of death. 10. It has been ordained by the Creator that the serpents shall gain their livelihood on air, without effort and without injury to others; the cattle have been created eating shoots of grass and lying on the ground. The same mode of living has been appointed for men who pass over the ocean of this world with subdued senses: men who seek to live in such a way as this continually go on to perfection. 11. We have not meditated on the Supreme Being bringing future births to an end : we have not, through the energy of our righteousness, been able to open for ourselves the door of Svarga: we have not embraced a VAIRAGYA SATAKA. 39 woman even in imagination. We have only (if our life lias been spent thus) destroyed the tree of youth which our mother gave us, as though we had cut it down with an axe. 12. We have gained no pleasure, but pleasure has taken us captive ; we have not practised penance, but we have suffered pain in the pursuit of earthly joys. Time never grows old, but our life passes away. 13. We have pardoned injuries, but not for the sake of showing forgiveness ; we have abandoned the pleasures of home, but not because we were willing to cast them aside ; we have suffered pain from cold winds, but we have shrunk from penance because of its painf ulness ; we have thought night and day on the acquisition of wealth, but we have given no thought to the Supreme Being; we have per- formed all the acts which the sages have prescribed for us, but we have gained no fruits. 14. My face is covered with wrinkles, my head is grey, my limbs are feeble, but desire alone is ever strong in me. 15. The same piece of sky which encircles the moon by night, that encircles the sun by day. Ah ! how great is the labour of both ! 16. Objects of sense, however long they may be with us, must one day depart ; but there is this difference be- tween separating oneself from them and not giving them up. If they forsake us, we shall suffer unequalled pain and grief ; but if we forsake them of our own accord, we shall gain unending peace and happiness. The Mighty Power of Desire. 17. Desire ceases in a man when self-restraint, developed by means of true discrimination, shines forth in him ; but the end of desire increases yet more and more in the lofty contact (with royal objects) : by this means even Indra himself, the king of the winds, is the prey of desire, inas- much as he is wretched because of the appetite which he feels for his royal position — a position decrepit through age. 40 VAIRAGYA SATAKA. The Great Distress cavsed ly Love. 1 8. A dog, wretched, -worii out, lame, deaf, without a tail, and covered with sores, overcome with hunger, and with a piece of broken pot tied round his neck, stiU runs after his mate. Love destroys even that which is already dead. The Mighty Power of Objects of Sense. 19. A man may live by begging; his food may be taste- less, only enough for one meal ; his bed may be the bare earth ; he may have no attendant but himself ; his clothes may be in a thousand pieces through age, hardly able to hold together. Alas ! even then objects of sense do not quit their hold over him ! Dispraise of Beauty. 20. The beauties of a woman are praised by the elegant poets ; her breast is compared to two pots of gold, her face to the moon, her hips to the forehead of an elephant; but yet the beauty of a woman does not merit praise. 21. A moth may fall into the flame of a candle through ignorance ; a fish may take a piece of meat fastened to a hook, not knovdng what it is ; but we who know perfectly the many entanglements of fortune yet do not give up our desire. Ah ! in what a thicket of error do we wander ! The Setting Forth of Evil Men. 22. Lotus fibre is enough for our food ; water sufiBices for us to drink ; we may lie on the bare earth ; we may be clothed in bark raiment. I approve not the evil behaviour of bad men, whose senses are led astray through the thirst for gold. Setting Forth the States of Honour. 23. This created world was ruled in former times by great sages ; by others afterwards it was cast away like vairAgya SATAKA. 41 straw, after they had conquered it : even now heroes rule fourteen divisions of the world. Whence then is the feverish desire that men have for a few cities ? 24. Thou art a king : I am of the number of the spiritual teachers, honoured for my wisdom by the world. Thy riches are celebrated : my fame is celebrated by poets. Thus, giver of blessings ! there is not a great interval between us. Thou hast thy face averted from me, but yet I have no desire for thy favour. The Setting Forth of Freedom from Desire. 25. Hundreds of princes always have been, and always are, incessantly disputing for the possession of earthly enjoyments, and still kings do not abandon pride in their possessions. Owners of the earth in their folly display delight in the acquirement of even the very smallest particle, while, on the contrary, they ought to manifest sorrow. 26. This earth is but an atom of clay surrounded by the line of ocean. Kings have subdued it in hundreds of battles, and have divided it among themselves. These wicked, contemptible men might give or they might not : there is no wonder in that ! But shame on those low- minded persons who beg alms from them. The Description of Fvil Servitude. 27. I am not an actor ; I am not a courtesan ; I am not a singer ; I am not a buffoon ; I am not a beautiful woman : what have I to do with king's palaces ? 28. Once wisdom was employed to gain relief from pain ; afterwards it began to be used for the attainment of pleasure. Now, alas! men who dwell on the earth plainly care nothing for the sacred wisdom, therefore day by day it goes farther from them. 42 VAIRAGYA SATAKA. The Setting Forth of Egotism or Pride. 29. That man is truly born great whose white skull is worn by Siva (the enemy of K^ma) as an ornament lifted up on high. What means, then, this unequalled burden of pride which kings now display, who are wor- shipped by other men, intent solely on saving their royal lives ? 30. Thou art the lord of wealth ; I of speech : thou art a hero in war ; my skill is shown in subduing the proud by the power of my eloquence: men bow down before thee, but they listen to me that their minds may be purified. If, king! thou hast no desire for me, still less is my desire for thee. 31. When I was possessed of a small amount of know- ledge, my mind was filled with pride, even as an elephant is blinded by passion, and I thought within myseK that I knew everything. When I had learnt many things -from wise men, I discovered my foolishness, and my mad ex- citement left me. Condition of Indifference. 32. Time has gone by, passed without difficulty through the pleasing society of beautiful women. We are wearied through our long wanderings in the path of transmigra- tions. We lie on the banks of Siva's own river, and we in- voke him with piercing cries, calling " Siva ! Siva ! Siva ! " 33. When honour has fled, when wealth is lost, when one's desire has departed and one has gained nothing; when one's relations are dead, one's friends have vanished, one's youth has faded by degrees : then there is only one thing left for a wise man — a dwelling in a mountain cave, whose rocks are purified by the stream of the Ganges. 34. Why, my heart, dost thou attempt day by day to conciliate the favour of others, bringing forth no fruit of thy toil ? Surely, if a purified will were in thee, all thy desires would be fulfilled, and there would be no need to VAIRAGYA SATAKA. 43 pay court to other men, for thou wouldst be at rest in- wardly. The Path of Enjoyment. 35. In health there is the fear of disease; in pride of family the fear of a fall ; in wealth the fear of the king ; in honour the fear of abasement; in power the fear of enemies ; in beauty the fear of old age ; in the scrip- tures the fear of controversy ; in virtue the fear of evil ; in the body the fear of death. Everything on earth is beset by fear ; the only freedom from fear is in the renun- ciation of desire. 36. What have we not attempted for the sake of those lives of ours which are as unstable as the drop of water on the lotus-leaf ? Even we commit sin by boasting of our own virtues shamelessly before those rich men whose minds are senseless through the intoxicating power of wealth. 37. Homage be to time ! The delights of the city, the great king with his crowds of courtiers, the counsellors which stand before him, the women with faces beautiful as the moon, the assembly of haughty princes, the bards, the reciters — these are all borne away by time, and be- come but a memory. Setting Forth of Kdla. 38. Those from whom we were born have long since departed; they also with whom we grew up exist only in memory: we too, through the approach of death, become, as it were, trees growing on the sandy bank of a river. 39. In the house where there were many, now there is but one ; where there was but one, there were many, and then again but one. So K&la and K§,11 toss day and night backward and forward as though they were dice, and play with men on the chessboard of this world as if they were chessmen. 44 VAIRAGYA SATAKA. 40. Shall we dwell beside the divine river in a life of penance? or shall we desire the society of virtuous women? or shall we study the multitude of the scrip- tures, whose poetry is even as nectar? We know not what we shall do, seeing the life of man endures but the twinkling of an eye. 41. Surely the retreats amid the HimMayas, where the Vidy§,dharas dwell among the rocks cooled by the spray of the Ganges, must have ceased to exist, since men enjoy that sustenance which they have gained from others to their own disgrace. 42. When may we sit at peace on the banks of the heavenly river, whose banks of sand are dazzling white in the moonlight ? and when shall we, when the nights are perfectly still, wearied with the satiety of the world, utter cries of "Siva! Siva! Siva!" while the tears flow from our eyes ? 43. Mahadeva is the god we worship, and this river is the heavenly river; these caves are the dwelling, the abode of Hari. K§,la, moreover, is our friend, and the rule of life which we observe has freedom from humiliation. What more need I say on this matter ? 44. The Ganges falls from heaven on the head of Siva ; from the head of Siva on to the mountain ; from the top of the mountain to the earth, always falling lower and lower : even in so many ways is the fall of one whose judgment has departed from him. 45. Desire is like a river. Its waters are men's wishes, agitated by the waves of desire; love takes the place of crocodiles ; the birds that fly about it are the doubts which haunt the mind. The tree of firmness growing on the bank is washed away by the flood; the whirlpools of error are very difficult to cross : the lofty banks are the cares of life. The ascetics who, pure in heart, have suc- ceeded in crossing it successfully, are filled with joy. 46. As we look at the ever-changing three worlds, the desire hiddenwith us, violently attracted towards objects VAIRAGYA SATAKA. 45 of sense, ceases to cross the path of our eyes or to enter into the way of our ears; for we have subdued the objects of sense which produce desire in us, and hold them bound by devotion, as an elephant attracted by his mate is kept from her by being tied to a post. 47. My days once seemed long when I used to suffer pain through asking favours from rich men, and they seemed too short for me to carry out all my aims, filled as they were with the desire for earthly objects. Now I sit on a stone in a mountain cave, and in the intervals of my meditation I am filled with laughter at the recollection of my former Ufe. 48. Wisdom has not been gained free from spot ; wealth has not been acquired ; reverence towards our elders has not been practised by us ; we have not even dreamt of love. If this has been our existence, then have we lived a life even like the life of a crow, which hungers for the food of others. 49. When all our wealth is gone, then with hearts full of tenderness, recollecting how the path of action in the world leads to evU, we in a sacred grove, with the rays of the autumn moon shining on us, will pass our nights occupied alone in meditation, at the feet of Siva. 50. I am satisfied with bark clothing ; thou takest plea- sure in thy magnificence : there is no difference between the contentment of both of us. The man whose desires are unlimited is poor indeed ; who that is satisfied with what he has can be either rich or poor ? 51. Eelaxation from toil at one's own will, food gained without degradation, friendship with noble-minded men, a mind not agitated by contact with external things — this is the result of the highest vow of tranquillity. I know not, though I have carefully thought thereupon, by what strict penance this perfect state may be gained. 52. The hand serves for a cup ; food is gained by beg- ging ; the sky with its pure expanse serves for a garment ; the earth is a couch. Those whose freedom from attrac- 46 VAIRAGYA SATAKA. tion to objects of sense has been brought to such perfec- tion as this are fortunate, contented in their own minds, and they uproot action, casting away all the many forms of paia which attend upon it. 53. Masters are difficult to please; kings change from one thing to another in their minds with the swiftness of horses ; our desires are great, and our minds aim at high things. Old age consumes our bodies ; death puts an end to our lives. O my friends ! there is no glory in this world for a wise man but that which he gains by penance. 54. Pleasure is like the lightning that flashes in the canopy of cloud ; life is like the fleeting clouds that are torn asunder by the storm ; the ardent desires of the young are transitory. wise men ! you who know the uncer- tainty of human affairs, gain wisdom by meditation on the Supreme Spirit ; for perfection is easily gained by means of constant contemplation. 5 5. A man who is wise and understanding, being pained by hunger, will go from door to door throughout the huts of a sacred village, and will beg alms where he sees the door-post blackened by the smoke of the sacrifices offered by the learned priests who dwell within ; and he will bear before him his pot covered with a white cloth : he will not live in misery from day to day among families as wretched as himself. 56. "Are youa Chandala? are you a Br§,hman? are you a Sudra, or an ascetic, or a lord of devotion whose mind is skilled in meditating on the truth ? " Ascetics, when men ask them such questions as these with loud voices, feel neither pleasure nor anger, but pursue their course in quietness. 57. my friend ! fortunate are those who have cast off the many bonds of this world, and from within whose minds desire for earthly objects, like the poison of a serpent, has departed. They spend the night, bright with the clear shining of the autumn moon, in the border of the forest, thinking on nothing but the greatness of their good fortune. VAIRAGYA SATAKA. 47 58. Cease to wander wearily in the thicket of sense. Seek that better way which, in a moment, brings freedom from trouble. Unite thyself to the Supreme Spirit, and abandon thy own state as unsteady as the waves. Take no more pleasure in things perishable. Be calm, my heart ! 59. my friend ! live on fruits and nuts, lie on the bare ground ; let us rise up and go into the forest clothed in new soft bark garments. In that retreat we shall not hear the voices of those rich men whose minds are blind through ignorance, and whose voices are troubled through the con- fusion of their minds. 60. my mind ! let the delusion which envelops thee be cleared away, pay devotion to the god of the moon- crest, who takes delusion away from man. Fix your thought on the stream of the heavenly river. For what certainty is there [in eartUy things], in waves and bubbles, or in flashes of lightning, or in women, or in the tongues of flame, or in serpents, or in the rushing of a stream ? 61. If there are songs before thee, if there are elegant poets from the southern regions on one side of thee, if be- hind damsels bearing the fans with tinkling anklets, taste, my friend, the pleasures of sense which thou mayest gain from these things. If thou hast them not, then plunge, my mind ! into devout contemplation, freeing thee from all thought. 62. Wise men ! have nothing to do with women who are only pleasing from their beauty, in whose society is a transitory delight. Eather follow after women who are compassionate, amiable, and intelligent : the beautiful forms of women adorned with tinkling jewels will not avail thee in Naraka. 63. Abstinence from destroying life, keeping one's hands off another's wealth, speaking the truth, seasonable liber- ality according to one's power, not conversing with the wives of other men, checking the stream of covetousness, reverence towards spiritual fathers, compassion towards 48 VAIRAGYA SATAKA. all creatures — this is the path of happiness, violating no ordinances, taught in all the Sastras. 64. mother Lakshml! grant me yet further that I may not be filled with desire. May I not be fiUed with the longing after pleasure ! Now, purifying myself with a vessel of leaves joined together, may I gain my livelihood by means of the barley grain which I have begged. 65. You were to me even as myself; I was as yourself to you. Such were our feelings to one another. How has""' it come about that we have been changed, and that we no more feel the same sympathy one for another ? 66. woman ! why dost thou shoot forth at me those beautiful glances from thy half-opened eyes? Cease! cease ! Thy toil is in vain ! I am as it were changed ! My youth has departed from me ; my dweUing is ia a forest ; my infatuation has left me. I look on the favours of this world only as so much grass. 6^. This woman, with eyes that have stolen the beauty of the lotus, unceasingly casts her glances towards me. What does she wish ? My infatuation has departed ; the arrows of cruel love, producing immoderate heat and fever, have left me. 68. Is not a palace delightful to dwell in? are not songs charming to hear ? is not the society of friends, whom we love as our own lives, alluring ? Tet wise men retire away from all these things into the forest, considering them like the light of a lamp which burns unsteadily through the wind of the wings of a wandering moth. 69. Are there no more roots growing in the caves ; have the mountain torrents, ceased to flow; do the trees no longer bear fruit ; has the bark with which you may gain your clothing withered on the trees, that you cast off your self-respect and fall down before haughty men, who have gained a little wealth with difficulty, and who regard you with supercilious contempt ? 70. Surely the retreats of the Himalayas, the abode of VAIRAGYA SATAKA. 49 the Vidyldharas, where the rocks are cooled by the spray of the Ganges, surely these places must have ceased to exist, since men enjoy food which they gain from others to their own disgrace. 71. WhenMeru the magnificent mountain falls from its place, destroyed at the end of the age ; when the ocean, the abode of multitudes of great monsters, is dried up ; when the earth resting on her mountains comes to an end, how can there be any abiding-place for the body, which is as unstable as the ear of a young elephant ? 72. "When shall I, Siva! whose drinking-cup is my hand, who have no garment but the sky, who live solitary, peaceful, free from desire, able to uproot action — when shall I attain to union with the Supreme Soul ? 73. Thou mayest have gained glory and the accomplish- ment of all thy desires : what further ? Thy foot may have been placed on the neck of thine enemies : what further ? Thou mayest have bestowed thy riches on thy friends : what further ? Thou mayest live thousands of years : what further ? 74. One may have been clothed in rags : what then ? One may have worn a magnificent silk garment: what then ? One may have had only one wife : what then ? Or a retinue of horses and elephants and attendants : what then ? One may have enjoyed good fare : what then ? Or eaten poor food at the end of the day: what then? What matters either state if you know not the glory of the Supreme One who destroys all evils ? 75. Thou hast paid worship to Siva; thou hast lived in fear of death and birth in a future state ; thou hast detached thyself from love for thy own family ; thou hast not been blinded by love ; thou hast dwelt in a forest apart from men ; thou hast been freed from the evil contact of the world. [If thou hast passed thy life thus], then thou hast vair§,gya — freedom from attachment to outward things. y6. Meditate on the Supreme Being, who is eternal, who grows not old, above all things, expanding by his D so VAIRAGYA SATAKA. own will. What profit is there in the delusions of the world ? If a man be truly seeking unity with the Supreme Being, all earthly pleasures and powers seem worthy only of the notice of low-minded men. ^y. mind! thou canst enter PS,tS,la,thou canst skim over the heaven and cross the breadth of this world in a moment of thought. How is it that thou dost not even by accident meditate on the Supreme Being, who is spotless, dwelling within himself ? So thou mightest gain tranquillity. 78. We, as men devoid of intelligence, think within ourselves that day and night repeat themselves indefinitely; and so we run each to our tasks unswervingly, and we take up each separate work where we laid it down. Alas ! how is it that we are not ashamed of our folly ? We endure the torments of this world while we are wholly occupied in enjoying the same objects of sense over and over again. 79. The earth is his delightful couch, the arms of the creepers are his pillow, the heaven is his canopy, the winds his fan, the moon is his twinkling lamp. The sage, rejoic- ing because he has been freed from desire, lives in peace and happiness, as though he were the lord of the universe. 80. The man who has gained great power finds even the sovereignty of the universe tasteless. Do not seek pleasure in the enjoyment which comes from flattery, dress, or feasting ; for the only delight which is supreme is everlasting, and continually grows. Seize upon it, for, compared to the sweetness of that, all the three worlds are devoid of pleasure. 81. What profit is there in the Vedas, or in the Smriti, or in the reading of Puranas and the tedious .^astras, or in the bewildering multitude of ceremonial acts which lead to an abode in the tabernacles of heaven ? All else is as the mere haggling of merchants, in comparison with the final fire which will consume the creations of this wearisome burden of sorrow called existence, — that fire which will make us enter into the sphere of joy and unite us with the Supreme Soul. VAIRAgYA SATAKA. 51 82. Life is as uncertain as the waves of the sea; the glory of youth remains but a short time ; wealth passes away like a thought ; all the pleasure in the world endures but a lightning-flash through the heavens ; the embraces of your beloved whom you clasp to your breast wiU not be for long. Direct your thoughts to the Supreme Being ; for you must cross the sea of life with all its fears and alarms. 83. How should a wise man be anxious after a small portion of this world ? Is the mighty ocean ever stirred up by the gambols of a little fish ? 84. When the darkness of love had filled me with igno- rance, women seemed the only objects for which to live. Now, since I have anointed my eyes with the ointment of discrimination, the sight of all things has become clear to me, and I behold the three worlds as the Creator. 85. Delightful are the rays of the moon ; delightful the grassy places of the forest ; delightful the society of beloved friends ; delightful the tales of the poets ; delightful the face of one's beloved sparkling with the tear-drops of rage. But who cares any more for these delights when his mind reflects on their uncertainty ? 86. An ascetic lives on alms, remote from men, self-con- trolled, walking in the path of indifference, giving or not giving, it matters not which. He is clothed in a torn cloak made from rags cast into the street j he has no pride, no self-consciousness; he is free from desire; his sole pleasure is rest and quietness. 87. earth, my mother! wind, my father! fire, my friend ! water, my consort ! sky, my brother ! I salute you with my hands joined. I am full of glory through the merit which I have gained through my union with you. may I enter into the Supreme Being ! 88. As long as the tabernacle of the body is well and strong; as long as old age is far off; as long as the senses are unimpaired ; as long as there is no diminution of life ; so long will the wise man make great efforts to gain 53 vairAgya sataka. eternal glory for himself. What is the use of digging a well when the house is on fire ? 89. We have not studied knowledge while upon the earth — knowledge which tames the hosts of disputants and is suitahle for a well-trained man : our fame has not been exalted to the skies by the sword-point which splits the hard forehead of the elephant ; we have not tasted the ■juice of the lower lip of the soft mouth of the beloved one at the time of moon-rising. Alas! youth has passed fruitlessly, like a lamp in an empty house. 96. In good men knowledge is the destruction of pride ; in others it is the cause of haughtiness : a solitary dwell- ing frees ascetics from attraction to objects of sense ; it is the cause of extreme attraction towards desire in those who are wounded by it. 91. The desires in our own minds have faded: youth has passed into old age : even the very virtues in our own bodies have become barren since they are no longer recog- nised as virtues. What can we do ? All-powerful time is hastening on, and death is coming on us to end our lives. What can we do but resort to the feet of Siva ? There is no other means of salvation for us. 92. When the mouth is dry, a man drinks water which is sweet to him; when pained with hunger, he eats rice and other vegetables. But he is mistaken if he imagines that the removal of the pain caused by hunger and thirst is a pleasure. 93. I will bathe in the waters of Ganges : I will honour thee, lord ! with pure fruits and flowers. I will meditate upon thee ; I will sit on a couch of stone in a mountain cave ; I will feed on fruits with peaceful mind ; I will reverence the voice of my spiritual father. When shall I, lying, at thy feet, enemy of love ! by thy favour be freed from the pain of desire, seeking alone the path of meditation ? 94. Thou whose bed is a slab of rock ; thou whose dwell- ing is a cave, whose clothes are the bark of trees, whose vairAgya SATAKA. 53 companions are the antelopes, whose food is the tender fruits, whose drink is water from the cascades, whose wife is the sciences : such as these are indeed the supreme lords ; they pay homage to no man. 95- While there is the Ganges near us, whose rays kiss the head of Siva, and furnishes us abundant livelihood, with bark garments made from the banyan trees that grow on its banks, what sage would even look at the face of women as they sit filled with extreme misery, and with pain produced by the fever of calamity, unless he felt compassion for his distressed family ? 96. If wise men forsake Benares, alas ! to what other place should they resort ? For in the gardens of Benares are manifold pleasures, and penances practised of exceed- ing difficulty; a small ragged piece of cloth is looked upon as a splendid garment, and food without end may be gained by begging. Death in that place is even as a festival. 97. " Our lord sleeps ; now is the time for his rest : you may not enter, for if he wake up and see you, he will be angry." So say the guardians at the palace gate. Pass them by and enter the temple of that lord who is the ruler of the universe — that shrine which gives boundless bliss, full of love, where the speech of rough doorkeepers is not heard. 98. Dear friend ! unyielding destiny, like an almighty potter, places the mind of man upon the wheel of care like a lump of clay and makes him revolve, — that wheel which is ever moving through all the manifold evils of life, visit- ing men as though with the rod of affliction. 99. There is no difference for me between Siva, the lord of the world, the slayer of Janu, and Vishnu, the soul of the universe ; therefore I worship the deity who bears the moon-crest. 100. I am satisfied with the divine voice which sheds forth words over my mind sweeter than honey, richer than butter. Alms content me ; bark clothing satisfies me ; I care nothing for wealth gained in a state of slavery to objects of sense. 54 VAIRAGYA SATAKA. loi. The ascetic may be clothed in rags; he may beg his livelihood ; his bed may be in the grove of a cemetery ; he may cease to care for friend or foe ; his habitation may be desolate ; but he dwells in peace, rejoicing because the intoxication of pride has disappeared. 1 02. The many pleasures of which this world is made up are all transitory ; why then, men ! do you roam about ? why take such pains to pursue them ? Free your soul from the numberless bonds of desire, and let it enter into the abode of peace which is destined for it, if you be- lieve my words. 103. Blessed are those who dwell in the mountain caves meditating on the glory of the Supreme. In their laps the birds perch fearlessly, and drink the tears of joy flowing from their eyes. As for us, our life passes away while we enjoy ourselves in the groves or on the river-banks, build- ing castles in the air. 104. Every living thing is subject to death. Youth passes into old age ; contentment is destroyed by covetous- ness after riches ; peace of mind by the glances of beauti- ful women ; the just are slandered by envious men ; forests are infested by serpents ; kings are ruined by evil coun- sellors. Even the divine virtues themselves are unstable ; so everything in the world suffers loss and damage. 105. The health of men is undermined by sicknesses of various kinds : when fortune has departed, then disasters come in as if by the open door. Death truly brings all things under his sway. Destiny has made nothing abide firmly. 106. Men have dwelt in the narrow womb of their mother, suffering pain ; youth, with its separations from one we love, is full of sorrow; old age, exposing men to the contempt of women, is an evil thing. Alas! when one reckons it up, what pleasure is there to be found in the world ? 107. The life of man endures a hundred years; half is spent in night ; of the remainder, half is spent in childhood and in old age. Servitude, pain, separation, sickness, fill VAIRAGYA SATAKA. 55 up that which is left. "What pleasure then can there be in the life of man, which is as uncertain as the bubbles on the stream ? 108. Pure-minded men, possessed of right judgment, through their union with the Supreme Spirit perform things hard of performance; for they entirely cast off worldly riches, which are the source of all pleasure. As for us, neither what we had formerly nor that which we have now is really in our own power. That which we have only in wish we cannot abandon. 109. Old age menaces the body like a tiger; diseases carry it off like enemies ; life slips away like water out of a broken jar ; and yet man lives an evil life in the world. Truly this is marvellous. 1 10. The Creator makes a jewel of a man, a mine of virtues, an ornament to the earth — and then in one moment destroys him. Alas ! what want of knowledge does the Creator display ! 111. The body is bent with age, the steps fail, the teeth are broken, the sight becomes dim, deafness grows on one, the mouth dribbles, servants cease to obey one's orders, one's wife is not submissive, one's son is even one's enemy — such are the evils of old age. 112. For a moment one is a child; for a moment a youth full of love : in one minute wealth is abundant ; in the next it has all vanished. A man comes to the end of life, and then, with his limbs worn by age and covered with wrinkles, as an actor disappears behind the curtain, so he enters the abode of death. 113. Whether a man wear a serpent or a string of pearls, whether he be surrounded by powerful enemies or friends, whether he be the owner of jewels or possesses merely a lump of mud, whether his bed be flowers or a stone, whether he be encircled by grass or by a multitude of women, it is all the same to him while, dwelling in a sacred grove, he invokes Siva. 56 VAIRAGYA SATAKA. Miscellaneous Slokas. 1. The whole world is filled with delight to the poor man, to the man whose passions are subdued, to the man who is calm, and whose mind is ever equal, who is filled with contentment. 2. Final emancipation — death — ^is approaching, but yet no thought is bestowed upon these things. The various states of life have been passed through : calamity — happi- ness — falls — dangers — these have been endured. What more shall we say? Alas! what injury have you not inflicted on yourself over and over again ! 3. The belly is a pot difficult to fill : it scorches up a man's virtue, even as the moon scorches up the beds of lotuses : it is like a thief that steals one's purse : it is even as a flashing axe cutting down the tree of virtue. 4. Let us eat the food we have gained by begging : let the sky be our only garment: let the earth be our couch : why should we be a slave to harsh masters ? 5. "0 my friend! rise up, endure the heavy weight of poverty: let me, overcome with weariness, enjoy at length the rest which thou hast gained in death." Thus was the corpse on the way to the burying-ground ad- dressed by the man who had lost his wealth. The corpse remained in silence, knowing that death is better than poverty. 6. Vide Niti Sataka, Miscellaneous, iloka 4. 7. Vide IHti Sataka, Miscellaneous, £oka 6. 8. Hara, who rejoices because his beloved spouse is half of his own being, shines resplendent in those who are given over to passion: the same deity, who has no superiors, manifested in his absence of union with his wife, rules in those who are freed from passion. He who is filled with confusion through the various snake-poisoned arrows of love, hard to be endured, cheated by KS.ma, can neither abandon nor enjoy objects of sense. VAIRAGYA SATAKA. 57 9. At one time women laugh, at another they weep ; so they make men trust in them, though they themselves are full of falsehood. The understanding man therefore avoids women as he would a vessel used in a buryiiig-place. 10. When we pass our life at Benares, on the banks of the divine river, clothed in a single garment, and with our hands uplifted to our head, in supplication exclaim, " Spouse of Gaurl, Tripurahara, Sambhu, Trinayana, be pro- pitious to us ! " in the midst of our supplications the days pass by as if in a moment. 11. A firm, swelling bosom, twinkling eyes, a small mouth, curling hair, slowness of speech, and rounded hips are praised in a woman; timidity, too, is always com- mended in the heart of a woman one loves, and the cunning devices which she practises towards her lover : those fawn- eyed damsels who have all these collected faults should be dear only to the beasts. 12. Sometimes there is music and song, sometimes lamentations ; sometimes we may listen to the conversa- tion of the wise, sometimes only the disputes of drunken men ; sometimes we may enjoy all pleasures, sometimes our bodies may be running over with disease : so the life of man is made up partly of ambrosia, partly of poison. 13. You, as you pay flattery to your rich patrons with your voice and limbs disguised, are, as it were, the actors in a comedy. What kind of a part will you play in time when your hair is grey with age ? 1 5. Fortune is fleeting, breath is fleeting, youth is fleeting; the only thing immovable in the world is righteousness. 16. May Hara, whose forehead is ornamented by the crescent moon like a tongue of flame, who consumed the god of love flitting around him like a moth, manifesting himself in the height of the state of happiness, who re- moves the mighty weight of darkness which overwhelms the earth, the torch of light in the innermost mind of the ascetic, — may he, Hara, be victorious ! s8 vairAgya sataka. 17. my mind ! do not in thy solicitude think upon the goddess of fortune ; for she is as uncertain as a cour- tesan, delighting to sport in the frown or smile of princes. Eather clothe thyself with rags, and entering Benares, beg from door to door the food which men will place in the vessels which you offer. 18. The tortoise, whose back is wearied with the burden of the mighty world which he bears, has been indeed born to good purpose; the birth of the Pole Star is glorious too, for the splendid orb of the universe is fixed upon him ; all other beings that have come into being are as though dead, for their wings are useless in doing good to others ; they are neither above nor below, but are even as gnats, buzzing about in the fig-tree of this world. 19. "My house is magnificent, my sons are respected by the good, my wealth is infinite, my wife is beautiful, my life is in its prime." Thus speaks the man whose mind is obscured through ignorance. The wise man, on the con- trary, knowing that everything in the prison-house of this world is transitory, casts aside all earthly possessions. 20. Those who are full of curses may curse; we are righteous, and, because we are devoid of evil, we cannot pour forth abusive words. That only can be given which is in the world ; it would not be possible to give a hare's horn to any one. 21. Vide Niti Sataka, Miscellaneous, £oka 10. 22. Subsistence can be easily gained in this world in the path of delights. The earth is full of fruit ; elephant or deer-skin will provide clothing ; the same consequences result from happiness or unhappiness. Who then, casting off the three-eyed deity, would reverence one blinded by the love of a little money ? 23. We have slain elephants by the sword, we have tortured our enemies, we have playfully sported on the couch of our beloved, we have, lived within the roaring sound of the falls on the Himalayas, but yet we have had no pleasure. Like the crows, we have passed our VAIRAGYA SATAKA. 59 lives in eager desire after morsels of food given to us by others. 24. Where, my mind! dost thou wander ? Eest for a time ! Since that which has been ordained cannot come to pass in any other way, think not of the past, care nothing for the future ; enjoy only those pleasures which come and go without being looked for. 25. Use thy hand as a drinking vessel ; eat in peace the food thou hast gained by begging with pure mind ; take up thy seat in any place thou canst, looking on the whole world but as grass. It is only a few, before they have cast off their earthly forms, who have attained to the knowledge of the unbroken and exceeding happiness which the ascetic feels, a bliss easily gained through the favour of Siva. 26. Bali has not been released by you from P£it§,la : you have not brought destruction to death : the dark spot has not been cleared from the moon, nor has sickness been removed from men. You have not borne up the world for a moment, and so relieved the weariness of Sesha. my mind ! art thou not ashamed wrongfully to bear the honour belonging only to noble heroes. 27. My mind desires to attain to union with Siva, for through union with him all that restlessness arising from the discussion as to the meaning of the different Sastras is allayed ; the emotions, stirred up by poetry with its various sentiments, are made to cease ; the multitude of doubts is entirely swept away. 28. You may take the fruits of the earth at your will ; in every wood there is no lack of trees ; in every place there is water, sweet and cool, of the sacred streams ; there is a soft couch strewn for you, made up of the shoots of the delicate creepers. Why then do wretched men suffer such miseries, waiting at the doors of the rich ? 29. You may have enjoyed a meal of good food : what then ? or you may have eaten coarse food at the close of the day : what then ? Your raiment may be ragged and 6o VAIRAGYA SATAKA. torn, or ample and magnificent : what then ? You may have but one servant, or an endless number : what then ? You may have but one elephant, or you may be encircled by thousands of horses and elephants : what then ? . 30. I can gain food by begging; the cow of plenty supplies me with milk; my rags keep off the cold; I worship Siva unceasingly. What care I for possessions ? 31. The great ascetics declare that a life passed as a mendicant is not miserable ; for the mendicant has no fear of loss; he has no envy, pride, or arrogance; he is free from the mass of evils which beset mankind ; he gains his food day by day without difficulty. The mendicant life is a means of purification beloved by the gods ; it lays up treasure that will last for ever ; it increases devotion to Siva. 32. The mendicant who, has the earth' for his couch, the sky as his canopy, the moon as his lamp, rejoicing in the union which he has attained with peace, fanned by the winds of heaven which blow from all quarters, is even as a prince, although he has cast on all desire for earthly pos- sessions. 33. Pleasures are as fleeting as the changing ripples of the mighty river : life flees away in a moment ; our days are few ; the joys of youth pass away ; the love of one's friends fails. Let the wise man, therefore, who knows that all this world is vain, and whose mind truly perceives the evil of worldly attractions, direct his efforts towards indifference. 34. Thou dost not regard the face of the rich; thou dost not speak flattering words ; thou dost not listen to the utterances of pride ; thou dost not go here and there for the hope of profit ; but thou eatest in their season the fresh shoots of grass, and sleepest peacefully at the time of sleep. TeU me, I pray thee, deer, what penance hast thou practised ? 35. Vide IHti Sataka, Miscellaneous, ^loka 15. 36. Vide NUi &ataka, £oka 2. vairAgya SATAKA. 6 1 37. Vide Mti Sataha, Miscellaneous, lloka 16. 38. Women who are young avoid the man whose head is grey with age and the man who is enfeebled by years. They flee far from him, avoiding him like the well fre- quented by Chandllas, which has a piece of bone hanging over it. 39. How often are thy enterprises destroyed ! how often, senseless man ! hast thou not desired, filled as thou art with folly, to drink water from the vain mirage of this world ! Since thy confidence is not abated, and since thy mind, though torn, is not subdued, surely thy heart must be made of adamantine rock. 40. The eyes of a woman wiU softly enter a man's heart and fill it with infatuation, with intoxication, with deception, with menaces, with delights. What will not the eyes of a woman accomplish ? 41. The mighty lion, which eats the flesh of boars and elephants, enjoys love but once in a year; the dove, pick- ing up only pieces of hard rock, is a lover every day. Tell me what is the reason for this ? 42. A dwelling in a sacred forest, with the deer alone as companions ; a life nourished on the fruits of the earth on the banks of every stream, the flat rock surface for a couch : .such is the life of peaceful calm that the ascetic lives who desires contact with Hara; his mind is fixed upon one object ; the forest or the dwelling are the same to him. 43. The goddess pours forth words of sweet sound, more pleasing than honey or butter : at the utterances of her ambrosial body we are filled with delight. As long as we can gain barley grain by begging, so long we will not desire to amass wealth gained in a state of slavery. ( 62 ) NOTES TO VAIRAGYA S'ATAKA. The third collection of S'atakas ascribed to Bhartrihari, called the Vairdgya Sataka, treats of the renunciation of all worldly objects and desires. Vairdgya, meaning absence from pas- sion, is an abstract substantive formed from virrdga; rdga meaning mental feelings or affections, passion in general; vi, the particle which, affixed to words, gives them the opposite sense which they originally possessed. Vairdgya, however, means more than a mere negative state : not only must there be absence from passion, freedom from the desire for all worldly objects, but there must also be devo- tion shown by a solitary and ascetic life, a life of worship and penance. 2. Three classes of men exist : learned men, who are envious of the knowledge that others possess ; mighty men, who care nothing for learning, through pride in their own greatness; and men who are too ignorant to take any in- terest in learning. Therefore, between these three, learning and science gains no hearing in the world. 3. Vipdkah punydndm jayanti bhayam me vimrisaiak. "The consequence (or result) of good deeds produces fear in me when I reflect." The performance of good actions will gain Svarga; but Svarga, according to the Vedantic system, is not the highest state. Moksha, the final release of the soul, its exemption from all further separate existence, is the great end to be attained and the pleasures of Svarga operate as a hindrance, and defer the liberation of the soul. There- fore good deeds and the results they produce are to be viewed with apprehension. The object of the devotee must be eman- cipation from all earthly objects and desires, and absorption into the Supreme Being. " The saint who has attained to full perfection Of contemplation sees the universe Existing in himself, and with the eye Of knowledge sees the All as the One Soul. VAIRAGYA SATAKA. 63 When, bodily disguises are dissolved, The perfect saint becomes completely blended With the One Soul, as water blends with water, As air unites with air, fire with fire." — Atma-hodha, Mon. Williams' Trans., quoted in "Indian Wisdom," p. 122. 5. "I have eaten like a crow," &c. Of. Panchatantra, i. 30. Kakopi jtvate chiram cha lalim chalhuAMe. " A crow lives long and enjoys food." The force of the phrase is intended to convey the idea of living meanly. II. The distinction must be observed between Samsdra vichhitti, " the destruction of future births," and Svarga, which is the paradise of the enjoyment of objects of sense. 13. Neither in the pardoning of injuries nor in the abandon- ment of home was there any idea of self-abnegation ; the first proceeding from want of power to revenge the injuries, the second, because the pleasures of home were unattainable. We have suffered as much pain in the pursuit of earthly things as if we had practised the acts of self-denial inculcated by the wise, and the result is that we have gained no fruits of righteousness. For 3d line cf. Fikramm'vast, Introductory sloka — " Antar mumukshubhir niyamitapranSdibhir mrigyate," " (S'iva), who is sought inwardly with suspended breath and other penances by those who desire liberation (from objects of sense)." Also Baghuv., viii. 19 — " Aparah pranidhana yogyay^ marutah pancha ^ariragocharS,n." " The other (subdued) by the exercise of meditation the five breaths whose abode were in his own body." 14. "Objects of desire are ever fresh." Cf. Hor., Car. iv. I — " Intermissa Venus diu Eursus bella moves 1 Parce, precor, preeor, Non sum qualis eram bonse Sub regno Cinarse." Also Car. iv. 10. 23. This sloka is directed against the pride of petty kings. 64 VAIRAGYA SATAKA. Their position is contrasted with that of the great heroes and sages of fable, who were supposed to have ruled the whole world, and with the position of the great sovereigns of modern times. Chaiurdasabhumndni, the fourteen divisions of the world, is explained by the scholiast to mean "the whole earth," a figurative way of expressing the greatness of the possessions of the sovereigns referred to. 24. This sloka, and also 27 and 30, may be termed a colloquy between a prince and an ascetic, or rather a mono- logue in which the ascetic only speaks. The ascetic's chief object apparently is to prove that he is on a level with princes, if not above them. 25. Referring still to the petty princes (sloka 23), patayah, "owners of land," who feel delight at their possessions, though they ought to feel sorrow and humility when they compare themselves with the great sovereigns, and perceive how small their own dominions are. 27. C£ Juv. iii. 41 — " Quid Eomse faciam? mentiri nescio." 28. The idea (as explained by Telang) is, that in the first instance learning was a means to the destruction of worldly troubles, afterwards to the achievement of worldly pleasures, but now, receiving no appreciation at all, it is departing from the earth. 29. Why should princes be filled with pride in their attend- ants and their possessions, since the only true honour is that which S'iva confers upon his followers ] The honour referred to in this sloka is said to be reserved for the liberal, the tem- perate, those who keep their promises, and those slain in battle. 39. KS,la and K^lt are taken by Telang to be the male and female personifications of the destructive principle. Kala is a name of destiny or fate. It is also taken to mean " time that destroys all things." KdM is one of the names given to Parvati, as the great destroying goddess. These two personi- fied principles are represented as playing with men as though they were chessmen. The word sdra or idra means a piece at chess or backgammon. Of. Hor., Car. iii. 29, 50. Cf. also Plautus, Captiv., Prologue, 22 — "Nimirum Di nos quasi pilas homines habent." VAIRAGYA SATAKA. 6$ 40. Dwelling beside the divine river, i.e., tlie Ganges, is equivalent to abandoning the world. 45. Edgctrgrdha-vant, "Love takes the place of crocodiles." Benfey in Lex. (sub Grdhavant) translates " Containing love in- stead of sharks." The first half of the word relates to men's desires, the second to the river to which they are compared. A man is drowned by the passions which meet him in the river of desire, as a swimmer across the Ganges would be eaten by the crocodiles. 46. Aldna, " The post to which an elephant is tied." Cf. Mrich., act i. 39 — " AlSne grihyate hasti v&jt valgS,su grihyate hridaye grihyate nS,ri, yadidam nfisti gamyatam." "An elephant is held by a post, a horse is restrained by bridles, a woman by her heart. If these are not secured — depart." 47. The idea to be gained from this stanza is, that the suppliant of the rich thinks the days too long because he has to suffer the trouble of unsuccessful entreaties ; the per- son engaged in worldly objects thinks the time too short to accomplish his numerous ends. On the other hand, the philosopher laughs at both sets of persons for their delu- sions. 53. Turaga-chalorchittdh. CJiala-chitta means fickle, incon- stant. Turaga means simply the swift goer ; hence a horse ; also the mind, from its swiftness of thought (Cf. Fair. B., si. 77). Turagorchala-chUta might mean, therefore, simply " fickle in mind." Telang remarks on the words as expressing an "unusual simile," suggesting that the mind is compared to a horse for swiftness. Probably a play on the words is meant. 55. The status of the man who thus obtains his livelihood by begging is laid down in Manu, vi. 87, where he is placed as occupying the third order in the Brahman caste. The VSna-prastha (the title by which he is designated) is the last stage but one in the Brahman's life. He is directed, among other duties (Manu, ii. 187), on the morning and evening of each day to go round the villages in his neighbourhood, and E 66 VAIRAGYA SATAKA. to beg food for himself and Hs spiritual teacher. The " door- posts blackened by the smoke of the oflFerings " is referred to, Raghuv., i. 53— " Abhyutthit^gnipisunaih atithlnairamonmukhan pun&nam pavanoddhatairdhumairShutigandhibhih." " (The hermitage) purifying the guests whose faces ■were turned towards the hermitage, through the smoke of the obla- tions, which was scented, borne upon the wind, showing where the fires were rising." 63. This sloka is identical with Ntti Sataha, sloka 26. 65. This sloka is literally, "You (are) we, we (are) you, thus was the mind of us two : how has it become now that you as you, we (are) we ? " 66. Cf. Plato de Rep., 'Book i. cap. 3 — na;, £oodiaia j en olog r tj yvvaixl euyyivieSai • xa\ 05, 'Eu^)j/iE/, lvyov, aaia^ Xurranrct s-zva xa< ay^iov SesiroTriii airocftuydt. 69. "Supercilious contempt," " Vasa-pavana-S^nartita-bhru- latani," lit. " Creeper-like eyebrows gently moved up and down with the wind of (their own) power (or conceit)." 73. " Thy foot may have been placed on the neck of thy enemies," "Nyastam padam sirasi vidvishat^m tatah kim." For a parallel idea among other passages, cf. Ps. viiL 8 (Vulg.), " Omnia subjecisti sub pedibus ejus ; " also Ps. xlvi. 4. For a collateral notion, cf. Ps. cix. i, "Donee ponam inimicos tuos, scabellum pedum tuorum." This and the following sloka teaches that man may have gained everything to be desired, but yet not have attained to emancipation from worldly things and union with the Supreme Being. This is only to be gained by the methods inculcated in the following stanza. 74. Cf. MisceUaneous Satakas, Vairdgya Sataka, sloka 29. 75. Vairdgya (the subject of this S'ataka) is the sole means of gaining union with the Supreme Soul ; and what Vairdgya IS this sloka explains. Contrast with this ^loka, Bhagavad., vL i — " He who pays no heed to the fruit of his acts, and who performs his duty, he is both the devotee and the ascetic." VAIRAGYA SATAKA. 67 77. Cf. "... nee quicquam tibi prodest Aerias tentasse domos, animoque rotundum Percurrisse polum morituro." — Hor. Car. i. 25, 4. 81. Cf. Bhagavad., ii. 46 — "Not disposed to meditation and perseverance is the intention of those who are devoted to enjoyments and dominion, and whose minds are seduced from the right path by that flowery sentence which is proclaimed by the universe, who delight in texts from the Vedas, aud say, ' There is nothing else than that,' being covetous-minded and considering heaven as the chief goal, and which offers regeneration as the reward of actions, and enjoins many different ceremonies for the sake of obtaining pleasures and dominion. . . . Let the motive for action be in the action itself, never in its reward ; . . . perform thy actions, being the same in success or failure. The performance of works is far inferior to mental devotion." Everything but the performance of actions without regard to future results, all virtuous acts, except those performed solely for the sake of virtue, are, as it were, the mere haggling of merchants, with the intention of making the highest profit." Cf also Bhagavad., xviii. 66 — " Sarvadharman parityajya man ekam saranam vraja aham tvam sarvapSpebhyo mochayishy3,mi." " Abandon all religious duties, come to me as the only refuge, so will I deliver thee from all sin." 83. ^aphari, a little fish, supposed to be a carp. 84. " Women seemed the only objects," &c. The text lite- rally translated is — " Drishtam nartmayam idam asesham jaga- dapi," " This world seemed altogether made up of women." 86. Cf. Bhagavad., ii. 15 — ■ " Yamhi na vyathayanty ete purusham purusharshabha samaduhkasukham dhiram so mritatvaya kalpate." " The man whom these outward things do not aifect, and who is the same both in pain and pleasure, that man is fitted for immortality." 68 VAIRAGYA SATAKA. 92. The removal of hunger and thirst are not really plea- sure, only a temporary removal of a pain. Cf. Plato, Bep., 584 — nSs oJi' ojtfSs Iffr/ rh //.ri aXysii riiu riyiTeiai, ri to /tTJ ^al^uv diiDioot • oiiia/iZg. oiix eerif aga roDro, dXXd ^aivirai, rii h' 'iyii Ta^a rh aXyni/liii ijdv, xa! iraga, ri ifixi dXyiivov tots ri riev\ia, xa) ou5h byiig tovtuv tuv (jjavTaa/iaruu ■aobi ijdotlis aX^iiiav, aWd yoTlTila Tig. 'Cli youv \6yos £^!J, erniaini. 'iSs Toimt, ijn 3' iy&i, ilSovdi ai oux Ix Xv^uv tieiv, ha, fi^ 'iroWdxig oiTjips iv rSi iragotTi ovTU TOUTU '!riuxiiiai Tjioytjv /jiv wavXav Xuvij; iTtai, Xutrqn Se ilSotijg. 96. Benares is chosen as a city of special holiness and the resort of mendicants. There are seven cities of so great sanctity in the popular belief, that to die in them leads to final union with the Supreme Being. The following verse gives them — " Ayodhya Mathura M^ya Kast Kancht AvantiM pura Dvaravatt chaiva saptaita mokshadayikSh." — " MeghadUta," WUson, p. 31, rwte. 97. Cf. Juvenal, x 160 — "... In exsilium prseceps fngit, atque ibi magnus Mirandus que cliens sedet ad prsetoria regis." Expressed by Dryden as follows : — " Repulsed by surly grooms, who wait before The sleeping tyrant's interdicted door." 1 01. This sloka gives the rule by which an ascetic should live. AvadkAta-charya means wandering about as a mendi- cant, separated from worldly feelings and obligations. This is the life of one who has attained to the fourth order in the Brahman caste, and is called a Sannyasin, or a Yati. "Let him remain without fire, without habitation ; let him resort once a day to the town for food, regardless of hardships, resolute, keeping a vow of silence, fixing his mind on medi- tation." — Manu, vi. 43. " With hair, nails, and beard well clipped, carrying a bowl, a staff, and a pitcher, let him wander about continually, intent on meditation, and avoiding injury to any being." — Manu, vi. 52. " In this manner, having little by little abandoned all worldly VAIRAGYA SATAKA. 69 attachments, and freed himself from all concern ahout pairs of opposites, he obtains absorption into the universal spirit." — Manu, vi. 81. With the life of the Hindfi ascetic we may compare the instances given of Elijah in the Old Testament, and of St. John the Baptist in St. Mark i. 6. 103. Cf Sak, 175 — "Amsavyapi sakuntanlda nichitam bibhrajjatEimandalam," " Wearing a circular mass of matted hair enveloping his shoulders, filled with birds' nests." This is a portion of the description of the sage Kasyapa. 108. Telang explains brahmajndnavivehinah by "those who possess the discrimination (i.e., between things real and unreal) resulting from knowledge of the Brahma." This stanza says that it is more difficult to abandon the riches which we actually possess than to get rid of the desire for earthly possessions ; but what we actually have is so uncertain, and of such doubtful duration, that it can hardly be said to be ours to give up ; how much less those things which we only desire and wish for. The writer attempts to prove that the giving up of actual riches in possession may be a difficult matter, but the giving up of the desire for riches is, or ought not to be at all difficult. 112. Cf. Shakespeare, "As You Like It," act ii. sc. 7. MISCELLANEOUS S'LOKAS. 5. Cf. Chaucer, "Man of Lawes Tale," 15 — " Herkneth what is the sentens of the wyse, Bet is to dye than haven indigence.'' 8. Telang in his notes to the Vairdgya ^ataka explains this stanza as alluding to the idea that S'iva and Parvatt form a single body, half of which is male, half female. S'iva, though he is so far under the dominion of love as to have his wife half of himself, is also the first as to withstanding love. 9. This sloka, slightly altered, occurs, Mrich., act iv. 124, in 70 vairAgya sataka. S'arvilaka's speech, which is entirely made up of aspersions on the character of women generally. Cf. Euripides — A^Xoi/ Sg ywn xazoK /iiya. — Bippol. 627. j Also . . . y£iit y&o aXKoSeu irohu /Sooroi; Ilaiia; TixiSvtdai, StjXv d'oux sTvai yevos' XoSrw; av oux f,' oii&iv atSpdwoi; xaxov. — Med. 573. Titos yao cure 5ro»ros ours y? Teep. 170, with a Map, 8s.— VoL XUL, Part 3, pp. 17^ with a aide, 7s. 6d.— VoL XIIL, Part 4, pp. 282, with aPlate and Table, IDs. 6d.— VoL XIV., Fart 1, pp. 124, with a Table and 2 Plates, 6s.— VoL XIV., Fart 2, pp. 164, with 1 Table, 7s. 6d.— Vol. XIV., Part 3, pp. 206, with 6 Plates, 8s.— VoL XIV., Part 4, pp. 492, with 1 Plate, 14s.— VoL XV., Part 1, pp. 136, 6s. ; Part 2, pp. 168, with 3 Tables, 6s. : Part 3, pp. 192, 6s. ; Part 4, pp. 140, 5s.— VoL XVI., Part 1, pp. 138, with 2 Plates, 7s. Part 2, pp. 184, with 1 Plate, 9s. Part 3, July 1884, pp. 74-olx., IDs. 6d. Part 4, pp. 132, 8s.— VoL XVU., Part 1, pp. 144, with 6 Plates, 10s. 6d. Fart 2, pp. 194, with a Map, 9e. ASPLET.— The' Complete French Course. Part IL Containing all the Rules of French Syntax, &c., &c By Georges C. Asplet, French Master, Frome. Fcap. 8to, pp. xr. and 276, cloth. 1880. 2s. 6d. ASTOK. — ^A Short Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language. By W. G. Aston, 'M.A. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 96, cloth. 1873. 12s. ASTON. — A Grammar of the Japabese Writtbn Lactguagb. By W. G. Aston, M.A., Assistant Japanese Secretary H.B.M.'s Legation, Yedo, Japan. Second Edition. Svo, pp. 306, doth. 1877. 28s. ASTONISHED AT AMERICA. BEING Cdbsoet Deddctions, &c., 4c. By Zigzag. Fcap. Svo, pp. xTi.-108, boards. 1880. Is. AUCTOBES SANSCRnX VoL I. The jAiBlNiTA-NYiTA-MlLl-VlSTAEA. Edited for the Sanskrit Text Society, nnder the superrision of Theodor Goldstiicker. I^rge 4to, pp. 582, cloth. £3, 13s.6d. Vol. II. The Institutes of Gautama. Edited, with an Index of Words, by A. F. Stenzler, Ph.D., Prof, of Oriental Languages in the tTniversity of Bieslao. 8to, pp. It. and 78, cloth. 1876. 4s. 6d. Stitched, 3s. 6d. Vol. in. VaitIna Sdtba : The Ritual of the Athabva Veda. Edited, with Critical Notes and Indices, by Dr. R.' Garbe. 8to, pp. viii. and 120, sewed. 1878. 5s. Vols. IV. and V. — Vabt>hamana's Ganabatnahahodadei, with the Author's Commentary. Edited, with Critical Notes and Indices, by Julius Eggeling, Ph.D. Svo. Part L, pp. xiL and 240, wrapper. 1879. 63. Part EL, pp. 240, wrapper. 1881. 6s. AffGIER.- Diane. A Drama in Verse. By Emile Augier. Edited with English Notes and Notice on Augier. By T. Karcher, LL B , of the Royal Military Academy and the University of London. 12mo, pp. xiii. and 146, cloth. 1867. 2b. 6d. AUSTIN.— A Praotioal Tbhatise on the Preparation, Combination, and Applica- tion of Calcareous and Hydraulic Limes and Cements. To which is added many useful Recipes for various Scientific, Mercantile, and Domestic Purposes. By James G. Austin, Architect. 12mo, pp. 192, cloth. 1862. Ss. AUSTKALIA. — The publications of the various Australian Government Lists on application. ABSTEALIA.— The Tear Book of Austealla for 1885. Published under the allspices of the Governments of the Australian Colonies. Demy Svo, pp. 774 ; with 6 Large Maps ; boards. 5s. Published by TrUMer & Co. 5 AXON.— The Mechanic's Friend. A Collection of Receipts and Praotiodl Sug- gestionB relating to Aquaria, Bronzing, Cements, Drawing, Dyes, Electricity, Gilding, Glass-working, &o. Numerous Woodcuts. Edited by W. E. A. Axon, M,E.S.L., F.S.S. Crown 8to, pp. xii. and 339, cloth. 1875. 43. 6d. BABA. — An Elementary Grammar of the Japanese Language, with Easy Progressive Exercises. ByTatuiBaba. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 92, cloth. 1873. os. BACON. — The Life and Times oe Francis Bacon. Extracted from the Edition of his Occasional Writings by James Spedding. 2 vols, post 8vo, pp. xx., 710, and xiv.. 708, cloth. 1878. 2l3. BADEN-POWELL.— Protection and Bad Times, with Special Reference to the Political Economy of English Colonisation. By George Baden-Powell, M.A., F.R. AS., F.S.S., Author of "New Homes for the Old Country," &c., &c. 8vo, pp. xii. -376, cloth. 1879. 6s. 6d. BASER. — The Natural ahd Mokbid Chansks of the HDMiN Ers, and their Tkbatmeht. By C. Bader. Medium 8vo, pp. viii. and 506, cloth. 1868. I63. BADER. — Plates illustkatino the Natural and Morbid Chanses of the Human Eye. By C. Bader; Six chromo-lithographic Plates, each containing the figures of six j!yes, and four lithographed Plates, with figures of Instruments. With an Explanatory Text of 32 pages. Medium 8vo, in a portfolio. 21s. Price for Text and Atlas taken together, £1, 12s. BADLET.— Indian Missionary Record and Memorial Volume. By the Rev. B. H. Badley, of the American Methodist Mission. 8vo, pp. xii. and 280, cloth. 1876. 10a. 6d. BALFOUR. — Waifs AND Strats from the Far East ;'being a Series of Disconnected Essays on Matters relating to China, By Frederick Henry Balfour. Demy 8vo, pp. 224, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d. BALFOUR. — The Divine Classic op Nan-Hua ; being the Works of Chuang Tsze, Taoist Philosopher. With an Excursus, and Copious Annotations in English and Chinese. By F. H. Balfour. ' 8vo, pp. xlviii. and 426, cloth. 1881. 14s. BALFOUR. — Taoist Texts, Ethical, Political, and Speculative. By F. H. Balfour, Editor of the North-China HeraZd. Imp. 8vo, pp. vi.-118, cloth. 10s. 6d. BALL. — The Diamonds, Coal, and Gold of India; their Mode of Occurrence and Distribution. By V. Ball, M.A., F.G.S., of the Geological Survey of India. Fcap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 136, cloth. 1881. 5s. BALL. — A Manual op the Geology op India. Part III. Economic Geology. By V. Ball, M.A., F.G.S. Royal 8vo, pp. xx. and 640, with 6 Maps and 10 Plates, cloth. 1881. 10s. BALLAD SOdETr— Subscriptions, small paper, one guinea; large paper, two guineas per annum. List of publications on application. BALLANTYNE.— Elements of Hindi and Braj Bhaeha Grammar. Compiled for the use of the East India College at HaUeybury. By James R. Ballautyne. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 38, cloth. 1868. 53. BALLANTYNE. — First Lbssons in Sanskrit Grammar ; together with an Introduc- tion to the Hitopadela. Fourth Edition. By James R. BaUantyne, LL.D., Libra- rian of the India Office. 8vo, pp. viii. and 110, cloth. 1884. 3s. 6d. BALLANTYNE. — The Sankhta Aphorisms op Kapila. See Triibner's Oriental Series. BABANOWSKI. — Vade Mecum de LA Langue Frani;aise, redig6 d'aprds les Dic- tionnaires classiques avec les Exemples de Bonnes Locutions que donne I'Academie Fran;aise, on qu'on trouve dans les ouvrages des plus c61dbres auteurs. Par J. J. Baranowski, avec I'approbation de M. E. littr^, Sinateur, &c. Second Edition. 32mo, pp. 224. 1883. Cloth, 2s. 6d. BARANOWSKI. — Anglo-Polish Lexicon. By J. J. Baranowski, formerly Under- Secretary to the Bank of Poland, in Warsaw. Fcap. 8vo, pp. viii and 492, cloth. 1883. 6s. 6 A Catalogue of Important Works, BAEANOWSKI.— Slownik Polsko-Angiblski. (Polish-English Lexicon.) By JV J. Baranowski. Fcap. 8to, pp. it. -402, cloth. 1884. 6s. 6d. BAEENTS' EEUCS.— Recovered in the summer of 1876 by Charles L. W. Gardiner, Esq., and presented to the Dutch Government. Described and explained by J. K. J. de Jonge, Deputy Koyal Architect at the Hague. Published by command of His Excellency, W. F. Van F.KP. Taehnan Kip, Minister of Marine. Trans- lated, with a Preface, by S. &. Van Campen. With a Map, Illustrations, and a fac-simile of the Scroll. 8vo, pp. 70, cloth. 1877. 53. BAKBIEKE and CAPENSU. — Lbs Faux Bosbhommes, a Comedy. By Thfodore Barrifere and Ernest Capendn. Edited, with English Notes and Notice on Bar- rifere, by Professor Ch. Cassal, LL.D.,'of University College, London. 12mo, pp. xTi. and 304, cloth. 1868. 4s. BARTH. — The Eeligioits of India. See Triibner's Oriental Series. BAETLETT.— DiOTiOKAitT of AMBRiOAuiSMa. A Glossary of "Words and Phrases coUoqnially used in the United States. By John Kussell Bartlett. Fourth Edition, considerably enlarged and improved. 8vo, pp. xlvl and 814, cloth. 1877. 203. BATTYE. — What is Vttat. Fokce ? or, a Short and Comprehensive Sketch, includ- ing Vital Physios, Animal Morphology, and Epidemics ; to which is added an Appendix upon Geology, Is the Dentbital Theory of Geology Tenable ? By Richard Fawcett Battye. 8vo, pp. iv. and 336, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d. BAZLEY. — Notes on the Epicyclodial Cutting Frame of Messrs. Holtzapffel & Co. With special reference to its Compensation Adjustment, and with numerous Hlnstrations of its Capabilities. By Thomas Sebastian Ba^ey, M.A. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 192, cloth. lUnstrated. 1872. 10s. 6d. BAZLEY.— The Stabs in Their Courses: A Twofold Series of Maps, with a Catalogue,, showing how to identify, at any time of the year, all stars down to the 5.6 magnitude, inclusive of Heis, which are clearly visible in English latitudes. By T. S. Bazley, M.A, Author of "Notes on the Epicydoidal Cutting Frame." Atlas folio, pp. 46 and 24, Folding Plates, cloth. 1878. 15s. SEAL. — A Catena op Bdbdhist Soeiptubks fkom the Chinese. By S. Beal, RA., Trinity College, Cambridge ; a Chaplain in Her Majesty's Fleet, &c. 8vo, pp. xiv. and 436, cloth. 1871. 15s. BEAL. — ^The Romantic Legend of Saeta Bttddha. From the Chinese-Sanskrit. By the Rev. Samuel Beal. Crown 8vo, pp. 408, cloth. 1875^ 12s. BEAL. — Dhammapada. See Triibner's Oriental Series. BEAL. — Buddhist Literature in China : Abstract of Four Lectures, Delivered by Samuel Beal, B.A., Professor of Chinese at University College, London. Demy 8vo, pp. XX. and 186, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d. BEAL.— Si-Tu-Ki. Buddhist Records of the Western World. See Triibner's Oriental Series. BEAHES.— OnTLiNES of Indian Phiiolooy. With a Map showing the Distribution of Indian Languages. By John Beames, M.R.A.S., B.C.S., &c. Second enlarged and revised Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 96, cloth. 1868. 6s. BEAMES. — A CoMPABAMVK Gkahmab 01? THE Modern Aryan LANaiTAOES op India, to wit, Hindi, Panjabi, Sindhi, Gujarati, Marathi, Oriya, and Bengali. By John Beames, B.C.S., M.R.A.S., &c., &c. Demy 8vo. VoL I. On Sounds. Pp. xvi. and 360, cloth. 1872. 16s.— VoL 11. The Noun and the Pronoun. Pp. xii and 348, cloth. 1875. 16s.— Vol. IIL The Verb. Pp. xii. and 316, cloth. 1879. 16s. BELLEW.— From the Ihdus to the Tigris. A Narrative of a Journey throngh Balochistan, Afghanistan, Khorassan, and Iran in 1872 ; together with a Synoptical Grammar and Vocabulary of theBrahoe Language, and a Record of the Meteorolo- gical Observations on the March from the Indus to the Tigris. By Henry Walter Bellew, C.S.I,, Surgeon, B.S.O. 8vo, pp. viii. and 496, cloth. 1874. 14s. Published hy Trubner & Go. 7 BELLEW.— Kashmir and Kashohas ; a Narrative of the Journey of the Embaasy to Kaahghar in 1873-74. By H. W. BeUew, C.S.I. Demy 8vo, pp. xxrii. and 420, oloth. 1875. 16s. BELLEW.— The Racks of Afghanistan. Being a Brief Account of the Principal Nations Inhabiting that Country. By Surgeon-Major H. W. Bellew, O.S.I., late on Special Political Duty at Kabul, gvo, pp. 124, oloth. 1880. 73. 6d. BELLOWS.— Snolkh OniLiNB Vooabulary for the use of Students of the Chinese, Japanese, and other Languages. Arranged by John Bellows. With Notes on tha Writing of Chinese with Boman Letters, by Professor Summers, King's College, London. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 368, cloth. 1867. 6s. BELLOWS. — OniiisK Diotionart for thb use of MiasioNARiHis, Expiorbrs, ahd Students of Lanouaqk. By Max Miiller, M.A., Tayloriau Professor in the TJni- versity of Oxford. ' With an Introduction on the proper use of the ordinary English Alphabet in transcribing Foreign Languages. The Vocabulary compiled by John Bellows. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxi. and 368, Ump morocco. 1867. 7s. 6d. BELLOWS. — Toua ibs Vbbb&9. Conjugations of all the Verbs in the French and English Languages. By Johili Bellows. Bevised by Professor Beljame, B.A., LL.B., of the Unwersity of Paris, and Official Interpreter to the Imperial Court, and G«oi;ge B. Strickland, late Assistant French Master, Boyal Naval School, London. Also a New Table of Equivalent Values of French and English Money, Weights, and Measures. 32mo, 76 Tables, sewed. 1867. Is. BELLOWS. — French and ENaLisH Dictionary for the Pocket. By John Bellows . Containing the French-English and English-French divisions on the same page ; conjugating all the verbs ; distinguishing the genders by different types ; giving numerous aids to pronunciation ; indicating the liaison or non-liaison of terminid consonants ; and translating units of weight, measure, and value, by a series of" tables differing entirely from any hitherto published. The new edition, which is but sis ounces in weight, has been remodelled, and contains many thousands of additional words and renderings. Miniature maps of France, the British Isles. Paris, and London, are added to the Creographical Section. Second Edition. 32mo, pp. 608, roan tuck, or Persian without tuck. 1877. 10s. 6d.; morocco tuck, 12s. 6d. BENEDIX.— Der Tetter. Comedy in Three Acts. By Eoderich Benedix. With Grammatical and Explanatory Notes by F. Weinmann, German Master at the Boyal Institution School, Liverpool, and G. Zimmermann, Teacher of Modern Languages. 12mo, pp. 128, cloth. 1863. 23. 6d. BENFEY. — ^A Fractioal Grawuar of the Sanskrit Lanquaqe, for the use of Early Students. By Theodor Benf ey, Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Gottin- gen. Second, revised, and enlarged Edition. Boyal 8vo, pp. viii. and 296, cloth. 1868. IDs. 6d. BENTHAM. — Theory of Leqisiatioh. By Jeremy Bentham. Translated from the French of Etienne Dumont by E. HUdreth. Fourth Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xv, and 472, cloth. 1882. 7a. 6d. BETTS.— 5fee Valdes. BEVEBIDGE. — The District of Bakarganj. Its History and Statistics. By H. Beveridge, B.C.S., Magistrate and Collector of Bakarganj. 8vo, pp. xx. aind 460, cloth. 1876. 21s. BHANDASKAR. — Early History of the Dekkan down to the Mahomedan Conquest. By Ramkrishna Gopal Bhandarkar, M.A., Hon. M.E.A.S., Professor of Oriental Languages, Dekkan College. Written for the Bombay Gazette. Eoyal 8vo, pp. 128, wrapper. 1884. 5s. BICKNELL.— See Hafiz. BIERBATTM. — HisTOKY OF the English Language and Literature. — By F. J. Bierbaum, Ph.D. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 270, oloth. 1883. 3s. BIGAKDET. — ^The Life op Gaudama. See Triibner's Oriental Series. 8 A Catalogue of Important Works, BILLINGiS. — ^The PaiNCiPLES or VentHiATION and Heating, and their Practical- Application: By John S. Billings, M.D., LL.D. (£dinb.)> Surgeon XJ.S. Army. Demy 8vo, pp. x. and 216, cloth. 1884. 15s. BIRCH. — Fasti Monastioi Abvi Saxohioi ; or. An Alphabetical List of the Heads of Beligions Houses in England previoos to the Korman Conquest, to which is pre- fixed a Chronological Catalogue of Contemporary Foundations. By Walter d» Gray Birch. ' 8vo, pp. vii. and 114, cloth. 1873. 5s. BIRD. — ^Fhtsiolosical Essays. Drink Craving, Differences in Men, Idiosyncrasy, and the Origin of Disease. By Kohert Bird, M.D. Demy 8to, pp. 246, cloth. 1870. 7s. 6d. BIZYENOS.— AT01AE3 AYPAI. Poems. By George M. Bizyenos. With Frontis- piece Etched by Prof. A. Legros. Koyal 8to, pp. viii.-312, printed on hand-mad& paper, and richly bound. 1883. £1, lis. 6d. BLACK. — Young Japan, Yokohama and Yedo. A Narrative of the Settlement and the City, from the Signing of the Treaties in 1858 to the Close of 1879; with a Glance at the Progress of Japan during a Period of Twenty-one Years. By J. K. Black, formerly Editor of the "Japan Herald," &c. 2 vols. demy8vo, pp. xviii. and 418 ; xiv. and 522, cloth. 1881. £2, 2s. BIACEET. — Beseabches into tee Lost Histobies of America ; or. The Zodiac shown to be an Old Terrestrial Map, in which the Atlantic Isle is delineated ; so that Light can be throvm upon the Obscure Histories of the Earthworks and Buined Cities of America. By W. S. Blacket. Illustrated by numerous En- .gravings. 8to, pp. 336, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d. BLADES.— Shakspbbs and Ttpographt. Being an Attempt to show Shakspere's- Personal Connection with, and Technical Knowledge of, the Art of Frintiing j also Bemarks.npdn some common Typographical Errors, with especial reference to the Text of Shakspere. By William Blades. 8vo, pp. vui. and 78, with an Illustra- tion, cloth. 1872. 33. BLADES. — The Biogeapht and Typogeaph^ op William Caxton, England's First Printer. By W. Blades. Founded npon the Author's " Life and Typograjihy of William Caxton." Brought up to the Present Date. Elegantly and appropriately printed in demy 8to, on hand-made paper, imitation old bevelled binding. 1877. £1, Is. Cheap Edition. Crown 8vo, cloth. 1881. 5s. BLADES.— The Enemies op Books. By William Blades, Typograph. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi, and 112, parchment wrapper. 1880. BLADES. — An Account op the Gebman Mobalitt Plat entitled Depositio COBNUTI Ttpogbaphioi, as Performed in the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Cen- turies. With a Bhythmical Translation of the German Version of 1648. By William Blades (Typographer). To which is added a Literal Keprint of the unique Original Version, written in Plaat Deutsch by Paul de Wise, and printed in 1621. Small 4to, pp. xii.-144, with facsimile Illustrations, in an appropriate binding. 1885. 7s. 6d. BLAKEY. — Memoibs op Db. Bobebt Blaket, Professor of Logic and Metaphysics, Queen's College, Belfast. Edited by the Rev. Henry Miller. Crown Svo, pp. xij. and 252, cloth. 1879. 5s. BLEEK.— Keynird thb Fox in South Apbioa; or, Hottentot Fables and Tales,, chiefly Translated from Original Manuscripts in the Library of His Excellency Sir George Grey, K.C.B. By W. H. L Bleek, Ph.D. Post Svo, pp. xxvi and 94, cloth. 1864. 3s. 6d. BLEEE.— A Beief Account op Bushman Folk Lobe, and other Texts. By W. H. I. Bleek. Ph.D. Folio, pp. 21, paper. 2b. 6d. BLUMHARDT. — See Chamtabali. BOEHMER.— See Valdes, and Spanish Eepobmebs. BOJESEN.— A Guide to the Danish Lahquaqb. Designed for English Students. By Mrs. Maria Bojesen. 12mo, pp. 250, cloth. 1863. 53. Published hy Truhner & Co. 9 BOtlA.— The German Camgbaphist : Copies for German Handwriting. By 0. Bolia^ Oblong 4to, sewed. Is. BOOLE. — Message of Pstchio Science to Mothers and Nurses. By Mary Boole. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 266, oloth. 1883. 5s. BOTTRELL.— Stories and Folk-Lore op West Cornwall. By Winiam Bottrell. With Illustrations by Joseph Blight. Third Series. 8vo, pp. viii. and 200, oloth. 1884. 6s. BOY ENGINEERS.— See under Lukdt. BOYD.— NXoiNANDA ; or, the Joy of the Snake World. A Buddhist Drama in Five Acts. Ti-anslated into English Prose, with Explanatory ^otes, from the Sanskrit of S4-Harsha-Deva. By Palmer Boyd, B.A., Cambridge. With an Introduction by Professor Cowell. Crown 8to, pp. xvi. and 100, oloth. 1872. ' 4s. 6d. BBASSHAW. — DiOTioNART OP Bathinq Places and Climatic Health Eesoets. Much Bevised smd Considerably Enlarged. With a Map in Eleven Colours. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. Ixxviii. and 364, cloth. 1884. 2s. 6d. BRENTANO. — On the History and Development op Gilds, and the Origin op Trade-Unions. By Lujo Brentano, of Asohaffenburg, Bavari&, Doctor Jxiris Utriusque et Philosophise. 1. The Ori^ of Gilds. 2. Eeligious (or Social) Gilds. 3. Town-Gilds or Gild-Merchants. 4. Craft-Gilds. 5. Trade-Unions. 8vo, pp..xvi. and 136. cloth. 1870. 3s. 6d. BBETSCHNEIDER. —Early European Ebseahches into the Flora op China. By E. Bretschneider, M.D., Physician of the Eussian Legation at Peking. Demy 8to, pp. iv. and 194, sewed. 1881. 7s. 6d. BRETSCHNEIDER.— BOTANICON SiNlCDM. Notes on Chinese Botany, from Native and Western Sources. By E. Bretschneider, M.D. Crown 8vo, pp. 228, wrapper. 1882. lOs. 6d. BBETTE.— French Examination Papers set at the University of London pbom 1839 TO 1871. Arranged and edited by the Eev. P. H. Ernest Brette, B.D. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 278, cloth. 3s. 6d.; interleaved, 4s. 6d. BRITISH MUSEUM. — LiST OP PUBLICATIONS OP THE TRUSTEES OP THE BRITISH Museum, on application. BROWN. — The Dervishes ; OR, Oriental Spiritualism. By John P. Brown, Secretary and Dragoman of the Legation of the United States of America at Con- stantinople. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 416, cloth, with 24 lUustratious. 1868. 14s. BROWN.— Sanskrit Prosody and Numerical Symbols Explained. By Charles Philip Brown, M.E.AS., Author of aTelugu Dictionary, Grammar, &c., Professor of Telugu in the University of London. 8vo, pp. viii. and 56, cloth. 1869. 3s. 6d. BROWNE.- How TO USB THE Ophthalmoscope ; being Elementary Instruction in Ophthalmoscopy. Arranged for the use of Students. By Edgar A. Browne, Sur- geon to the Liverpool Eye and Ear Infirmary, &c. Second Edition. Grown 8vo, pp. xi. and 108, with 35 Figures, cloth. 1883. 3s. 6d. BROWNE.— A BIngIh Primer, in Boman Character. By J. F. Browne, B.C.S. Crown 8vo, pp. 32, cloth. 1881. 2s. BROWNE. — A Hindi Pbimeb in Eoman Character. By J. F. Browne, B.C.S. Crown 8vo, pp. 36, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d. BROWNE.— An UriyI Primer in Eoman Character. By J. F. Browne, B.C.S. Crown 8vo, pp. 32, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d. BROWNING SOCIETY'S PAPERS.— Demy 8vo, wrappers. 1881-84. Part L, pp. 116. 10s. Bibliography of Eobert Browning from 1833-81. Part IL, pp. 142. 10s. Part HL, pp. 168. 10s. Part IV., pp. 148. 10s. Part T., pp. . lOs. BROWNING'S FOEMS, Illustrations TO. 4to, boards. Parts I. and U. 10s. each. 10 A Gabahgue of Important Works, EEUHNOW.— See Schefpel. BEUMTON.— Map OF Japan. See under Japan. BTJSGE. — Archaic Classics. Assyrian Texts ; being Extracts from the Annals of Shalmaneser II., Sennacherib, and Assur-Bani-Pal. With Philological Notes. By Ernest A. Budge, B.A., M-R.A.S., Assyrian Exhibitioner, Christ's College, Cambridge. Small 4to, pp. viii. and 44, cloth. 1880. 7s. 6d. BUDGE. — HisTOET or Ebabhaodon. See Trubner's Oriental Series. BUNYAN.— Scenes fbom the Pilgbim'b Pbooeess. By. B. B. Butter. 4to, pp. 142, boards, leather back. 1882. 5s. BUEGESS :- Abchbologioal Subvby op "Westeek India : — Befobt of the First Season's Opebations in the BelsIh and Kaladi DISTEIOTS. January to May 1874. By James Burgess, F.R.6.S. With 56 Photographs and Lithographic Plates. Boyal 4to, pp. riii. and 45; half bound. 1875. £2, 2b. Eepoet on the Antiquities op KlTHiiwlD and Kachh, being the result of the Second Season's Operations, of the Archaeological Survey of Western India, 1874-75. By James Burgess, F.E.G.S. Koyal 4to, pp. x. and 242, with 74 Plates; half bound. 1876. £3, 3s. Bepoet on the Antiquities in the Bidab and Aueangabad Di^teiots, in the Territories of His Highness the Nizam of Haiderabad, being the result of the Third Season's Operations of the Archaeological Survey of Western India, 1875-76. By James Burgess, F.E.G.S., M.E.A.S., Archsological Sur- veyor and Eeporter to Government, Western India. Eoyal 4to, pp. viiL and 138, with 63 Photographic Plates ; half bound. 1878. £2, 2s. Eepoet on the Buddhist Cave Temples and thebb v Insceiptions; containing Views, Flans, Sections, and Elevation of Facades of Cave Temples ; Drawings of Architectural and Mythological Sculptures ; Facsimiles of Inscriptions, &c. ; with Descriptive and Explanatory Text, and Translations of Inscriptions, &c., &c. By 1 „-j, , 1005 pc -. James Burgess, LL.D.,F.E.G.S., &c. Eoyal 4to, pp. (^ *^°"- ^^^- *'''• ™- X. and 140, with 86 Plates and Woodcuts ; half-botind. Eepoet on Eluea Cave Temples, and the Beahmani- OAL and Jaina Caves in Westeen India. By James Burgess, LL.D., F.E.G.S., &c. Eoyal, 4to, pp. viii. and 90, with 66 Plates and Woodcul^ ; half -bound. / EnRMA. — The Bbitish Bdema Gazbttbee. Compiled by Major H. E. Spearman, under the direction of the Government of India. 2 vols. 8vo, pp. 764 and 878, with 11 Photographs, cloth. 1880. £2, 10s. BUEMA. — HisiOET op. See Trubner's Oriental Series, page 70. BtlEHE.— Sheopshire Fdlk-Lore. a Sheaf of Gleanings. Edited by Charlotte S. Bume, from the Collections of Georgina P. Jackson. Demy 8vp. Part I., pp. xvi.-176, wrapper. 1883. 7s. 6d. Part 11., pp. 192, wrapper. 1885. 7s. 6d. BUENELL.— Elements op South Indian Pal^ooeapht, from the Fourth to the Seventeenth Century a.d., being an Introduction to the Study of South Indian Inscriptions and MSS. By A. C. BumeU. Second enlarged and improved Edition. 4to, pp. xiv. and 148, Map and 35 Plates, cloth. 1878. £2, 123. 6d. BUENELL.— A CLASSIFIED Index to the Sanskeit MSS. Df the Palace at Tanjobe. Prepared tor the Madras Government. By A. 0. Burnell, Ph.D., &c., &c. 4to, stiff wrapper. Part I., pp. iv.-80, Vedic and Technical Literature. Part II., pp. iv.-80, PhUdsophy and Law. Part III., Drama, Epics, Furanas, and Zantras ; Indices. 1879. 10s. each. Published by Trvhner & Go. 11 BTTETON.— Handbook for Overland Bxpeditions ; being an English Edition of the "Prairie Trareller," a Handbook for Overland Expeditions. With Illustrations and Itineraries of the Principal Routes betw'een the Mississippi and the Pacific, and a Map. By Captain E,. B. Marcy (now General and Chief of the Staff, Army of the Potomac). Edited, with Notes, by Captain Eichard F. Burton. Crown 8vo, pp. 270, numerous Woodcuts, Itineraries, and Map, cloth. 1863. 6s. 6d. BUTLER,— Eeewhon j or. Over the Range. By SamUel Butler. Seventh Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xii, and 244, cloth. 1884. 5s. BUTLER.— The Faik Haven. A Work in Defence of the Miraculous Element in Our Lord's Ministry upon Earth, both as against Rationalistic Impugners and certain Orthodox Defenders. By the late John Pickard Owen. With a Memoir of the Author by WiUiam Bickersteth Owen. By Samuel Butler, Second Edi- tion. Demy 8vo, pp. X. and 248, cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d. BUTLER.— Life and Habit. By Samuel Butler. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. X. and 308, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d. BUTLER.— Gavottes, Minuets, Fugues, and other short pieces for the Piano. By Samuel Butler, Author of "Erewhon," "Life and Habit," &o. (Op. I. mus.), and Henry Festing Jones (Op. I.) BUTLER.— Evolution, Old and New ; or. The Theories of Buflon, Dr. Erasmus Darwin, and Lamarck, as compared with that of Mr. Charles Darwin. By Samuel Butler. Second Edition, with an Appendix and Index. Crown 8vo, pp. xii, and 430, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d. BUTLER. — Unconscious Memory : A Comparison between the Theory of Dr. Ewald 1^ Hering, Professor of Physiology at the University of Prague, and the " Philosophy of the Unconscious " of Dr. Edward von Hartmann. With Translations from these Authors, and Preliminary Chapters bearing on, "Life and Habit," "Evolution, New and Old," and Mr. Charles Darwin's edition of Dr. Krause's "Erasmus Darwin." By Samuel Butler. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 288, cloth. 1880. 7s. 6d, BUTLER.— Alps and Sanctuaries op Piedmont and the Canton Ticino. Pro- fusely Illustrated by Charles Gogin, H, F. Jones, and the Author. By Samuel Butler. Foolscap 4to, pp. viii. and 376, cloth. 1882. 21s. BUTLER. — Selections prom his Previous Works, with Remarks on Mr. G. J. Romanes' recent work, "Mental Evolution in Animals," and "A Psalm of Montreal." By Samuel Butler. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 326, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d. BUTLER. — The Spanish Teacher and Colloquial Fhrase-Book. An Easy and Agreeable Method of acquiring a Speaking ILnowledge of the Spanish Language. By Francis Butler. Foap. 8vo, pp. xviii. and 240, hsJf-roan. 2s. 6d. BUTLER. — HuNeARlAN toBMS AND FABLES POR ENGLISH READERS. Selected and Translated by B. D. Butler, of the British Museuni ; with Illustrations by A. G. Butler. Foolscap, pp. vi and 88, limp cloth. 1877. 2s. BUTLER. — The Legend op the Wondrous Hunt. By John Arany. With ^ few Miscellaneous Pieces and Folk-Songs. Translated from the Magyar by E. D. Butler, F.R.G.S. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 70. Limp cloth. 2s. 6d. CAITHNESS. — Lectures on Popular and Scientific Subjects. By the Earl of Caithness, F.E.S. Delivered at various times and places. Second enlarged Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 1879. 2s. 6d. CALCUTTA REVIEW.— Selections PROM Nos. I.-XXXTII. 5s. ea^h. CALDER. — The Coming Era. By A. Calder, Officer of the Legion of Honour, and Author of " The Man of the Future." 8vo, pp. 422, cloth. 1879. 10s. 6d. CALDWBLL. — A Comparative Grammar op The Dravidian or South Indian Family of Languages. By the Rev. R. CaldweU, LL.D. A second, corrected, and enlarged Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. 804, cloth. 1875. 28s. CALENDARS OF STATE PAPERS. List on application. 12 A Catahgwe of Important Works, CALL.— EBVlSBEBATloirs. Eevised. With a chapter from My Autobiography. By W. M. W. Call, M.A., Cambridge, Author of "Lyra Hellenica" aud " Golden Histories." Crown 8to, pp. fiii and 200, cloth. 1875. 4s. 6d. CALLAWAY.— NuBSEBT Tales, Tkaditions, ahd Histobies of thb Zdlus. In their own words, with a Translation iuto English, and Notes. By the Kev. Canon Callaway, M.D. ToL I., 8vo, pp. xiv. and 378, cloth. 1868. 16s. CALLAWAY. — THE Ebugious System op the Amazulu. Part I.— XJnkulunknlu ; or. The Tradition of Creation as existing among the Amazolu and other Tribes of South Africa, in their own words, with a Transla- tion into English, and Notes. By the Bev. Canon Callaway, M.D. 8to, pp. 128, sewed. 1868. 4s. Part IL— Amatongo ; or, Ancestor-TVorship as existing among the Amaznln, in their own words, with a Translation into English, and Notes. By the Rev. Cahon Callaway, M.D. 8vo, pp. 127, sewed. 1869. 4s. Fart TTT. — ^Izinyanga Zokubula ; or. Divination, as existing among the Amazuln, in their own words, with a Translation into English, and Notes. By the Eev. Canon CaUaway, 1I.D. 8vo, pp. ISO, sewed. 1870. 43. Part IV. — On Medical Magic and Witchcraft. 8vo, pp. 40, sewed. Is. 6d. CAMBRIDGE PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY (TbansaCMONS). Vol. L, from 1872-1880. 8vo, pp. xvi.-420, wrapper. 1881. 15s. Vol. II., for 1881 and 1882. 8vo, pp. viii.-286, wrapper. 1883. 12s. CAMEKINI. — L'Eco iTAlilAKO ; a Practical Guide to Italian Conversation. By E. Camerini. With a Vocabulary. 12mo, pp. 98, cloth. 1860. 4s. 6d. CAMPBELL. — TtTB GOSPEL OF thbWoeld's Divinb Obdeb. By Douglas Camp- bell. New Edition. Revised. Crown 8vo, pp. viii and 364, cloth. 1877. 4s. 6d. CANADA. — ^A Guide Book to the Domision of Canada. Containing Information for intending Settlers, with many ninstrations and Map, Published under the Direction of the Government of Canada. Demy 8vo, pp. xiv.-138, thick paper, sewed. 1885. 6d. CANDID Examination of Theism. By Physicns. Post 8vo, pp. xviii. and 198, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d. CANnCUM CANTICORUM, reproduced in facsimile, from the Scriverius copy in the British Museum. With an Historical and Bibliographical Introduction by L Ph. Berjeau. Folio, pp. 36, with 16 Tables of Illustrations, vellum. 1860. £2, 2s. CAREY. — The Past, the Pbesbht, and the Futdbe. By H. C. Carey. Second Edition. 8vo, pp. 474, cloth. 1856. 10s. 6d. CARLETTI. — Histobt OF THE CONQDEST OF Tdnis. Translated by J. T. Carletti. Crown 8vo, pp. 40, cloth. 1883. 2s. 6d. CARNEGY. — ^NoTES ON THE Land Tendbes and Revenue Assessments of Uffeb India. ByP. Camegy. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 136, and forms, cloth. 1874. 6s. CATHERINE TL, Memoibs OF THE EJTPEESS. Written by herself. With a Preface by A. Herzen. Trans, from the French. 12mo, pp. xvi. and 352, bds. 1859. 7s. 6d. CATLIN. — O-Bjje-Pa. a Religions Ceremony ; and other Customs of the Mandans. By George Catlin. With 13 coloured lUustiations. Small 4to, pp. vL and 52, cloth. 1867. 143. CATLIN.— The Lifted and Sdbsided Rocks of Amebica, with their Influence on the Oceanic, Atmospheric, and Land Currents, and the Distribution of Races. By George Catlin. With 2 Maps. Cr. 8vo, pp. xii. and 238, cloth. 1870. 6s. 6d. CATLIN.— Shut toub Mouth and Save toub Life. By Geoi^e Oatlin, Author of " Notes of Travels amongst the North American Indians," &c , &e. With 29 XUna- trations from Drawings by the Author. Eighth Edition, considerably enlarged. Crown 8vo, pp. 106, cloth. 1882. 28. 6d. Published by Trubner & Co. 13 CAZTON,— Thb BioaBAPHT and Typogbapht of. See Blades. CAXTON CELEBRATION, 1877.— Catalooue OF THE LOAN OOMEOnON OF Anti- QDITIBS, COEIOSITIES, AND APPLIANCES CONNECTED WITH THE AbT OP PeINTINO. Edited by 6. BuUen, F.S.A. Post 8vo, pp. xx. and 472, cloth, Ss. 6d. CAZELIiES.— OCTLINB OF THE Evoldtion-Philosopht. By Dr. W. E. Gazelles. Translated from the French by the Rev. O. B. Fiothingham. Crown 8vo, pp. 156, cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d. CESNOIiA. — Salaminia (Cyprus). The History, Treasures, and Antiquities of Sa- lamis in the Island of Cyprus. By A.' Palma di Cesnola, F.S.A., &e. "With an Introduction by S. Birch, Esq., D.O.L., LL.D., Keeper of the Egyptian and Ori- ental Antiquities in the British Museum. Royal 8to, pp. slviii. and 325, with upwards of 700 Illustrations and Map of Ancient Cyprus, cloth. 1882. Sis. 6d. CHAIMEKS.— Stkuotdeb of Chinese Chabactbes, under 300 Primary Forms after the Shwoh-wan, 100 A.D., and the Phonetic Shwoh-wan, 1833. By J, Chalmers, M.A., LL.D., A.B. Demy Svo, pp. x. and 200, with two plates, limp cloth. 1882. 12s. 6d. CHAHBEBLAIN.— The Classical Poetht of the Japanese. By Basil Hall Chamberlain, Author of " Yeigo Henkaku, Ichiran." Post 8to, pp. xii. and 228, cloth. 1880. 7s. 6d. CHAPMAN.— Chlobofobm and otheb Anesthetics : Their History and Use dur- ing Childbirth. By John Chapman, M.D. 8to, pp. 51, sewed. 1859. Is. CEIAPMAN. — Diabbhcea and Cholera : Their Nature, Origin, and Treatment through the Agency of the Nervous System. By John Chapman, M.D., M.R.C.P., M.R.O.S. ' Svo, pp. six. and 248, cloth. 7s. 6d. CHAPMAN. — Medical Chabitt : its Abuses, and how to Remedy them. By John Chapman, M.D. 8vo, pp. viii. and 108, cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d. CHAPMAN.— Sea-Sickness, and how to Pbevent it. An Explanation of its Nature and Successful Ih-eatment, through the Agency of the Nervous System, by means of the Spinal Ice Bag ; with an Introduction on the General Principles of Neuro-Therapeutics. By John Chapman, M.D., M.R.C.F., M.R,C.S. Second Edition. Svo, pp. viii. and 112, cloth. 1868. 3s. CHAPTERS ON Chkistian Catholicitt. By a Clergyman. Svo, pp. 282, cloth. 1878. 5s. CHARITABALI (The), or. Instructive Biography. By Isvarachandra Vidyasa- gara. With a Vocabulary of all the Words occurring in the Text. By J. F. Blumhardt, Bengal Lecturer at the University College, London j and Teacher of Bengali for the Cambridge University. 12mo, pp. 174, cloth. 1884. 5s. The Vocabulary only, 2s. 6d. CHARNOCE. —A Glossabt of the Essex Dialect. By Richard Stephen Ghamock, Ph.D., F.S.A. Fcap., pp. xii and 64, cloth. 1880. 3s. 6d. CHARNOCE. — Pbcenomina ; or. The Etymology of the Principal Christian Names of Great Britain and Ireland. By R. S. Chamock, Ph.D., F.S.A. Crown Svo, pp. xvi. and 128, cloth. 1882. 6s. CHATTERJEE. See Phillips. CHATTOPADHTATA. — THE YItkIs; or, The Popular Dramas of Bengal. ByN. Chattopadhyaya. Post Svo, pp. 50, wrapper. 1882. 2s. CHAUCER SOCIETY.— Subscription, two guineas per annum. list of Publications on application. CHILDERS.— A Pali-English Diotionaet, with Sanskrit Equivalents, and with numerous Quotations, Extracts, and References. Compiled by Robert Csesar ChUders, late of the Ceylon Civil Service. Imperial Svo, double coluiims, pp. 648, cloth. 1875. £3, 3s. CHILDERS.— The Mahapaeinibbanasutta of the Sutta Pitaka. The Pali Text. Edited by the late Professor R. C. Childers. Svo, pp. 72, limp doth. 1878. 5s. 14 A Gatahgiie of Important Worles, CHINTAMON.— A CoMMBiTTABT ON THE TEXT OP THE Bhagavad-GitI ; or, The Discourse between Khrislinn and Arjuna of Divine Matters A Sanskrit Philoso- phical Poem. With a few Introductory Papers. By Horryohand Chintamon, Political Agent to H. H. the Gnieowair Mnlhar Eao Maharajah of Baroda. Post 8to, pp. 118, doth. 1874. 6s. CHRONICLES AND Memobials of Gbeat Britain and Ieelahd dceing the Middle Ages, List on application. CLARE. — Meghaduta, the Clood Messengbb. Poem of Kalidasa. Translated by the late Rev. T. Clark, M.A. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 64, wrapper. 1882. 1b. CLARE. — A FoBECAST op the Religion op the Fdidbe. Being Short Essays on some important Questions in Religious Philosophy. By W. W. Clark. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 238, cloth. 1879. Ss. 6d. CLAREE. — ^Ten Gbeat Religions : An Essay in Comparative Theology. By Jame» Freeman Clarke. Demy 8vo, pp. x. and 528, cloth. 1871. 15s. CLAREE. — Ten Great Religions. Part 11., A Comparison of aU ReUgions. By J. F. Clarke. Demy 8vo, pp. xxviii.- 414, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d. CLAREE. — ^The Eaelt History op the Mbditebeanean Populations, &c., in their Migrations and Settlements. lUnstrated from Autonomous Coins, Gems, Inscriptions, &c. By Hyde Clarke. 8vo, pp. 80, cloth. 1882. ' 5s. CLAUSEWITZ. — OnWab. By General Carl von Clausewitz. Translated by Colond J. J. Graham, from the third German Edition. Three volumes complete in one. Fcap 4to, double columns, pp. xz. and 564, with Portrait of the author, cloth. 187.3. 10s. 6d. CLEMENT AND HtJTTON. — Artists op the Nineteenth Century and thetb Works. A Handbook containing Two Thousand and Fifty Biographical Sketches. By Clara Erskine Clement and Lawrence Hutton. Third, Revised Edition. 2 vols, crown 8vo. pp. 844, cloth. 1885. 21s. COEE. — Creeds op the Day : or, Collated Opinions of Reputable Thinkers. By Henry Coke. In Three Series of Letters. 2 vols. Demy 8vo, pp. 302-324, cloth. 1883. 21s. COLEBROOEE.:— The, Lipe and Miscellaneous Essays op Henby Thomas Cole- BROOKE. Tie Biography by his Son, Sir T. B. Colebrooke, Bart., M.P. 3 vols. VoL I. The Life. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 492, with Portrait and Iifop, cloth. 1873. 14s. Vols. n. and ILL The Essays. A new Edition, with Notes by E. B. Cowell, Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge. Demy Svo^ pp. xvi and 544, and x. and 520, cloth. 1873. 283. COLENSO.— Natal Sebmons. A Series of Discourses Preached in the Cathedral Church of St Peter's, Maritzburg. By the Right Rev. John William Colenso, D.D., Bishop of Natal 8vo, pp. viii. and 373, cloth. 1866. 7s. 6d. The Second Series. Crown 8vo, doth, 1868. Ss, COLLINS, — A Geammae and Lexicon op the Hebrew Language, Entitled Sefer Hassoham. By Rabbi Moseh Ben Titshak, of England. Edited from a MS. in the Bodleian Library of Oxford, and collated with a MS. in the Imperial Library of St. Petersburg, with Additions and Corrections, by 6. W. Collins, M.A, Demy 4to, pp. 112, wrapper. 1882. 7s. 6d. COLYMBIA— Crown 8to, pp. 260, doth. 1873. 5s. " The book is amusing as well as clever."— ^aoueum. " Many ejfceedingly homoroas pas- sages."— PtiJJic Opinion. "Deserves to be read."— Scofeman. " Neatly done."— Otod4«i!. " Very amosing." — Examiner. COMTE.— The Catechism op Positive Religion : Translated from the French of Auguste Comte. By Richard Congreve, Second Edition, Revised and Corrected, and conformed to the Second French Edition of 1874. Crown 8vo, pp. 316, cloth, 1883. 2s. 6d. . . rr . , COMTE.— The Eight Cieculaes op Auguste Cohtb. Translated from the Frenefa,^ under the auspices of R. Congreve. Fcap. 8vo, pp. iv. and 90, cloth. 1882. la. 6d. Pvilished by Triibner & Co. 15 COMTE.— Pkeliminakt Discocbse on the Positive Spirit. Prefixed to the " Traits Philosophique d'Astronomie Populaire." By M. Auguste Comte. ' Translated by W. M. W. Call, M.A., Camb. Grown 8to, pp. 154, cloth. 1883. 29. 6d. COMTE. —The Positive Philosophy of Auocste Comte. Translated and condensed by Harriet Martineau. 2 vols. Second Edition. 8vo, cloth. Vol. I., pp. xxiv. and 400 ; Tol. II., pp. xiv. and 468. 1875. 25s. CONGB£V£. —The Eomau Empire of the West. Four Lectares delivered at the Philosophical Institution, Edinburgh, Februairy 1855, by Richard Congreve, M.A. 8vo, pp. 176-, cloth. 1855. 4s. CONGREVE. — ^EuzABBTH OF England. Two Lectures delivered at the Philosophi- cal Institution, Edinburgh, January 1862. By Eichard Congreve. 18mo, pp. 114, sewed. 1862. 2s. 6d. CONTOPOULOS.— A Lexicon of Modern Greek-English and English Modern Greek. By K. Contopoulos. Part I. Modem Greek-English. Part II. English Modern Greek. 8vo, pp. 460 and 582, cloth. 1877. 27s. CONWAY. — The Sacked Anthology : A Book of Ethnical Scriptures. Collected and Edited by Moncure D. Conway. Fifth Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 480, cloth. 1876. 12s. CONWAY. — Idols, and Ideals. With an Essay on Christianity. By Moncure D. Conway, M.A., Author of "The Eastern Pil^image," &c. Crown 8vo, pp. 352, cloth. 1877. 4s. CONWAY. — Emerson at Home and Abroad." See English and Foreign Philoso- phical Library. CONWAY. — Travels in South Kensington. By M. D. Conway. Illustrated. 8vo, pp. 234, cloth. 1882. 12s. Contents, — The South Kensington Museum — Decorative Art and Architecture in England —Bedford Park. COOMABA SWAMY.— The Dathavansa ; or, The History of i the Tooth Eelic of Gotama Buddha, in Pali verse. Edited, with an English Translation, by Mutu Coomara Swamy, F.RA.S. Demy 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 1874. 10s. 6d. English Translation. With Notes, pp. 100. 6b. COOMAEA SWAMY. — Sdtta Nipata ; or. Dialogues and Discourses of Gotama Buddha (2500 years old). Translated from the original Pali. With Notes and Introduction. By Mutu Coomara Swamy, F.E.A.S. Cfown 8vo, pp. xxxvi. and 160, cloth. 1874. 6s. COPASCENEBS (The) : Being the Adventures of Two Heiresses. See "Arthur.'' CORNELIA. A Novel. Post 8vo, pp. 250, boards. 1863. Is. 6d. COTTA — Geology and History. A Popular Exposition of all that Is known of the Earth and its Inhabitants in Pre-historic Times. By Bernhard Von Cotta, Pro- fessor of Geology at the Academy of Mining, Freiberg, in Saxony. 12mo, pp. iv. and 84, cloth. 1865. 2s. COUSIN. — ^The Philosophy of Kant. Lectures by Victor Cousin. Translated from the French. To which is added a Biographical and Critical Sketch of Kant's lite and Writings. By A. G. Henderson. Large post 8vo, pp. xciv. and 194, doth. 1864. 6s. COUSIN. —Elements of Psychology : included in a Critical Examination of Locke's Essay on the Human Understanding, and in additional pieces. Translated from the French of Victor Cousin, with an Introduction and Notes. By Caleb S. Henry, D.D. Fourth improved Edition, revised according to the Author's last corrections. Crown 8vo, pp. 568, cloth. 1871. 83. COWELIi. — A Short Ihtkodtjciion to the Okdihart Pbakkit op the Sanskeit Dramas. With a List of Common Irregular Prakrit Words. By E. B. CoweU, Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge, and Hon. LL.D. of the University of Edinburgh. Crown 8vo, pp. 40, limp cloth. 1875. Ss. 6d. 16 A Catcdogue of Important Works, COWELL.— FBAEBTFA-FaASASA; or, The Prakrit Giammar of Vararacbi, with the Commentary (Manorama) of Bhamaha ; the first complete Edition of the Original Text, with Tarion» Headings from a collection of Six MSS. in the Bodleian liibraiy at Oxford, and the libraries of the Koyal Asiatic Society and the East India House ; with Copious Notes, an English Translation, and Index of Prakrit Words, to which is prefixed an Easy Introduction to Prakrit Grammar. By Edward Byles Cowell, of Magdalen Hall, Oxford, Professor of Sanskrit at Cambridge. New Edition, with New Preface, Additions, and Corrections. Second Issue. 8to, pp. xxxi. and 204, cloth. 1868. 14s. COWELL. —The Sasvadabsaita Saugbaha. See Triibner's Oriental Series. COWLEY.— Poems. By Percy Tnnnicliff Cowley. Demy 8vo, pp. 104, cloth. 1881. 5s. CKAI6. — The Ibish Laito Laboub Question, Illustrated in the History of Bala- hine and Co-operatiTe Farming. By £. T. Craig, Crown 8to, pp. xii. and 202, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d. Wrappers, 2s. CBANBBOOE. — CsEDlBtLlA ; or. Discourses on Questioiis of Christian Faith. By the Eer. James Cranbrook, Edinburgh. Beissne. Post 8vo, pp. ir. and 190, cloth. 1868. 33. 6d. CEANBROOK.— TheFoundebsopCheistianitt; or. Discourses upon the Origin of the Christian Beligion. By the Bev. James Cranbrook, Edinburgh. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 324. 1868. 6s. CEAVEN.— The PopdIiAB DicnoHAET nr EHeusH and Hdsbusiani, abd Hihdd- STANi AND English. With a Number of Useful Tables. Compiled by the Key. T. Craven, M.A. 18mo, pp. 430, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d. CEAWFOED.— Eecollectioits of Travel in New Zealand and Austeaua. By James Coutts Crawford, F.G.S., Resident Magistrate, Wellington, &c., Ac. With Maps and Illustrations. 8ro, pp. xvi and 468, cloth. 1880. 18s. CEOSLAND.— Apparitions ; An Essay explanatory of Old Facts and a New Theory. To which are added Sketches and Adventures. By Newton Crosland. Crown 8vo, pp. viii and 166, doth. 1873. 2s. 6d. CEOSLAND. — Pith : Essays and Sketches Gbave and Gat, with some Verses and ninstrations. By Newton Crosland. Crown 8vo, pp. 310, cloth. 1881. 5s. CEOSLAND.— The New Pbincipia ; or. The Astronomy of the Future. An Essay Explanatory of a national System of the Universe. By N. Crosland, Author of " Pith," && Foolscap 8vo, pp. 88, cloth limp elegant, gilt edges. 1884. 2s. 6d. CROSS. — Hespebides. The Occupations, Belaxations, and Aspirations of a Lite. By Lanncelot Cross, Author of " Characteristics of Leigh Hunt," " Brandon Tower," " Business," &c. Demy 8vo, pp. iy.-486, cloth. 1883. IDs. 6d. CSOMA DE KOEOS.— Life op. See Triibner's Oriental Series. CUMMINS.— A Gramuab op the Old Fbiesio Language. By A. H. Cummins A.M. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 76, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d. ' CUNNINGHAM.- The Ancient Geography of Indul L The Buddhist Period, including the Campaigns of Alexander and the Travels of Hwen-ThSang. By Alexander Cunningham, Major-General, Boyal Engineers (Bengal Betired) With 13 Maps. 8vo, pp. xx. and 590, doth. 1870. £1, 8s. CUNNINGHAM.— The Stupa OF Bhabhut : A Buddhist Monument ornamented with numerous Sculptures illustrative of Buddhist Legend and History in the Third Century B.C. By Alexander Cunningham, C.S.L, C.I.E., Maj.-Gen., K.E. (B.K.), Du-.-Gen. Arch^oL Survey of India. Boyal 8vo, pp. viii. and 144, with 57 Plates, cloth. 1879. £3, 3s. CUNNINGHAM.— Abobbological SnBVET op Indla. Reports from 1862-80 By A. Cunningham, C.S.I., C.I.E., Major-General, R.E. (Bengal Ketired), Director- General, Archaeological Survey of India. With numerous Plates, cloth. Vols I - iLvJ^°- ^^"^ (Except Vols. Vn., VIII., and IX, and also Vols. XII. to AVIIL, which are 12s, each.) , Published by Trubner & Co. 17 CnSHMAH.— Chaelotte Cushman: Her Letters and Memories of her Life. Edited by her friend, Emma Stebbins. Square 8vo, pp. Tiii. and 308, cloth. With Portrait and Illustrations. 1879. 12s. 6d. OUST.— Lansu AGES OF THE EAST INDIES. See Triibner's Oriental Series. OUST.— LINGTJISTIO AND OMENTAL EsSATS. See Triibner's Oriental Series. OUST.— Languages op Apeioa. See Triibner's Oriental Series. OUST.— PioTUEBS OP Indian Lipe, Sketched with the Pen from 1852 to 1881. By K. N. Oust, latel.C.S., Hon. Sec. Eoyal Asiatic Society. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 346, cloth. With Maps. 1881. 7s. 6d. CUST. — The Shrines op Loukdes, Zaeagossa, the Holt States at Rome, THE Holt House op Loketto and Nazareth, and St. Ann at Jerusalem. By K. N. Oust, Member of Committees of the Church Missionary Society, and British and Foreign Bible Society. With Four Autotypes from Photographs obtained on the spot. Foap. 8to, pp. iv. and 63, stiff wrappers. 1885. 2s. DANA. — A Text-Book op Geologt, designed for Schools and Academies. By James D. Dana, LL.D., Professor of Geology, &c., at Yale College. Illustrated. Crown 8vo, pp. Ti. and 354, cloth. 1876. 10s. DANA. — Manual op Geologt, treating of the Principles of the Science, with special Eeference to American Geological History ; for the use of Colleges, Academies, and Schools of Science. By James D. Dana, LL.D. Illustrated by a Chart of the World, and over One Thousand Figures. 8vo, pp. xvi and 800, and Chart, cl. 2l3. DANA.— The Geological Stoet Beieflt Told. An Introduction to Geology for the General Header and for Beginners in the Science. By J'. D. Dana, lL.D. Illustrated. 12mo, pp. xii. and 264, cloth. 7s. 6d. DANA. — ^A Ststbm op Minbealogt. Descriptive Mineralogy, comprising the most Becent Discoveries. By J. D. Dana, aided by G. J. Brush. Fifth Edition, re- written and enlarged, and illustrated with upwards of 600 Woodcuts, with three Appendixes and Corrections. Boyal 8to, pp. xlyiii. and 892, cloth. £2, 2s. DANA. — ^A Text Book op Mineralogt. With an Extended Treatise on Crystallo- graphy and Physical Mineralogy. By E. S. Dana, on the Plan and with the Co-operation of Professor J. D. Dana. Third Edition, revised. Over 800 Wood- cuts and 1 Coloured Plate. 8vo, pp. viii. and 486, cloth. 1879. 18s. DANA — Manual op Mineralogt and Lithologt ; Containing the Elements of the Science of Minerals and Bocks, for the Use of the Practical Mineralogist and Greologist, and for Instruction in Schools-and Colleges. By J. D. Dana. Fourth Edition, rearranged and rewritten. Illustrated by numerous Woodcuts. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 474, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d. DARWIN.— Charles Darwin: A Paper contributed to the Transactions of the Shropshire Archseological Society. By Edward Woodall. With Portrait and Illustrations. Post 8vo, pp. iv.-64, cloth. 1884. 3s. 6d. DATES AND Data Belating to Beligious ANrteiopoLOGT and Biblical Abch«- OLOOT. (Primaeval Period.) Svo, pp. viii. and 106, cloth. 1876. 5s. DAVIDS. — Buddhist Birth Stories. See Triibner's Oriental Series. DAVIES. — Hindu Philosopht. 2 vols. See Trubner's Oriental Series. DAVIS. — ^Narrative op the North Polar Expedition, U.S. Ship Polaris, Cap- tain Charles Francis Hall Commanding. Edited under the direction of the Hon. G. M. Robeson, Secretary of the Navy, by Bear-Admiral C. H. Davis, TJ.S.N. Third Edition. With numerous Steel and Wood Engravings, Photolithographs, and Maps. 4to, pp. 696, cloth. 1881. £1, 8s. DAY. — The Prehistoric Use op Iron and Steel ; with Observations on certain matter ancillary thereto. By St. John V. Day, C.E., F.B.S.E., &c. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 278, cloth. 1877. 12s. DE FLANDRE.— Monograms op Three or More Letters, Designed and Drawn ON Stone. By C. De Flandre, F.S. A. Scot., Edinburgh. With Indices, showing the place and style or period of every Monogram, and of each individual Letter. 4to, 42 Plates, cloth. 1880. Large paper, £7, 7s. ; small paper, £3, 3s. B 18 A Caialogue of Important Works, DELBRUCE. — iNTBODDCTlOtr TO THE STUDY OF LANGUAGE : A Critical Survey of the Histoiy and KCethods of Comparative Pliilology of the Indo-European Langoages. By B. Delbriick. Authorised Translation, with a Preface by the Author. 8vo, pp. 156, cloth. 1882. 5s. Sewed, 4s. DELEFIEKRE. — HiSTOlBE IjITTEEAIBE ses Fous. Par Octave Delepierre. Crown Svo, pp. 184, cloth. 1860. 5s. . DEI.EPIEBRE. — MAOABONEAlf A Ahdba ; overum Nouveaux Melanges de Litterature Macaronique. Par Octave Delepierre. Sma.U 4to, pp. 180, printed by Whitting- ham, and handsomely bound in the Boxburghe style. 1862. 10s. 6d. DELEPIERRE. — ^ANALYSE DBS TRAVAUX de LA SOCIETB DES PHILOBIBLOH DB LON- DBES. Par Octave Delepierre. Small 4to, pp. viii. and 134, bound in the Box- burghe style. 1862. lOs. 6d. DELEPIERRE.— Bevue Analytiqub des Ouvbages Scbits EN Centonb, depnis les Temps Anciens, jusqu'au irixHm' Si^cle. Far nn Bibliophile Beige. Small 4to, pp. 508, stiff covers. 1868. £1, 10s. DELEPIERRE. — Tableau de la LmfeATUBBDU Centon, chez lbs Anciens et chbz LES MoDBKNES. Par Octave Delepierre. 2 vols, small 4to, pp. 324 and 318. Paper cover. 1875. £1, Is. DELEPIERRE.— L'Enfeb: Essai Philosophiqne et Historique sur les Legendes de la Vie Future. Par Octave Delepierre. Crown Svo, pp. 160, paper wrapper. 1876. 6s. Only 250 copies printed! DENNYS. — A Handbook of the Canton Veenaculab op the Chinese Language. Being a Series of Introductory Lessons for Domestic and Business Purposes. By N. B. Denuys, M.B.AS., &c Eoyal 8vo, pp. iv. and 228, cloth. 1874. 30s. DENNTS. — ^A Handbook of Malay Colloquial, as spoken in Singapore, being a Series of Introductory Lessons for Domestic and Business Purposes. By N. B. Dennys,Ph.D.,F.R.G.S.,M.R.AS. Impl. Svo, pp. vi and 204, doth. 187g. 21s. DENNTS. — The Folk-Lobb op China, and its Affinities with that op the Aeyan and Semitio Races. By N. B. Dennys, Ph.D., F.B.G.S., M.B.A.S. Svo, pp. 166, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d. DE VALDES.— See Valdes. DE yiNNE.— The Invention op Pbinting: A Collection of Texts and Opinions. Description of Early Prints and Playing Cards, the Block-Books of the Fifteenth Centu^, the Legend of Lonrens Janszoon Coster of Haarlem, and the Works of John Gutenberg and his Associates. Illnstrated with Fac-similes of Early Types and 'Woodcuts. By Theo. L. De Vinne. Second Edition. In royal Svo, elegantly printed, and bound in cloth, with embossed portraits, and a multitude of Fac- similes and Ulustrations'. 1877. £1 Is. DICKSON.— Who was Scotland's pibst Pkintbe? Ane Compendious and breue Tractate, in Commendation of Androw Myllar. Compylit be Bobert Dickson, F.S.A. Scot. Fcap. Svo, pp. 24, parchment wrapper. 1^1. Is. DOBSON.— Monogeaph op the Asiatic Chibopteba, and Catalogue of the Species of Bats in the Collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. By G. E. Dobson, M.A, M.B., F.L.S., &c. Svo, pp. viii. and 228, cloth. 1876. 12s. D'ORSEY.— A Peaotioal Geammae op Pobtcgubse and English, exhibiting in a Series of Exercises, in Double Translation, the Idiomatic Structure of both Lan- guages, as now written and spoken. Adapted to Ollendorff's System by the Eev. Alexander J. D. D'Orsey, of Corpus Christi College, Cambridge, and Lecturer on Public Reading and Speaking at King's College, Loudon. Thud Edition. 12mo. pp. viii. and 298, cloth. 186S. 7s. DOUGLAS.— Chinese-Engush Dictionaby op the Vebnaculae oe Spoken Lan- guage of Amoy, with the principal variations of the Chang-Chew and Chin- Chew Dialects. By the Eev. Carstairs Douglas, M. A, LL.D., Glasg., Missionary of the Presbyterian Church in England. High quarto, double columns, pp. 632, cloth. 1873. £3, 3s. DOUGLAS.— Chinese LANonAGE and Litbraturb. Two Lectures delivered at the Royal Institution, by R. K. Douglas, of the British Museum, and Professor of Chinese at King's College. Crown Svo, pp. 118, cloth. 1875. 5s. Fublished by Triibner & Go. 19 DOUGLAS.— The Life of Jbnqhiz Khan. Translated from the Chinese. With an Introduction. By Robert K. Douglas, of the British Museum, and Professor of Chinese at King's College. Crown 8to, pp. xxxvi. and 106,-cloth. 1877. 5s. DOUGLAS.— POEUS : Lyrical and Dramatic. By Evelyja Douglas. Foolscap 8to, pp. 256, cloth. 1885. 5s. DOUGLAS.— The Qxjben off the Hid Isle ; An Allegory of Life and Art. And Love's Pbkveesitt; or, Eroa and Anteros. A Drama, By Evelyn Douglas. Fcap. Svo, pp. viii.-258, cloth. 1885. 5s. DOWSON.— Dictionary of Hindu Mytholoqt, &o. See Trubner's Oriental Series. DOWSON. — ^A Gkammab op the TJiiDn ob HiNDUSTANi Lanodase. By John Dow- son, M.B.A.S., Professor of Hindustani, Staff College, Sandhurst, Crown 8to, pp. xvi. and 264, with 8 Plates, cloth. 1872. lOs. 6d. DOWSON. — A HnJDDSTANl Exercise Book ; containing a Series of Passages and Extracts adapted for Translation into Hindustani. By John Dowson, H.B.A.S., Professor of Hindustani, Staff College, Sandhurst. Crown Svo, pp. 100, limp cloth. 1872. 2s. 6d. DDEA — The Lira and Travels of Alexander Csoma de K0r6s : A Biography, compiled chiefly from hitherto Unpublished Data ; With a Brief Notice of each of Ms Published Works and Essays, as well as of his still Extant Manuscripts. By Theodore Duka, Doctor of Medicine ; Fellow of the Boyal College of Surgeons of England ; Surgeon-Major, Her Majesty's Bengal Medical Service, Betired ; Knight of the Order of the Iron Crown; Corresponding Member of the Academy of Sciences of Hungary, Post Svo, with Portrait, pp. xii.-234, cloth. 1885. 9s. DUSAR. — ^A Grammar of the German Language; with Exercises. By P. Friedrioh Dusar, First German Master in the Military Department of Cheltenham College. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 208, cloth. 1879. 43. 6d. DUSAE. — A Gbammatical Course of the German Language. By P. Friedrich Dusar. Third Edition. Crown Svo, pp. x. and 134, cloth. 1883. 3^. 6d. DYMOCK. — Thj; Vegetable Materia Medica of Western Wdia.' By W. Dymock, Surgeon-Major Bombay Army, &o. &c. To be completed in four parts. Svo, Part I., pp. 160 ; Part II., pp. 168 ; wrappers, 4s. each. EARLY ENGLISH TEZT SOCIETY.— Subscription, one guinea per aimum. Exira Series. Subscriptions — Small paper, one guinea; large ^aper, two guineas, per annum. list of publications on application. EASTWICE. — Khirad Afroz (the Illuminator of the Understanding). By Maulavi Hafizu'd-diu. A New Edition of the Hindfctanl Text, carefully revised, with Notes, Critical and Explanatory. By Edward B. Eastwick, F.E.S., M.B.A.S., &o. I mperi al Svo, pp. xiv. and 319, cloth. Beissue, 1867, 18s. EASTWICK.— The Gumstan. See Trubner's Oriental Series. EBERS. — The Empekoe. A Eomance. By Georg Bbers. Translated from the German by Clara Bell. In two volumes, 16mo, pp. iv. 319 and 322, cloth. 1881. 7s. 6d. Paper, 5s. EBERS. — ^A Question : The Idyl of a Picture by his friend. Alma Tadema. Belated by Georg Ebers. From the German, by Mary J. Saffobd. 16mo, pp. 125, with Frontispiece, cloth. 1881. 4s. Paper, 2s. 6d, EBERS.— Sebapis. a Eomance. By Georg Ebers. From the German by Clara BeU. 16mo, pp. iv.-388, cloth. 1885. 43. Paper, 2s. 6d. ECHO (Dbutsohbs). The German Echo. A Faithful Mirror of German Conver- sation. By Ludwig Wolfram. With a Vocabulary. By Henry P. Skelton, Post Svo, pp. 130 and 70, cloth. 1863. 3s. ECHO FRANpAIS. A Practical Guide to Conversation. By Fr. de la Fruston. With a complete Vocabulary. By Anthony Maw Border. Post Svo, pp. 120 and 72, cloth. 1860. 33. ECO ITALIANO (L'). A Practical Guide to Italian Conversation. By Eugene Camerini. With a complete Vocabulary. By Henry P. Skelton. Post Svo, pp. vi., 128, and 98. cloth. I860; 4s. 6d. ECO DE MADRID. The Echo of Madrid. A Practical Guide to Spanish Con- versation. By J. E. Hartzenbuaoh and Henry Lemming. With a complete Vocabulary, containing copious Explanatory' Eemarks, By Hjnry Lemming. Post Svo, pp. xii., 144, and 83, cloth. 1860. 5s. 20 A Catalogue of Important Works, ECKSTEIN. — Fbusias : A Bomance of Ancient Borne nnder the Bepnblic. By Ernst Eckstein. From the German by Clara Bell. Two vols. 16mo, pp. 356 and 336, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d. ; paper, 5s. ECKSTEIN. — QmHTUS Claudius. A Bomance of Imperial Borne. By Ernst Eckstein. From the Grerman by Clara Bell, Two vols. 16mo, pp. 314 and 304, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d. ; paper, 53. EDDA S.SHUira>AB HnTNS Fboda. The Edda of Ssemnnd the Learned. Translated from the Old Norse, by Benjamin Thorpe. Complete in 1 vol. fcap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 132, and pp. viii. and 170, cloth. 1866. 7s. 6d. EDGREN. — Sanskrit Gbahhab. See Triibner's Collection, EDKINS. — China's Place in Fhilolosy. An attempt to show that the longnages of Europe and Asia have a common origin. By the Bev. Joseph Edkins. Crown 8vo, pp. xxiii. and 403, cloth. 1871. 10s. 6d. EBKINS. — IniBODuaTion to the Stud; of the Chirese Chabactebs. By J. Edkins, D.D., Peking, China. Boyal 8to, pp. 340, paper boards. 1S76. ISs. EDKINS. — Beliqion in CmsA.. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, ToL Vni., or Triibner's Oriental Series. EDKINS. — Chinese Buddhism. See Triibner's Oriental Series. EDMONDS. — Gbeek Lats, Idylls, Legends, &c. A Selection from Becent and Contemporary Poets. Translated by £. M. Edmonds. With Introduction and Notes. Crown Svq, pp. xiv. and 2©4, cloth. 1885. 6s. 6d. EDMUNDSON. — MiLTON and Vondel: a Curiosity of literature. By George Edmundson, M.A., Late FeUow and Tutor of Bras^ose College, Oxford, Vicar of Northolt, Middlesex. Crown 8vo, pp. , cloth. EDWABDS. — Memoirs of Xjekabies, together with a Practical Handbook of Library Economy. By Edward Edwards. Numerous Illnstrations. 2to1s. rovalSvo, cloth. VoL i. pp. xxviiL and 841 ; VoL ii. pp. xxxvi and 1104. 1859. ira, 8s. Ditto, large paper, imperial 8vo, cloth. £4, 4s. EDWARDS. — Chapters of the BioesAFHiCAL Histoet op the French Aoademt. 1629-1863. With an Appendix relating to the Unpublished Chronicle " Liber de Hyda." By Edward Edwards. 8vo, pp. 180, cloth. 1864. 6s. Drpro, large paper, royal 8vo. Vk. 6d. EDWARDS.— TiTBBATtTES AND FouHDEBS OE LiBRABlES. By Edward Edwards. Svo, pp. xix. and 506, cloth. 1865. 18s. Ditto, large paper, imperial Sro, cloth. £1, 10s. EDWARDS.— Fbee Town Ltbbaries, their Formation, Management, and History in Britain, France, Germany, and America. Together with Brief Notices of Book Collectors, and of the respective Places of Deposit of their Surviving Collections. By Edward Edwards. 8vo, pp. xvi and 634, cloth. 1869. 21s. EDWARDS.— Lives of the Foundees op the British Museum, with Notices of ita Chief Augmentors and other Benefactors. 1570-1870. By Edward Edwards. With Illustrations and Plans. 2 vols. 8vo, pp. jdi. and 780, cloth. 1870. 30s. EDWARDES.— See English and Foreign Philosophical Lebkart, VoL XVXL EGER. — Technological Diotionaet in the English and German Languages. Edited by Gustav Bger, Professor of the Polytechnic School of Darmstadt, and Sworn Translator of the Grand Ducal Ministerial Departments. Technically Bevised and Enlarged by Otto Brandes, Chemist. Two vols., royal Svo, pp. viii. and 712, and pp. viii. and 970, cloth. 1884. £1, 7s. EGER AND GRIME.— An Early English Bomance. Edited from Bishop Percy's FoUo Manuscripts, about 1650 A.D. By J. W. Hales, M.A., FeUow of Christ's College, Cambridge, and F. J. Fumivall, M.A., of Trinity Hall, Cambridge. 4to, large paper, half bound, Boxburghe style, pp. 64. 1867. 10s. 6d. EQERTON.— Sussex Folk and Sussex Wats. Stfay Studies in the Wealden For- mation of Human Nature. By the Eev. J. Coker Egerton, M.A., Bector of Bur- wash. Crown Svo, pp. 140, doth. 1884. 2s. Published by Truhn&r & Co. 21 EGGEUNG.— See AuOTOEES Sakskmti, Vola. IV. andV. EGYPT EXPLORATION FUND :— The Stobe-Citt of Pithom, and the Route of the Bxodua. By Edouard Naville. 4to, pp. viii. and 32, with Thirteen Plates and Two Maps, boards, 1885. 253. IGYPTUN GENERAL STAFF PUBLICATIONS :— Genekal Report on the Pbovihob oi' Kordopait. Submitted to General C. P, Stone, Ohief of the General StafE Egyptian Army. By Major H. 6. Prout, Commanding Expedition of Reconnaissance, Made at El-Obeiyad (Kordofan), March 12th, 1876. Royal Svo, pp. 232, stitched, with 6 Maps. 1877. 10s. 6d. Provinces of the Equator : Summary of Letters and Reports of the Governor- General. Part 1. 1874. Royal Svo, pp. viii. and 90, stitched, with Map. 1877. 5s. Report on the Seizure bt the Abyssinians of the Geological and Mineralo- gioal Reconnaissance Expedition attached to the General Staff of the Egyptian Army. By L. H. Mitchell, Chief of the Expedition. Containing an Account of the subsequent Treatment of the Prisoners and Final Release of the Com- mander. Royal Svo, pp. xii. and 126, stitched, with a Map. 187S. 7s. 6d. EGYPTIAN CALENDAR for the year 1295 A.H. (1878 A.D.) : Corresponding with the years 1594, 1595 of the Koptio Era. Svo, pp. 98, sewed. 1878. 2s. 6d. EHRLICH.— French Reader : With Notes and Vocabulary. By H. "W. Ehrlich. 12mo, pp. viii. and 125, limp cloth. 1877. Is. 6d, EITEL. — Buddhism : Its Historical, Theoretical, and Popular Aspects. In Three Lectures. By E. J. Eitel, M.A., Ph.D. Third Revised Edition. Demy Svo, pp. X.-146. 1884. 5s. EITEL. — ^Feno-Shui ; or. The Rudiments of Natural Science in China. By E. 3. Eitel, M.A., Ph.D. Royal Svo, pp. vi. and 84, sewed. 1873. 6s. EITEL. — Handbook for the Student o? Chinese Buddhism. By the Eev. E. J. Eitel, of the London Missionary Society. Crown Svo,. pp. viii. and 224, clotji. 1870. 18s. ELLIOT. — Memoirs on the History, Folk-Lore, and Distribution of the Races OF THE North-Western Provinces of India. By the late Sir Henry M. Elliot, K.C.B. Edited, revised, and rearranged by John Beames, M.R.A.S., &c., &c. In 2 vols, demy Svo, pp. xx. , 370, and 396, with 3 large coloured folding Maps, cloth. 1869. jBl 16s. ELLIOT.— The History of India, as told by its own Historians. The Muhammadan Period. Edited from the Posthumous Papers of the late Sir H. M. Elliot, K.C.B., East India Company's Bengal Civil Service. Revised and continued by Professor John Dowson, M.R.A.S., Staff College, Sandhurst. Svo. Vol. I.— Vol. II., pp. X. and 580, cloth. Vol. III., pp. xii. and 627, cloth, ,24s.— Vol. IV., pp. xii. and 564, cloth. 1872. 21s.— Vol. V., pp. x. and 576, cloth. 1873. 21s.— Vol. VL, pp. viii. 574, cloth. 21s.— Vol. VU., pp. viii.-574. 1877. 21s. VoL VIII., pp. xxxii.-444. With Biographical, Geographical, and General Index. 1877. 24s. Complete sets, £8, 8s. Vols. I. and II. not sold separately. ELLIS. — Etruscan Numerals. By Robert Ellis, B.D., late Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge. Svo, pp. 52, sewed. 1876. 2s. 6d. ELY. — French and German Socialism in Modern Times. By R. T. Ely, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Political Economy in the Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more ; and Lecturer on Political Economy in Cornell University, Ithaca, N. T. Crown Svo, pp. viii.-274, cloth. 1SS4. 3s. 6d. EMERSON at Home and Abroad. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. XIX. EMERSON. — Indian Myths ; or. Legends, Traditions, and Symbols of the Abori- gines of America, compared with those of other Countries, including Hindostan, Egypt, Persia, Assyria, and China. By Ellen Russell Emerson. Illustrated. Post Svo, pp. viu.-678, cloth. 1S84. £1, Is. 22 A CaUdogue of Imporiant Works, ENGLISH DIALECT S0CIET7. — Subscription, lOa. 6d. per annmn. List of pnbUca> tions on application. ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRABY (THE). Post 8vo, cloth, uniformly bound. X. to III. — ^A HlSTOBY OF MatesiaIiISH, and Criticism of its present Importance. By Professor F. A. Lange. Authorised Translation from the German by Ernest C Thomas. In three volumes. Vol. I. Second Edition, pp. S-W. 1878. lOs. 6d.— VoL II., pp. viii. and 398. 1880. 10s. 6d. — VoL IIL, pp. Tiii. and 376. 1881. 10s. 6d. IV.— Natubal Law : an Essay in Ethics. By Edith Simcox. Second Edition. Pp. 366w 1878. 10s. 6d. V and VI. — Thb Creed of Chbistehdom ; its Foundations contrasted with Snper- structure. By W. B. Greg. Eighth Edition, with a New Introduction. In two volumes, pp. cxiT.-154 and vi.-282 1883. 35s. VIZ.— Otitlines of the Histoet of Eeligion to the Spbead op thb Untvebsal Kbliqions. By Prof. C. P. Tiele. Translated from the Dutch by J. Estlin Carpenter, 1VI.A., with the author's assist- ance. Third Edition. Pp. xx. and 250. 1884 7s. 6d. Yin. — Keugion in China; containing a brief Account of the Three Seligions of the Chinese; with Observations on the Prospects of Christian Conversion amongst that People. By Joseph Ed Inns, D.D., Peking. Third Edition. Pp. xvi. and 260. 1884. , 7s. 6d. IX. — A Candid Examination of Theish, By Physicus. Pp. 216. 1878. 7s. 6d. X. — The Coloub-Sense ; its Origin and Development ; an Essay in Com- parative Psychology. By Grant Allen, B.A., author of " Phy- siological .Esthetics." Pp. zii. and 282. 1879. 10s. 6d. XI. — The Feilosofht of Music ; being the substance of a Course of TiCctures delivered at the Boyal Institution of Great Britain in February and March 1877. By William Pole, F.B.a, F.B.S.E.,. Mus. Doc, Oxon. Pp. 336. 1879. lOs. 6d. XH. — Contbtbutions to the Histobt of the Development of the Huican Race: Lectures and Dissertations, by Lazarus Geiger. Translated from the German by D. Asher, Ph.D. Pp. x. and 156. 1880. 6s. Xni.— Db. AppIiEton : his Life and Literary Belies. By J. H. Appleton,. M.A., and A. H. Sayce, M.A. Pp. 350. 188L 10s. 6d. XrV. — Edgab Quinet: Hjs Early Life and Writings. By Biehard Heath. With Portraits, Dlnstrations, and an Autograph Letter, Pp. Trn\. and 370. 1881. 12s. 6d. XV. — The Essence of Chmstianitt. By Liidwig Fenerbach. Translated from the German bv Marian Evans, tran^tor of Strauss's "Life of Jesus." Second Edition. Pp. xx. and 340. 1881. 7s. 6d. XVI. — ^Adgdste Comte and Positivism. By the late John Stuart HiU,. M.P. Third Edition. Pp. 200. 1882. 3s. 6d. XVII. — EssATS and Dialogues of Giacoho Leopabdi. Translated by- Charles Edwardes. With Biographical Sketch. Pp. zliv. and 216. 1882. 7s. 6d. XVnL — Eeligion and Philosophy in Gekmant: A Fragment. By Hein- rich Heine. Translated by J. Snodgrass, Pp. xii. and 178, cloth. 1882. 6s. XIX.— Emkeson at Home and Abboad. By M. D. Conway. Pp. viii and 310. With Portrait. 1883. 10s. 6d. XX.— Enigmas op Life. By W. R. Greg. Fifteenth Edition, with a Postscript. Contents : Bealisable Ideals — Malthns Notwithstand- ing — Non-Survival of the Fittest — Limits and Directions of Human Development— The Significance of Life — De Profundis — Elsewhere — Appendix. Pp. xx. and 314, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d. Published by Trubner & Co. 23 ENGLISH AMD FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY— cowJmued. XXI. — Ethic Demonsteatbd in GtBometrioai, Obdek and Divided into Five Pabts, wMoh treat (1) Of God, (2) Of the Nature and Origin of the Mind, (3) Of the Origin and Nature of the AfEects, (4) Of Human Eondage, or of the Strength of the Affects, (5) Of the Power of the Intellect, or of Human Liberty. By Benedict de Spinoza. Trans- lated from the Latin by "William Hale White. Pp.328. 1883. 10s. 6d. XXII.— The World as Will amd Idea. By Arthur Schopenhauer. Trans- 1 lated from the German by E. B. Haldane, M.A., and John Eemp, M.A. 3 Tols. Vol. I., pp. xxxii.-532. 1883. 18s. XXV. to XXVII.— The Philosophy of •sbm UNCONSoiots. By Eduard Von Hartmann. Speculative Results, actiording to the Inductive Method of Physical Science. Authorised Translation, by William 0. Ooup- land,M.A. 3vols. pp.xxxii.-372; vi.-368; viii.-360. 1884. 3l3.6d. XXVIII. to XXX. — The Gotdb op the Perplexed of Maimonides. Translated from the Original Text and Annotated by M. Friedlander, Ph.D. 3 vols., pp. Extra Series. I. and II. — Lessing : His Life and ^Writings. By James Sime, M.A. Second Edition. 2 vols., pp. xjcii. and 328, and zvi. and 358, with por- traits. 1879. 21s. ni. and VI. — An Acoodnt of [the Polynesian Bade : its Origin and Migrations, and the Ancient History of the Hawaiian People to the Times of Kamehameha I. By Abraham Pomander, Circuit Judge of the Island of Maui, H.I. Vol. L, pp. xvi. and 248. 1877. 7s. 6d. Vol. IL, pp. viii. and 400, cloth. 1880. 10s. 6d. rV. and V. — Okiental BblisiOns, and their Relation to Universal Religion— India. By Samuel' Johnson. In 2 vols., pp. viii. and 408; viii, and 402. 1879. 21s. VI. — ^An Account of the Polynesian Race. By A. Fornander. VoL IL, pp. viii. and 400, cloth. 1880. lOs. 6d. ER SIE ES. — Facsimile of a Manuscript supposed to have been found in an Egyp- tian Tomb by the English soldiers last year. Royal 8vo, in ragged canvas covers, with string binding, with dilapidated edges (? just as discovered). 1884. 6s. 6d. EYTON.— Domesday Studies : An Analysis and Digest of the Staffordshire Survey. Treating of the Method of Domesday in its Relation to Staffordshire. &c. By the Rev. E. W. Eyton. 4to, pp. vii. and 135, cloth. 1881. £1, Is. FABER. — The Mind op Mbnoius. See Trubner's Oriental Series. FALEE. — Art in the House. Historical, Critical, and .ffisthetical Studies on the Decoration and Furnishing of the Dwelling. By J. von Falke, Vice-Director of the Austrian Museum of Art and Industry at Vienna. Translated from the German. Edited, with Notes, by C. C. Perkins, M.A. Royal 8vo, pp. xxx. 356, cloth. , With Coloured Frontispiece, 60 Plates, and over 150 Illustrations. 1878. £3. FARLEY. — Egypt, Cyprus, and Asiatic Turkey. By J. L. Farley, author of "The Resources of Turkey," &o. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 270, cloth gilt. 1878. 10s. 6d. FAUSBOLL.— See Jataka. FEATHERMAN. — ^The Social History of the Races of Mankind. By A. Feather- man. Demy 8vo, cloth. Vol. I. The Nigritians. Pp. xxvi. and 800. 1885. £1, lis. 6d. Vol. V. The Aramjians. Pp. xvu. and 664. 1881. £1, Is. FENTON.— Early Hebrew Life : a Study in Sociology, By John Fenton. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 102, cloth. 1880. 5s. FERGUSSON. — Archaeology in India. With especial reference to the works of Babu Rajendralala Mitra. By James Fergusson, CLE., F.R.S., D.C.L., LL.D., V.-P.E.A.S., &c. Demy 8vo, pp. 116, with Illustrations, sewed. 1884. 5s. 24 A Catalogue of Important Works, FERGUSSON.— The Tbmplb of Diana at Ephesus. With EspecLil Reference to Mr. Wood's Discoveries of its Bemains. By James Fergnsson, CLE., D.O.L., LL.D., F.E.S., &c. From the Transactions of the Eoyal Institate of British. Architects. Demy 4to, pp. 24, with Plan, cloth. 1883. 5b. FEEGtrSSOM' AMD BITRGESS.— THE Cave TEMPLES OP INDIA. By James Fergnsson, D.C.L., F.K.S., and James Burgess, F.K.G.S. Impl. 8vo, pp. xx. and 536, with 98 Plates, half bound. 1880. £2, 2s. FERGUSSON. — CHINESE Eeseabchks. First Part, Chinese Chronology and Cycles. By Thomas Fergusson, Member of the North China Branch of the Boyal Asiatic Society. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 274, sewed. 1881. 10s. 6d. FEUERBACH.— The ESSENCE OF CHBisEiANiTr. See English and Foreign Philo- sophical Library, toL XY. FICHTE.— J. G. FiCHTE's POPULAB WoEKS : The Nature of the Scholar — ^The Voca- tion of Man — The Doctrine of Eeligion. WithaMemoir by William Smith, LL.D. Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 564, cloth. 1873. 15s. FICHTE. — Chaeaoteeistics of the Pbesent Age. By J. G. Fiohte. Translated from the German by W. Smith. Post 8vo, pp. xL and 271, cloth. 1847. 6s. FICHTE. — ^Memoie of Johann GoTmEB FiCHTE. By WilUam Smith. Second Editio n. Post 6vo, pp. 168, cloth. 1848. 4s. FICHTE. — On the Naiube of the Soholab, and its Manieestations. By Johann Gottlieb Fiohte. Translated from the German by WiUiam Smith. Second Edi- tion. Post 8vo, pp. vii. and 131, cloth. 1848. 3s. FICHTE.— New ExposmoN of the Science of Knowledge. By J. G. Fichte. Translated from the German by A. B. Kroeger. 8to, pp. vi and 182, cloth. 1869. 6s. FIELD. — OuTUNES of an International Code. By David Dudley Field. Second Edition. Eoyal 8vo, pp. iii. and 712, sheep. 1876. £2, 2s. FIGANIERE. — ^Blva: A Stohy of the Dabk Ages. By Viscount de Figani^re, G.C. St. Anne, &c. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 194, cloth. 1878. 5s. FINN. — Persian fob Tbatellebs. By Alexander Finn, F.E.6.S., &o., H.B.M. Consul at Eesht. Oblong 32mo, pp. xxu.-232, cloth. 1884. 5s. FISEE. — The Unseen Wobld, and other Essays. By John Fiske, M.A., Igy. Witii which is incorporated "The Geologist." Edited by Henry Woodward, LL.t>., F.B.S., F.G.S.; &c., of the British Musenm. Assisted by Professor John Morris, M.A.,F.G.S., &c., and Robert Etheiidge, F.R.S., L. & E., F.G.S., &c., of the Museum of Practical Geology. 8vo, cloth. 1866 to 1884. 20s. each. GHOSE. — The Modebn Histobt op the Indian Chiefs, Rajas, Zamindabs, &c. By Itoke Nath Ghose. 2 vols, post 8vo, pp. xii. and 218, and xviii. and 612, cloth. 1883. 2l8. GILES. — Chinese Sketches. — ^Ey Herbert A. Giles, of H.B.M.'3 China Consular Service. 8vo, pp. 204, cloth. 1875. 10s. 6d. GILES. — A DicnoNABT OP Colloquial Idioms in the Mandaein Dialect. By Herbert A. Giles. 4to, pp. 65, half bound. 1873. 28s. GILES.— Stnoftical Studies in CminBSE Ceaeacteb. By Herbert A. Giles. 8vo, pp. 118, half bound. 1874. 15s. GILES.— Chinese without a Teaoheb. fieing a Collection of Easy and Useful Sentences in the Mandarin Dialect. With a Vocabulary. By Herbert A. Giles. 12mo, pp. 60, half bound. 1872. 5s. GILES. — ^TheSan Tzn Ching ; or, Three Character Classic ; and the Ch'Jen Tsn Wen ; or, Thousand Character Essay. Metrically Translated by Herbert A. Giles. 12mo, pp. 28, half bound. 1873. 2s. 6d. GLASS.— Advance Thought. By Charles E. Glass. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxvi. and 188, cloth. 1876. 6s. GOETHE'S Faust.— See SCOONBS and Wtsabd. GOETHE'S MmOB PoEMS.— See Selbs. Published ly TrvUmer & Co. 27 GOIDSTUOKEE.— A Diotiohart, Sanskrit ahd Ehgwsh, extended and improved from the Second Edition of the Dictionary of Professor H. H. Wilson, with his sanction and concurrence. Together with a Supplement, Grammatical Appen- dices, and an Index, serving as a Sanskrit-English Vocabulary. By Theodore Gold- stiicker. Parts I. to VI. 4to, pp. 400. 1856-63. 6s. each. GOLDSTiJCKER.— See AuOtoees Sahskbiti, Vol. I. GOOROO SIMPLE. Strange Surprising Adventures of the Venerable G. S. and his Five Disciples, Noodle, Doodle, Wiseacre, Zany, and Foozle ; adorned with Fifty Illustrations, drawn on wood, by Alfred <>owquill. A companion Volume to " Miinchhausen " and " Owlglass," based upon the famous Tamul tale of the Gooroo Faramartan, and exhibiting, in the form of a skilfully-constructed consecutive narrative, some of the finest specimens of Eastern wit and humour. Elegantly printed on tinted paper, in crown 8vo, pp. 223, richly gilt ornamental cover, gilt edges. 1861. lOs. 6d. GORKOM. — Handbook op Cinchona Cdltdre. By K. W. Van Gorkom, formerly Director of the Government Cinchona Plantations in Java. Translated by B. D. Jackson, Secretary of the liunsean Society of London. With a Coloured Illus- tration. Imperial 8vo, pp. xii. and 292, cloth. 1882. £2. GOTTGH. — The Sabva-Darsana-Samgeaha. See Trubner's Oriental Series. GOUGH. — Philosophy of the Upanishads. See Triibner's Oriental Series. GOVER.— The Folk-Sonqs oe Sodtherh India. By C, E, Gover, Madras. Con- tents : Canarese Songs ; Badaga Songs ; Coorg Songs ; Tamil Songs ; The Cural ; Malayalam Songs; Telugu Songs. 8vo, pp. xxviil and 300, cloth. 1872. 10s. 6d. GRAY. — Dakwiniana : Essays and Beviews pertaining [to Darwinism. By Asa Gray. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 396, cloth. 1877. 10s. GRAY. — Natural Soienob And Religion: Two Lectures Delivered to the Theo- logical School of Tale College. By Asa Gray. Crown Svo, pp. 112, cloth. 1880. 53. GREEN. — Shaeesfeabe and the Emblem- Writers : An Exposition of their Simi- larities of Thought and Expression. Preceded by a View of the Emblem-Book Literature down to A.D. 1616. By Henry Green, M.A. In one volume, pp. xvi. 572, profusely illustrated with Woodcuts and Photolith. Plates, elegantly bound in cloth gilt. 1870. Large medium 8vo, £1, lis. 6d. ; large imperial Svo. £2, 12s. 6d. GREEN. — Andrea Alciati, and his Books of Emblems : A Biographical and Biblio- graphical Study. By Henry Green, M.A. With Ornamental Title, Portraits, and other Illustrations. Dedicated to Sir William Stirling-Maxwell, Bart., Sector of the XTniversity of Edinburgh. Only 250 copies printed. Demy Svo, pp. 360, handsomely bound. 1872. £1, Is. GREENE.— A New Method oe Learning to Bead, White, and Speak the French Language; or. First Lessons in French (Introductory to OllendorfE's Larger Grammar). By G. W. Greene, Instructor in Modern Languages in Brown TIniversity. Third Edition, enlarged and rewritten. Fcap. Svo, pp. 248, cloth. 1869. 3s. 6d. GREENE.— The Hebrew Migration fbom Egypt. By J. Baker Greene, LL.B., M.B., Trin. Coll., Dub. Second Edition. Demy Svo, pp. xii. and 440, cloth. 18S2. 10s. 6d. GREG.— Tbdth versus Edification. By W. E. Greg. Fcap. Svo, pp. 32, cloth. 1869. 1b. GREG.— Why abb Women Redundant ? By W. E. Greg. Fcap. Svo, pp. 40, cloth. 1869. Is. GREG.— Lttbraey and Social Judgments. By W. E. Greg. Fourth Edition, considerably enlarged. 2 vols, crown Svo, pp. 310 and 2SS, cloth. 1877. 15s. 28 A Gatahgtie of Important Works, GREG. — ^Mistaken Ams and AiTAnrABLE Ideals op the Abtisan Class. By W. B. Greg. Crown 8to, pp. vi and 332, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d. GREG. — Enigmas of Life. By W. E. Greg. Fifteenth Edition, with a postscript. Contents : Bealisable Ideals. Malthns Notwithstanding. Non-SnrviTal of the Fittest. limits and Directions of Human Development. The Significance of life. De Frofnndis. Elsewhere. Appendix. Post 8fo, pp. yrii. and 314, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d. GREG. — ^PoLmoAi Fbobuehs fob oub Age and Cqdntbt. By W. E. Greg. Con- tents: I. Constitutional and Autocratic Statesmanship. II. England's Future Attitude and Mission. III. Disposal of the Criminal Classes. IV. Kecent Change in the Character of EngUsh Crime. V. The Intr insic Vice of Trade- tTnions. VI. I ndustrial and Co-opeiative Partnerships. VH. The Economic Problem. VUL Political Consistency. IX. The Parliamentary Career. X. The Price we pay for Self-government. XI. Vestryism. XU. Direct v. Indirect Taxation. XTTT. The New B^^me, and how to meet it. Demy'Svo, pp. 342, cloth. 1870. 10s. 6d. GREG.— The Geeat Duel : Its True Meaning and Issues. By W. E. Greg. Crown 8vo, pp. 96, cloth. 187L 2s. 6d. GREG. — The Creed of Chbistendoh. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vols. V. and VL GREG. — Bocks Awkati ; or, The Warnings of Cassandra. By W. E. Greg. Second Edition, with a Beply to Objectors. Crown 8vo, pp. xliv. and 236, cloth. 1874. 9b. GREG. — Miscellaneous Essays. By W. B. Greg. First Series. Crown Svo, pp. iv.-268, cloth. 1881. 7s. 6d. Contents : — Bocks Ahead and Harbonrs of Befnge. Foreign Policy of Great Britain. The Echo of the Antipodes. A Grave Perplexil^ before us. Obli- gations of the Soil. The Bight Use of a Surplus. The Great Twin Brothers ; Louis Napoleon and Benjamin Disraeli. Is the Popular Judgment in Politics more Just than that of the Higher Orders ? Harriet Martinean. Verify your Compass. The Prophetic Element in the Gospels. Mr. Frederick Harrison on the Future life. Can Truths be Apprehended which could not have been Discovered? GREG.— Miboellaneous Esbats. By W. E. Greg. Second Series. Pp. 294. 1884. 7s. 6d. Contents : — France since 1848. France in January 1852. England as it is. Sir E. Feel's Character and Policy. Employment of our Asiatic Forces in European Wars. GRIFFIN. — ^The Bajas of the Punjab. Being the History of the Principal States ru the Punjab, and their Political Eelations with the British Government. By Lepel H. Griffin, Bengal Civil Service, Acting Secretary to the Government of the Punjab, Author of "The Punjab Chiefs," &c. Second Edition. Eoyal 8vo, pp. xvi and 630, cloth. 1873. £1, Is. GRIFFIN. — ^The Woeld undeb Glass. By Frederick Griffin, Author of "The Destiny of Man," "The Storm King," and other Poems. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 204 cloth gilt. 1879. 3s. 6d. GRIFFIN. — ^The Destint of Man, The Stobm King, and other Poems. By F. Griffin. Second Edition. Fcap. 8vo, pp. vii.-104, cloth. 1883. 2s. 6d. GRIFFIS. — The Mikado's Eufibe. Book L History of Japan, from 660 B.C. to 1872 A.D. — ^Book II. Personal Experiences, Observations, and Studies in J^tpan, 1870-1874. By W. E. Griffis, A.M. Second Edition. 8vo, pp. 626, cloth. Illus- trated. 1883. 20s. GRIFFIS. — Japanese Faibt Wobld. Stories from the Wonder-Lore of Japan. By W. E. Griffis. Square 16mo, pp. viii. and 304, with 12 Plates. 1880. 7s. 6d. GRIFFITH.— The Bibth of the Wab God. See Trubner's Oriental Series. Published by Trubner & Co. 29 GRIFFITH.— Tnsni' and Zulaikha. See Triibner's Oriental Series. GRIFFITH.— Scenes prom the Ramatana, Meshaddia, &c. Translated by Ralph T. H. Griffith, M.A., Principal of the Benares College. Second Edition, Crown 8vo, pp. xviii. and 244, cloth. 1870. 63. GoNTEHTd Preface — Ayodhja— Bavan Doomed— The Eirth of Rama— The Heir-Apparent — Jfanthara's Qaile— Dasaratha's Oath — The Step-mother— Mother and Son— The Triumph of LoTe— Farewell ?— The Hermit's Son— The Trial of Truth— The Forest— The Bape of Sita— Bama's Despair — The Messenger Cloud — Ehumbakama — The Suppliant Dove — True CMory — Feed the Poor- The Wise Scholar. GRIFFITH.— The RiltiTAK OP ViLMfel. Translated into English Verse. ByBalph T. H. Griffith, M.A., Principal of the Benares College. Yol. I., containing Books I. and II., demy 8to, pp. xxxii. and 440, cloth. 1870. — Vol. II., containing Book II., with additional Notes and Index of Names. Demy 8yo, pp. 504, cloth. 1871. —Vol. III., demy 8vo, pp. 390, cloth. 1872. —Vol. IV., demy 8vo, pp. Tiii. and 432, cloth. 1873. —Vol. V., demy 8vd, pp. viii. and 360, cloth. 1875. The complete work, 5 vols. £7, 7s. 6R0TE.— Keview of the "Work of Mr. John Stuart Mill entitled "Examination of Sir "William Hamilton's Philosophy. " By George Grote, Author of the " EBstory of Ancient Greece," " Plato, and the other Companions of Socrates," &c, 12mo, pp. 112, cloth. 1868. 3a. 6d. GROUT. — Zulu-Land ; or. Life among the Zulu-Kafirs of _ Natal and Zulu-Land, South Africa. By the Eev. Lewis Grout. Crown 8vo, pp. 352, cloth. With Map and Illustrations. 7s. 6d. GROWSE.— Mathuea : A District Memoir. By F. S. Growse, B.C.S., M.A., Oxon, C.I.E., Fellow of the Calcutta University, Second edition, illustrated, revised, and enlarged, 4to, pp. xxiv. and 520, boards. 1880. 42s. GUBERNATIS.— ZooLoeiCAL Myihologt ; or. The Legends of Animals. By Angelo de Gubematis, Professor of Sanskrit and Comparative Literature in the Instituto di Studii Superorii e di Perfezionamento at Florence, &c. 2 vols. 8vo, pp. xxvi. apd 432, and vil. and 442, cloth. 1872. £], 8s. This work is an important contribution to the study of the comparative mythology of the Indo- Germanic nations. The author introduces the denizens of the air, earth, and water in the vari- ous characters assigned to them in the myths and legends of all civilised nations, and traces the migration of the mythological ideas from the times of the early Aryans to those of the Greeks, Romans, and Teutons. GUIiSHAN I. RAZ : The Mystic Kosb Garden op Sa'd ud din Mahmud Shabis- TABI. The Persian Text, with an English Translation and Notes, chiefly from the Commentary of Muhammed Bin Tahya Lahiji. By E. H. Whiufield, M.A., Bar- rlster-at-Law, late of H.M.B.C.S. 4to, pp. xvi., 94, 60, cloth. 1880. 10a. 6d. GUMPACH.— Tbeaty Rights dp the Fobeign Mebohant, and the Transit System in China. By Johannes von Gumpaoh. 8vo, pp. xviii. and 421, sewed. 10s.' 6d. HAA.S.— Catalogue op Sanskrit and Pam Books in the British Museum. By Dr. Bmst Haas. Printed by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum. 4to, pp. viii. and 188, paper boards. 1876. 21s. HAFIZ OF SHIRAZ.— Selections fkom his Poems. Translated from the Persian by Hermann BickneU. With Preface by A. S. BiokneU. Demy 4to, pp. xx. and 384, printed on fine stout plate-paper, with appropriate Oriental Bordering in gold and colour, and Illustrations by J. R. He;rbert, R.A. 1875. £2, 23. HAFIZ. — See Triibner's Oriental Series. HAGEir.- NOBICA ; or, Tales from the Oldei; Time. Translated from the German of August Hagen. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xiv. and 374. 1850. Ss, HAGGARD.— Cettwato and his White Neighboubs ; or, Remarks on Recent Events in ZulUland, Natal, and the Transvaal. By H. R. Haggaid. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 294, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d. 30 A Catalogue of Important. Works, HAGGAED.— See "The Vazir of Lankuran." HAHN.— TsUHl-IIGrOAM, the Supreme Being of the Khoi-KhoL By Theoplulns Hahn, Ph.D., Cuatodian of the Grey Colleetion, Cape Tovni, &c., &c. Post 8to, pp. xiv. and 154. 1882. 7s. 6d. HALDANE. — See Sohopenhauee, or English and Fobeigh Philosophical IdBBABY, ToL xxii. HALDEUAN. — ^PENNSYLVANIA Dutch : A Dialect of South Germany with an Infusion of English. By S. S. Haldeman, A.M., Professor bi Comparative Philology in the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. 8vo, pp. viii. and 70, cloth. 1872. 3b. 6d. HAIL.— On English Adjectives in -Able, -wrrH Special Kefebence to Eeliablb. By FitzBdward Hall, C.E., M.A., Hon. D.C.L. Oron; formerly Professor of Sanskrit Language and Literature, and of Indian Jurisprudence in King's College, London. Crown 8to, pp. viit and 238, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d. HALL.— MODEBN English. By FitzEdward HaUJ M.A., Hon. D.C.L. Oxon. Crow* 8vo, pp. xri. and394, cloth. 1873. 10a. 6d. HALL.— Snw AND Eaeth as Gbeat Foeoes in Chemistet. By T. W. HaU, M.D., L.R.C.S.E. Crown 8vo, pp. xiL and 220, cloth. 1874. 3s. , HALL.— The Pedigbee of the Devil. By F. T. Hall, F.K.A.S. With Seven Autotype Illttstrations from Designs by the Author. Demy 8to, pp. xvi. and 256, cloth. 1883. 7s. 6d. HAUi. — AEomc Expedition. See Noubse. HALLOCE. — ^The Spobtsman's Gazetteeb and Genbbal Guide. The Game Animals, Birds, and Fishes of North America : their Habits and various methods of Capture, &e., &e. With a Directory to the principal Game Besorts of the Country. By Charles Hallock. New Edition. Crown 8vo, cloth. Maps and Portrait. 1883. 15s. HAM. — The Maid of Coeinth. A Drama in Four Acts. By J. Panton Ham, Crown 8vo, pp. 65, sewed. 2s. 6d. HARLEY.— The Sbbplifioation op English Spelling, specially adapted to the Eia- ing Generation. An Easy Way of Saving Time in Writing, Printing, and Beading. By Dr. George Harley, F.E.S., F.C.S. 8vo. pp. 128, cloth. 1877. &. 6d. HARRISON. — Woman's Handiwobk in Modebn Homes. By Constance Cary Harrison. With numerous Illustrations and Five Coloured Plates, from designs by Samuel Colman, Eosina Emmet, George Gibson, and others. 8vo, pp. xii. and 242, clQth. 1881. 10a. HASTUANN. — See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, voL XXV. HARTZENBITSCH and LEMMIKG.- Eco DE Madbid. A Practical Guide to Spanish Conversation. By J. E. Hartzenbusch and H. Lemming. Second Edition. Post 8vo, pp. 250, cloth. 1870. 5s. HASE.— MiEAOLE Plats and Saobed Dbamas : An HistoricsJ Survey. By Dr. Karl Hase. Translated from the German by A. W. Jackson, and Edited by the Eev. W. W. Jackson, Fellow of Exeter College, Oxford. Crown 8vo, pp. 288. 1880. 9s. HATJG.— Glossabt and Index of the Pahlavi Texts of the Book of Arda Viraf, the Tale of Gosht — J. Fryano, the Hadokht Nask, and to some extracts from the Dinkard and Nirangistan ; prepared from Destur Hoshangji Jamaspji Asa's Glossary to the Arda Viraf Namak, and from the Original Texts, with Notes on Pahlavi Grammar by E. W. West, Ph.D. Eevised by M. Hang, Ph.D., &c. Published by order of the Bombay Government. 8vo, pp. viii. and 352, sewed. 1874. 25b. Published by Trubner & Go. 31 HATia.- The Sacked LANOUAaE, &c. , op the Pabsis. See Trubner's Oriental Series. HAITPT.— The London Arbitkaqeur ; or, The English Money Market, in con- nection with Foreign Bonrses. A Collection of Notes and Formiilse for the Arbi- tration of Bills, Stocks, Shares, Bullion, and Coins, with all the Important Foreign Countries. By Ottomar Hanpt. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 196. cloth. 1870. 7s. 6d. HAWEEH. — TJpa-Sastea : Comments, Linguistic, Doctrinal, on Sacred and Mythic Literature. By J. D. Hawken. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 288, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d. HAZEN, — The School and the Abmt in Germany and France, with a Diary of Siege Life at Versailles. By Brevet Major-Gteneral W. B. Hazen, U.S.A., Col. 6th In- fantry. 8vo, pp. 408, cloth. 1872. lOs. 6d. HEATH.— Edgar Quinet. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. HEATON— AnsTKAUAN Dictionary of Dates and Men of the Time. Containing the History of Australasia from 1542 to May 1879. By I. H. Eeatbn. Boyal 8vo, pp. iv. and 554, cloth. 15s. HEBREW LITEEATUEE SOCIETY. HECHLEE.— The jBRnsALEM Bishopric Documents. With Translations, chiefly derived from "Das BvangeUsohe Bisthum in Jerusalem," Gesohiohtliche Dar- legung mit TJrtunden. Berlin, -1842. Published by Command of His Majesty Frederick William IV., King of Prussia. Arranged and Supplemented by the Eev. Prof. William H. Hechler, British Chaplain at Stockholm. Svo, pp. 212, with Maps, Portrait, and Illustrations, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d. HECKEE. — The Epidemics of the Middle Ages. Translated by G. B. Babington, M.D., F.E.S. Third Edition, completed by the Author's Treatise on ChUd-Pil- grimages. By J. F. C. Hecker. Svo, pp. 384, cloth. 1859. 9s. 6d. Contents.— The Black Death — The Dancing Mania — The Sweating Sickness— Child Pil- grimages. HEDLEY.— MASTBRPlEOEa OF GERMAN PoETRY. Translated in the Measure of the Originals, by F. H. Hedley. With Illustrations by Louis Wanke. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 120, cloth. 1876. 6s. HEINE.— Religion and Philosophy in Germany. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. XVIII. HEOIE.— Wit, Wisdom, and Pathos from the Prose of Heinrich Heine. With a few pieces from the " Book of Songs." Selected and Translated by J. Snodgrass. With Portrait. Crown Svo, pp. xx. and 340, cloth. 1879. 7s. 6d. HEINE. — Pictures of Travel. Translated from the German of Henry Heine, by Charles 6. Leland. 7th Revised Edition. Crown Svo, pp. 472, with Portrait, cloth. 1S73. 7s. 6d. HEINE.— Heinb's Book of Songs. Translated by Charles G. Leland. Fcap. 8v6, pp. xiv. and 240, cloth, gilt edges. 1874. 7s. 6d. HEITZMANN. — MICROSCOPICAL MORPHOLOGY OF THE AnIMAL BODY IN HEALTH AND Disease. By C. Heitzmann, M.D. Eoyal Svo, pp. xx.-850, cloth. 1884. 31s. 6d. HENDEIK.— Memoirs of Hans Hendrik, the Arctic Traveller ; serving under Kane, Hayes, HaU, and Nares, 1853-76. Written by Himself. Translated from the Eskinio Language, by Dr. Henry Bink. Edited by Prof. Dr. G. Stephens, F.S.A. Crown Svo, pp. 100, Map, cloth. 1878. Ss. 6d. HENNELL. — Present Religion: As a Faith owning Fellowship with Tholight. Vol. L Part L By Sara S. Hennell. Crown Svo, pp. 570, cloth. 1865. 7s. 6d. HENNELL. — COMPARATIVISM ; An Introduction to the Second Part of "Present Religion," explaining the Principle by which Religion appears still to be set in Necessary Antagonism to Positivism. By Sara S, Hennell. 9vo, pp. 160, cloth. 1869. 3s. HENNELL. — COMPARATIVE Ethics — I. Section I. Moral Standpoint. Present Religion, Vol. IIL By Sara S. Sennell. Svo, pp. 66, wrapper. 1882. 2s. 32 A Catalogue of Important Works, HENNELL. — COMPARATIVE Ethics— I. Sections II. and III. Moral Principle in Eegard to Sexhood. Present Beligion, Tol. HI. By S. HenneU. Crown 8vo, pp. 92, wrapper. 1884. 2s. HENNEUi.— Pbbsent Eeligion : As a Faith owning Fellowship with Thought. Part II. First Division. Intellectnal Effect : shown as a Principle of Metaphy- sicsJ Comparativism. By Sara S. HenneU. Crown 8to, pp. 618, cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d. HENNEUi. — Pbbsbnt Religion, Tol. III. Part II. Second Division. The Effect of Present Eeligion on its Practical Side. By S. S. HenneU. Crown 8vo, pp. 68, p^er covers. 1882. 2s. HENNELL. — COMPABATIVISU shown as Famishing a Religious Basis to Morality. (Present ReUgion. Tol. III. Part II. Second Division: Practical Effect.) By Sara S. HenneU. Crown 8vo, pp. 220, stitched in wrapper. 1878. Ss. 6d. HENNELL. — COMPARATIVE Ethics. II. Sections L and II. Moral Principle in regard to Brotherhood. (Present Religion, ToL III.) By Sara S. HenneU. Crown 8^0, pp. 52, wrapper. 1884. 2a. HENNELL. — THOUGHTS IN An) OP Faith. Gathered chiefly from recent Works in Theology and Philoaophy. By Sara S. HenheU. Post 8vo, pp. 428, cloth. 1860. 6s. HENWOOD.— The Metallipebous Deposits of Cornwah and Devon ; with Ap- pendices on Subterranean Temperature ; the Electricity of Rocks and Teins ; the Quantities of Water in the Cornish Mmes ; and Mining Statistics. (Tol. T. of the Transactions of the Royal Geographical Society of Cornwall.) By William JoryHenwood, F.R.S., F.G.S. 8vo, pp. z. and 515; with 113 Tables, and 12 Plates, half bound. £2, 2b. HENWOOD.— Observations on Metallipebous Deposits, and on Subtebeanean Tempeeatuke. (Tol. Tin. of the Transactions of the Royal Geological Society of Cornwall.) By WiUiam Jory Henwood, F.R.S., F.G.S., President of the Royal Institution of Cornwall In 2 Parts. 8vo, pp. xxx., vii. and 916 ; with 38 Tables, 31 Engravings on Wood, and p Plates. £1, 16s. HEPBURN. —A Japanese and English Diotionaby. With an EngUsh and Japanese Index. By J. C. Hepburn, M.D., LL.D. Second Edition. Imperial 8vo, pp. xxxu., 632, and 201, cloth. £8, 8s. HEFBIIBN. — Japanese-English and English-Japanese Dictionary. By J. C. Hepburn, M.D., LL.b. Abridged by the Author. Square fcap., pp. vi. and 536, cloth. 1873. ISs. HEBNISZ.— A Guide to Conveesation in the English and Chinbsb Languages), for the Use of Americans and Chinese in California and elsewhere. By Stanislas Hemisz. Square 8vo, pp. 274, sewed. 1855. 10s. 6d. HEESHON.— Talmudio Misoellany. See Trubner's Oriental Series. HESZEN. — DU DBVELOPPEMENT DES Id±ES REVOLUmONNAIRES EN RussiE. Par Alexander Herzen. 12mo, pp. xxiii. and 144, sewed. 1853. 2s. 6d. HERZEN. — A separate list of A. Herzen's works in Russian may be had on appUcation. HILL. — The History op the Reform Movement in the Dental Profession in Great Britain during the last twenty years. By Alfred TTill, Licentiate in Dental Sur- gery, &c. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 400, cloth. 1877. 10s. 6d. HILLEBRAND.— France and the French in the Second Half of the Nine- teenth Century. By Karl -HUlebrand. Translated from the Third German Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xx. and 262, cloth. 1881. 10s. 6d. HINDOO Mythology Popularly Treated. Being an Epitomised Description of the various Heathen Deities illustrated on the Silver Swami Tea Service pre- sented, as a memento of his visit to India, to H.R.H. the Prince of Wales, K.6., G.C.S.I., by His Highness the Gaekwar of Baroda. SmaU 4to, pp. 42, Umn doth' 1875. 3b. 6d. Published by Trubner & Co. 33 HITTELIi. — The Commerce and Industries of the Paoipio Coast of North America. By J. S. Hittell, Author of "The Resources of California." 4to, pp. 820. 1882. £1, 10s. HODGSON.— Academy Lectures. By J. E. Hodgson, E. A., Librarian and Professor of Painting to the Eoyal Apademy. - Or. 8vo, pp. viii. and 312, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d. HODGSON.— Essays on the Languages, Literature, and Reugion oe NiPAL AND Tibet. Together with further Papers on the Geography; Ethnology, and Commerce of those Countries. By B. H. Hodgson, late British Minister at the Court of Nepal. Royal 8vo', cloth, pp. xii and 276. 1874. 14s. HODGSON. — Essays on Indian Subjects. See Trubner's Oriental Series. HODGSON. -^The Education of Girls; and the Employment of "Women of THE Upper Classes Edooamonallt considered. Two Lectures. By AV. B. Hodgson, LL.D. Second Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 114, cloth. 1869. 3s. 6d. HODGSON.— Turgot: His Life, Times, and Opinions. Two Ledtures. ByW. B. Hodgson, LL.D. Crown 8to, pp. vi. and 83, sewed. 1870. 2s. HOERNLE. — A Comparative Grammar of the Gaudian Languages, with Special Reference to the Eastern Hindi. Accompanied by a Language Map, and a Table of Alphabets. By A. F. Rudolf Hoernle. Demy 8vo, pp. 474, cloth. 1880. 18s. HOIiBEIN SOCIETY. — Subscription, one guinea per iunum. List of publications on application. HOLMES-FORBES.- The SCIENCE OF BEAUTY. An Analytical Inquiry into the Laws of JBsthetics. By AVary W. Holmes-Forbes, of Lincoln's Inn, Barrister-at- Law. Post 8vo, cloth, pp. vi. and 200. 1881. 6s. HOLST. — The Constitutional and Political History op the United States. By Dr. H. von Hoist. Translated by J. J. Lalor and A. B. Mason. Royal 8vo. Vol. I. 1750-1833. Stats Sovereignty and Slavery. Pp. xvi. and 506. 1876. 18s. — ^Vol. II. 1828-1846. Jackson's Administration— Annexation of Texas. Pp. 720. 1879. £1, 2s.— Vol. III. 1846-1850. Annexation of Texas— Compromise of 1850. Pp. X. and 598. 1881. 18s. HOLYOAEE. — TRAVELS IN Search of a Settler's Guide-Booe op America and Canada. By George Jacob Holyoake, Author of "The History of Co-operation in England." Post 8vo, pp. 148, wrapper. 1884. 2s. 6d. HOLYOAEE. — THE HISTORY OF Co-operation in England : its Literature and its Advocates. By G. J. Holyoake. Vol. 1. The Pioneer Period, 1812-44. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 420, cloth. 1875. 4s.— Vol. II. The Constructive Period, 1845- 78. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 504, cloth. 1878. 8s. HOLYOAEZ.- The Trial op Theism accused of Obstructing Secular Life. By G. J. Holyoake. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 256, cloth. 1877. 2s. 6d. HOLYOAKE.— Reasoning from Facts : A Method of Everyday Logic. By G. J. Holyoake. Fcap., pp. xii. and 94, wrapper. 1877. Is. 6d. HOLYOAEE. — Self-Help BY THE People. Thirty-three Years of Co-operation in Rochdale. In Two Parts. Part L, 1844-1857 ; Part IL, 1857-1877. By G. J. Holyoake. Ninth Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 1883. 2s. 6d. HOPKINS. — Elementary Grammar of the Turkish Language. With a few Easy Exercises. By F. L. Hopkins, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Trinity Hall, Cam- bridge. Crown 8vo, pp. 48, cloth. 1877. 3s. 6d. HORDER. — A Selection from " The Book of Praise for Children," as Edited by W. Garrett Herder. For the Use of Jewish Children. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 80, cloth. 1883. Is. 6d. HOSMER. — The People and Politics; or, The Structure of States ajid the Significance and Relation of Political Forms. By G. W. Hosmer, M.D. Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 340, cloth. 1883. 15s. HO WELLS. — A Little Girl among the Old Masters. With Introduction and Comment. By W. D. Howells. Oblong crown 8vo, cloth, pp. 66, with 54 plates. 1884. lOs. 34 A Catalogue of Important Works, HOWEU.S.— Dk. Breein's Pbactice: A Novel. By W. D. Howells. English Copyright Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 272, cloth. 1882. 6s. HOWSE. — A Gbammab op the Cb^ Lanouage. With which is combined an Analysis of the Chippeway Dialect. By Joseph Howse, F.E..G.S. 8to, pp. xx. and 324, cloth. 1865. 7s. 6d. HUIiBE. — MathematicaIj Dbawing Instbuments, Aim How to TTsb Tkejt. By F. Edward Hulme, F.L.S., F.S.A., Art-Marfgr of. Marlborough College, Anther of "Principles of Ornamental Art," &e. With Dliistrations. Second Edition. Imperial 16mo, pp. xvi. and 152, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d. HUMBERl?. — On "Tenaut Eight." By C. F. Humbert. 8to, pp. 20, sewed. 1875. Is. HUMBOLDT. — The Sphbbe AMD Duties op Governmeht. Translated from the German of Baron Wilhelm Von Humboldt by Joseph Coulthard, jun. Post 8vo, pp. XY. and 203, cloth. 1834. 5b. HUMBOLDT. — LeTTEBB OP WnilAM VON HUMBOLDT TO A FEMALE FBiEirD. A com- plete Edition. Translated from the Second German Edition by Catherine M. A. Couper, with a Biographical Notice of the Writer. 2 vols, crown 8vo, pp. xxviii. and 592, cloth. 1867. 10s. HUNT. — The Religion op the Heabt. A Manual of Faith and Duty. By Leigh Hunt. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 2S9, cloth. 23. 6d. HUNT.— CHEsnoAL AKD GEOLOGICAL EssATS. By Professor T. Steny Hunt. Second Edition. 8vo, pp. xxiL and 448, cloth. 1879. 12s. HUNTEE. — A CoMPAEAnVE DiCTIONABT OF THE NON-AeTAU LANGUAGE OP INDIA AND High Ahta. With a Dissertation, Political and Linguistic, on the Aboriginal Baces. By W. W. Hunter, B.A,, M.B.A.S., Hon. FeL EthnoL Soc,, Author of the " AnTialg of Bural Bengal," of H.M.'8 Civil Service. Being a Lexicon of 144 Languages, iUustratrng Turanian Speech. Compiled from the Hodgson Lists, Government Archives, and Original MSS., arranged with Prefaces ajid Indices in English, French, German, Bussian, and Latin. Large 4to, toned paper, pp. 230, b to Tibet, and of the Journey of Thomas Manning to Lhasa. Edited with Notes, an Introduction, and Idves of Mr. Bogle and Mr. Manning. By Clements B. Markham, C.B., F.B.S. Second Edition. Sro, pp. e\sM. and 362, cloth. With Maps and Qlnstrations. 1879. 21s. MASKS. — Sebhons. Preached on rarions occasions at the West London Synagogne of British Jews. By the Bev. Professor Marks, Minister of the Congregation. Published at the request of the CoQncU. Second Series, demy 8to, pp. viii.-SlO, cloth. 1885. 73. 6d. Third Series, demy 8to, pp. iv.-284i cloth. 1885. 7s. 6d. JIABMONTEL. — ^Belisaibe. Par Marmontel. NouTelle Edition. 12mo, pp. xii and 123, cloth. 1867. 2s. 6d. HAKSDEN. — NcmsuATA Obientalia Illustbata. Thb Plates of the Obiehtal Coins, Ancient and Modbbn, of the Collection of the late William Marsden, F.B.S., &c &c. Engraved from Drawings made under his Directions. 4to, 57 Plates, cloth. 31s. 6d. MASTIK AND Tbubneb.— The Cdbbent Gold and Silvee Coins of all Countbies, their Weight and Fineness, and their Intrinsic Talne in Tinf rlinli Money, with Facsimiles of the Coins. By Leopold C. Martin, of Her Majesty's Stationery Office, and Charles Triibner. In 1 toL medimn 8vo, 141 Plates, printed in Gold and ^Iver, and representing about 1000 Coins, with 160 pages of Text, hand- somely bound in embossed cloth, richly gilt, with Emblematical Designs on the Cover, and gilt edges. 1863. £2, 2s. UASTIN. — The Chihbse : thmb BDUOAXtON, Philosopht, and Lkftebs. By W. A. P, Martin, D.D., LL.D., President of the Tungwen College, Pekin. 8vo, pp. 320, cloth. 1881. 7s. 6d. MARTINEA0. — EssATS, PHILOSOPHICAL AND THEOLOGICAL. By James Martineau. 2 vols, crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 414 — ^x. and 430, doth. 1875. SX, 43. UAKTIKEAIT. — Lettebs fboh Ibeland. By Harriet Martineau. Bepiinted from the Daily News. Post 8vo, pp. viii. and 220, doth. 1852. 6b. 6d. MASON. — ^BuBMA : Its People and Pboduotions ; or, Notes on the Fauna, Flora, and Minerals of Tenasserim, Pegn and Burma. By the Rev. F. Mason, D.D., M.KA.S., Corresponding Member of the American (Mental Society, of the Boston Society of Natural History, and of the Lyceum of Natural History, New Tork. VoL I. Geology, Minebalogt and Zoology. Vol. II. BoTAinr. Kewritten and Enlarged by W. Theobald, late Deputy-Superintendent Geological Survey of India. Two Yols., royal 8vo, pp. xxvi. and 560: xvi and 788 and xxzvi., doth. 1884. £3. MATHiiWS.— ABBAHAW IbN EZEA'S COHMEBTABT on the CaNTIOLES AFTEB THE FiBST Recension. Edited from the MSS., with a translation, by H. J. Mathews, B.A., Exeter College, Oxford. Crown 8vo, pp. x., 34, and 24, limp cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d. MATERIA HEDICA, PHYSIOLOGICAL AND Applied. Vol. 1. Contents :— Aoonitnm, by R E. Dudgeon, MD.; Crotalns, by J. W. Hayward, M.D.; Digitalis, by F. Black, M.D.; Kali Bichromicnm, by J. J. Drysdale, M.D.; Nux Vomica, by F. Black, M.D.; Plumbum, by F. Black, M.D. Demy 8vo, pp. xxiT.-726, cloth. 1 884. 15s. MAXWELL.— A MANUAL OF the Malay Language. By W. E. Maxwell, of the Inner Temple, Barrister-at-Law ; Assistant Resident, Perak, Malay Peninsula. With an Introductory Sketch of the Sanskrit Element in Malay. Crown 8vo pp. viii. and 182, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d. MAY.— A Bibliogbaphy of Electbicity and Magnetism. 1860 to 1883. With Special Reference to Electro-Technics. Compiled by G. May. With an Index by O. Salle, Ph.D. Crown 8vo, pp. viii.-204, cloth. 1884. 5s. Published by Tn-vhner & Co. 45 MAYER.— On the Abt of Pottery : with a History of its Eise and Progress in Liverpool. By Joseph Mayer, F.S.A., F.E.S.N.A., &c. 8vo, pp. 100, boards. 1873. 53. HATERS. — Tkeaties Between the Empibe op China and roEBioN Powers, together with Regulations for the conduct of Foreign Trade, &c. Edited by "W. F. Mayers, Chinese Secretary to H.B.M.'s Legation at Peking. 8vo, pp. 246, cloth. 1877. 25s. e. , fv , MAYERS.— The Chinese Government : -a Manual of Chinese Titles, oategorloally arranged and explained, with an Appendix. By Wm. Fred. Mayers, Chinese Secretary to H.B.M.'s Legation at Peking, &c.,&o. Royal 8to, pp. viii. and 160, cloth. 1878. 30s. M'CRINDLE. — Ancient India, as Described bt Megasthenes and Arrian; being a translation of the fragments of the Indika of Megasthenes collected by Dr. Schwanbeok, and of the first part of the Indika of Arrian. By J. W. M'Crindle, M.A., Principal of the Government College, Patna, &c. With Introduction, Notes, and Map of Ancient India. Post 8vo, pp. xi. and 224, cloth. 1877. 7b. 6d. WCBINDLE. — The Commerce and Navigation of the Eeythr^lan Sea. Being a Translation of the Feriplus Maris Erythrsei, by an Anonymous Writer, and of Arrian's Account of the Voyage of Nearkhos, from the Mouth of the Indus to the Head of -the Persian Gulf. With Introduction, Commentary, Notes, and Index. By J. W. M'Crindle, M.A., Edinburgh, &o. Post 8vo, pp. iv. and 238, cloth. 1879. 7s. 6d. M'CRINDLE. — Ancient India as Described by Ktesias the Knidian; being a Transla- tion of the Abridgment of his "Indika " by Photios, and of the Fragments of that Work preserved in other Writers. With Introduction, Notes, and Index. By J. W. M'Crindle, M.A., M.R.S.A. 8vo, pp. viii. and 104, cloth. 1882. 6b. DIECHANIC (The Young). A Book for Boys, containing Directions for the use of aU. kinds of Tools, and for the construction of Steam Engines and Mechanical Models, including the Art of Turning in Wood and Metal. Fifth Edition. Imperial 16mo, pp. iv. and 346, and 70 Engravings, cloth. 1878. 6b. MECHANIC'S Wobeshof (Amateub). A Treatise contaimng Plain and Concise Directions for the Manipulation of Wood and Metals, includuig Casting, Forging, Brazing, Soldering, and Carpentry. By the Author of " The Lathe and its Uses." Sixth Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. iv. and 148. Dlustrated, cloth. 1880. 6s. MEDITATIONS ON DEATH AND Etbrnht. Translated from the German by Frederica Rowan, Published by Her Majesty's gracious permission. 8vo, pp. 386, cloth. 1862. 10s. 6d. Ditto. Smaller Edition, crown 8vo, printed on toned paper, pp. 352, cloth. 1884. 63. MEDITATIONS ON LlEE and its RELiGions Duties." Translated from the German by Frederica Rowan. Dedicated to H.E.H. Princess Louis of Hesse. Published by Her Majesty's gracious permission. Being the Companion Volume to "Medi- tations on Death and Eternity." 8vo, pp. vi. and 370, cloth. 1863. 10s. 6d. Ditto. Smaller Edition, crown 8vo, printed on toned paper, pp. 338. 1863. 6s. MEDLICOTT.— A Manual of the Geology of India, chiefly compiled from the observations of the Geological Survey. By H. B. Medlicott, M. A. , Superintendent, Geological Survey of India, and W. T. Blanford, A.E.S.M., F.R.S., Deputy Super- intendent. Published by order of the Government of India. 2 vols. 8vo, pp. xviii.-lxxx.-818, with 21 Plates and large coloured Map mounted in case, uniform, cloth. 1879. 163. (For Part in. see Ball.) 46 A Catalogue of Important Works, MEGHA-DTTTA (The). (Cloud-Messenger.) By Ealidasa. Translated from the Sanskrit into English Terse hy the late H. H. WUson, M.A., F.R.S. The Vocabn- lary by Francis Johnson. New Edition. 4to, pp. xi. and 180, cloth. 10s. 6d. MEBESTTH. — Abca, A RKPEBTontB OP Obiginal Poems, Sacred and Secular. By F. Meredyth, M.A., Canon of Limerick Cathedral, Crown 8vo, pp. 124, cloth. 1875. 3s. HETCALFE. — THE Engushmak and the SCANDDfAViAir. By Frederick Met- calfe, M.A., Fellow of Lincoln College, Oxford; Translator of "GaUns" and "Charicles;" and Author of "The Oxonian in Iceland." Post Sto, pp. 512, cloth. 1880. 18s. MICHEL. — Les Ecossais en Fbancb, Les FBAirgAiB EN EcossE. Par Francisque Michel, Correspondant de I'lnstitut de France, &c. In 2 vols. 8vo, pp. viL, 547, and 551, rich bine doth, with emblematical designs. With upwards of 100 Coats of Arms, and other Illustrations. Price, £1, 12s. — Also a Large-Paper Edition (limited to 100 Copies), printed on Thick Paper. 2 vols. 4to, half morocco, with 3 additional Steel Engravings. 1862. £3, 3s. MICEIEWICZ. — EoNBAD Wallenbod. An Historical Poem. By A. Mickie^cz. Translated from the Polish into Tgng Hab Verse by Miss M. Bi^s. 18mo, pp. xvi. and 100, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d. 1IILL.^A1I6USTE CoMTE AND POSITIVISM. By the late John Stuart Mill, M.P- Third Edition. 8vo, pp. 200, cloth. 1882. 3s. 6d. MItliHOnSE.— Manual of Italian Convebsaxion. For the Use of Schools. By John MiUhouse. 18mo, pp. 126, cloth. 1866. 2s. MILLHOUSE. — New Engush and Italian Pbonouncing and Exflanatobt Dic- TIONAET. By John Millhonse. Vol. I. English-Italian. Vol. II. ItaUan-English^ Fourth Edition. 2 vols, square 8to, pp. 654 and 740, cloth. 1867. 12s. MILNE.— Notes on Obtstalloorapht and Cbystallo-phtsics. Being the Sub- stance of Lectures delivered at Yedo during the years 1876-1877. By John Milne, F.G.S. 8vo, pp. viii. and 70, doth. 1879. 3s. MILTON AND VONDEL.— See EdJidndson. MINOCHCHERJI.— Pahlavi, GcjIbati, AND English Bictionaby. By Jamashji Dastur Minoohcherji. Vol. I., with Photograph of Author. 8vo, pp. dxxii. and 168, cloth. 1877. 14s. MITEA. — Buddha Gaya : The Hermitage of Sikya Muni By Bajendralala Mitra^ LL.D., C.I.B., &o. 4to, pp. xvi. and 258, with 51 Plates, cloth. 1879. £3. MOCATTA. — MoKAL BiBUCAL Gleanings and Pbactical Teachings, Illustrated by Biographical Sketches Drawn from the Sacred Volume. By J. L. Mocatta. 8vo, pp. viii. and 446,^ doth. 1872. 7s. MODERN FRENCH READER (The). Prose. Junior Course. Tenth Edition. Edited by Ch. Cassal, LL.D., and Theodore Karcher, LIj.B. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 224. doth. 1884. 2s. 6d. Senior Couese. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 418, doth. 1880. 4s. MODERN FRENCH READER.— A GIOSSABY of Idioms, Gallicisms, and other Diffi- culties contained in the Senior Course of the Modem French Reader ; with Short Notices of the most important French 'Writers and Historical or Literary Charac- ters, and hints as to the works to be read or studied. By Charles Cassal, LL.D. , &c. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 104, cloth. 1881. 2s. 6d. MODERN FRENCH READER. —SENIOR CoUBSE AND Glossaby combined. 6s. MORELET.— Travels in Cbnteal America, including Accounts of some Regions unexplored since the Conquest. From the French of A. Morelet, by Mrs M. F Squier. Edited by B. G. Squier. 8vo, pp. 430, doth. 1871. 8s. 6d. MORFILL.— SiMPLiKEED Polish Gr.vmmar. See Triibner's Collection. Published by Truhner & Co. 47 UORFIT. — A PraoticaIi Tkeatise on the MANUPACitrKE OP Soaps. By Campbell Morfit, M.I)., F.C.S., formerly Professor of Applied Chemistry in the University of Maryland. With Illustrations. Demy 8to, pp. xii. and 270, cloth. 1871. £2, 123. 6d. MORFIT.— A Practioal Treatise on Pure Feriilizebs, and the Chemical Con- version of Rook Guanos, Marlstonea, Coprolites, and the Crude Phosphates of lime and Alumina generally into various valuable Products. By Campbell Morfit, M.D., F.C.S., formerly Professor of Applied Chemistry in the' University of Mary- land. With 28 Plates. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 547, cloth. 1873. £4, 43. MOBKIS.— A Desoreptivb and Historical Account oe the Godavert District, IN THE. Phesidenot OF MADRAS. By Henry MorriSj formerly of the Madras Civil Service, author of " A History of India, for use in Schools," and other works. With a Map. 8vo, pp. xii. and 390, cloth. 1878. 123. MOSENTHAL.— Ostriches and Ostrich Farming. By J. de Mosenthal, late Member of the Legistive Council of the Cape of Good Hope, &c., and James E, Harting, F.I.S., F.Z.S., Member of the British Ornithologist's Union, &o. Second Edition. With 8 full-page illustrations and 20 woodcuts. Eoyal 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 246, cloth. 1879. lOs. 6d. MOTLEY. — John Lothrop Motlet : a Memoir. By Oliver Wendell Holmes. English Copyright Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 275, cloth. 1878. 6s. MUELLEE. — The Oesanic Constituents of Plants and Vegetable Substances, and their Chemical Analysis. By Dr. G. 0. Wittstein. Authorised Translation from the German Original, enlarged with numerous Additions, by Baron Ferd. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., M. & Ph. D., F.K.S. Cr6wn 8vo, pp. xviii. and 332, wrapper. 1880. 14s. MtJELLEK. — Select Extra-Tropioal Plants readily ELioiBLS for Industrial Culture or Naturalisation. With Indications of their Native Countries and some of their Uses. By K Ton Mueller, K.C.M.G., M.D., Ph.D., F.E.S. 8vo, pp. X., 394, cloth. 1880. 8s. DIUHAMSIED. — ^Thb Lieb of Muhammed. Based on Muhammed Ibn lahak. By Abd El Maik Ibn Hisham. Edited by Dr. Ferdinand Wiistenfeld. One volume containing the Arabic Text. 8vo, pp. 1026, sewed. £1, Is. Another volume, con- taining Introduction, Notes, and Index iu German. 8vo, pp. Ixxii. and 266; sewed. 78. 6d. Each part sold separately. MUIB, — Extracts from the Goran. In the Original, with English rendering. Compiled by Sir William Muir, K.C.S.I., LL.D., Author of "The Life of Mahomet." Second Edition. Crown Svo^ pp. viii. and 64, cloth. 1885. 2s. 6d. MUIR.— Original Sanskrit Texts, on the Origin and History of the People of India, their Eeligion and Institutions. Collected, Translated, and Illustrated by John Muir, D.C.L., LL.D., Ph.D., &c. &c. Vol. I. Mythical and Legendary Accounts of the Origin of Caste, with an Inquiry into its existence in the Vedic Age. Second Edition, rewritten and greatly enlarged. 8vo, pp. xx. and 532, cloth. 1868. £1, Is. VoL II. The Trans-Himalayan Origin of the Hindus, and their Affinity with the Western Branches of the Aryan Race. Second Edition, revised, with Additions. 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 512, cloth. 1871. £1, Is. Vol. III. The Vedaa : Opinions of their Authors, and of later Indian Writers, on their Origin, Inspiration, and Authority. Second Edition, revised and enlarged. 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 312, cloth. 1868. 16s. VoL IV. Comparison of the Vedic with the later representation of the principal Indian Deities. Second Edition, revised. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 524, cloth. 1873. £1, Is. 48 A Catalogue of Important Works, UUIK. — Obiginal Sanskkit Texts — continued. Vbl. T. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Oosmogony, Mythology, Beligioiu Ideas, Life and Manners of the Indians in the Tedic Age. Third Edition. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 492, cloth. 1884. £1, Is. MUIR. — Teanslatiohs fbom the Sahskrit. See Triibner's Oriental Series. MULHALL. — Handbook op the Kiveb Plate, Comprising the Argentine Bepublic, Uruguay, and Paraguay. With Six Maps. By M. 6. smd E. T. Molhall, Pro- prietors and Editors of the Buenoa Ayres Standard. Fifth Edition (Ninth Thousand), crown 8yo, pp. x. and 732, cloth. 1885. 73. 6d. MUXLER, — OOTLIHE DiOTloifAKT, for the Use of Missionaries,- Explorers, and Students of Language. With an Introduction on the proper Use of the Ordinary English Alphabet in transcribing Foreign Languages. By F. Max Miiller, M. A. The ' Vocabulary compiled by John Bellows. 12mo, pp. 368, morocco. 1867. 78. 6d. H0LLES. — Lectdbe on Buddhist Nihilish. By F. Mas Miiller, M.A. Fcap. 8to, sewed. 1869. la. MDLLEB. — The Sacked Htuns or the Bbahuins, as preserved to us in the oldest collection of religious poetry, the Kig-Veda-Sanhita. Translated and explained, by^ F. Max Muller, M. A . , Fellow of All Souls' College, Professor of Comparative Philo- logy at Oxford, Foreign Member of the Institute of France, &c. , &c. Vol. I. Hymns to the Maruta or the Storm-Goda. 8vo, pp. clii and 264, cloth. 1869. 12s. 6d. MULLER. —The Htmns op the Eio-Veda, in the Samhita and Pada Texts. Beprinted from the Editio Princepa. By F. Max Muller, M.A., &c. Second Edition, with the two Texts on Parallel Pages. In two vols. 8vo, pp. 1704, sewed. £1, 12s, MULLER.— A Short Histoet op the Boubbons. From the Earliest Period down to the Present Time. By B. M. Miiller, Ph.D., Modem Master at Forest School, Walthamstow, and Author of " ParallMe entre ' Julea C6sar,' par Shakespeare, et 'Le Mortde C6sar,' par Voltaire," &c. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 30, wrapper. 1882. Is. MiJLLER. — AjTClENT INSCEIPTIONS IN Cetlon. By Dr. Edward Miiller. 2 Vols. Text, crown 8vo, pp. 220, cloth, and Plates, oblong folio, cloth. 1883. 21s. MULLER. — Pau Gbahuab. See Triibner'a Collection. MULLEY. — Gebman Gems is an Engush Setting. Translated by Jane Mulley. Fcap., pp. xii. and 180, cloth. 1877. 3s. 6d. miS^ASDA ; ob, The Jot op the Snake Wobld. A Buddhist Drama in Five Acta. Translated into English Prose, with Explanatory Notes, from the Sanskrit of Sri-Harsha-Deva, by Palmer Boyd, B.A. With aa. Introduction by Professor CoweU. Crown^vo, pp. xvi and 100, cloth. 1872. 4s. 6d. NAPIER. — Folk Lobe ; or. Superstitious Beliefs in the West of Scotland within this Century. With an Appendix, ahowing the probable relation of the modem Festivals of Christmas, May Day, St. John's Day, and Hallowe'en, to ancient Sun and Fire Worship. By James Napier, F.R.S.E., &c. Crown 8vo, pp. vii and 190, cloth. 1878. 48. NARADfYA BHARUA-SASTRA ; OB, THE iNSTmiTKS OP Nabada. Translated, for the first time, from the unpubl^hed Sanskrit originaL By Dr. Julius Jolly, University, Wnrzburg. With a Preface, Notes, chiefly critical, an Index of Quotations from Narada in the principal Indian Digests, and a general Index. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxv. and 144, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d. H AYIL LE. — PiTHOM. See Egypt Exploration Fund. NEVILL. — Hand List op Mollusoa in the Indian Museum, Calcdtta. By Geoffrey Nevill, C.MZ.S., &c., First Assistant to the Superintendent of the Indian Museum. Part I. Gastropoda, Pulmonata, and Prosbbrancfaia-Neuro- bran chia. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 338, cloth. 1878. 15s. NEWMAN.— The Odes op Hobaoe. Translated into Unrhymed Metres, with Inlat>- duction and Notes. By F. W. Newman. Second Edition. Post 8vo. pp. xxi and 247, cloth. 1876. 4s. . i-p ■ Published by Trubner & Co. 49 NEWMAN.— Theism, Doctrinal and PKAOTiaAL ; or, Didactic Keligioua Utterances. By F. W. Newman. 4to, pp. 184, cloth. 1858. 4s. 6d. NEWMAN.— HoMHRio Translation in Theory and Praotiob. A Reply to Matthew Arnold. By F. "W. Newman. Crown 8vo, pp. 104, stiff covers. 1861. 2s. 6d. NEWMAN.— Hlawatha : Rendered into Latin. "With Abridgment. By F. W. Newman. 12mo, pp. vii. and 110, sewed. 1862. 2s. 6d. NEWMAN. — A History of the Hebrew Monarchy from the Admiiilstration of Samuel to the Babylonish Captivity. By F. W. Newman. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. X. and 354, cloth. 1865. 8s. 6d. NEWMAN.— Phases op Faith ; or. Passages from the History of my Creed. By F. "W. Newman. New Edition ; with Reply to Professor Henry Rogers, Author of the "Eclipse of Faith." Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 212, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d. NEWMAN. — A Handbook op Modern Arabic, consisting of a Practical Grammar, with numerous Examples, Dialogues, and Newspaper Extracts, in European Type. By F. W. Newman. Post 8vo, pp. xx. and 192, cloth. 1866. 6s. NEWMAN.— Translations op English Poetry into Latin Verse. Designed as Part of a New Method of Instructing in Latin. By F. W. Newman. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 202, cloth. 1868. 6s. NEWMAN. — The Soul : Her Sorrows and her Aspirations. An Essay towards the Natural History of the Soul, as the True Basis of Theology. By F. W. Newman. Tenth Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 162, cloth. 1882. 3s. 6d. NEWMAN.— The Text op the Iguvine Inscriptions. With Interlinear Latin Translation and Notes. By F. W. Newman. 8vo, pp. 56, sewed. 1868. 2s. NEWMAN. — Miscellanies ; chiefly Addresses, Academical and Historical. By F. W. Newman. 8vo, pp. iv. and 356, cloth. 1869. 7s. 6d. NEWMAN. — The Iliad op Homer, faithfully translated into Unrhymed English Metre, by F. "W. Newman. Royal 8vo, pp. xvi. and 384, cloth. 1871. lOs. 6d. NEWMAN.— A Dictionary op Modern Arabic. 1. Anglo-Arabic Dictionary. 2. Anglo-Antbic Vocabulary. 3. Arabo-English Dictionary. By F. W. Newman. In 2 vols, crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 376^64, cloth. 1871. £1, Is. NEWMAN. — Hebrew Theism. By F. W. Newman. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 172 Stiff wrappers. 1874. 4s. 6d. NEWMAN. — The Moral Influence op Law. A Lecture by F. W. Newman, May 20, 1860. Crown 8vo, pp. 16, sewed. 3d. NEWMAN. — Religion not History. By F. W. Newman. Foolscap, pp. 58, paper wrapper. 1877. Is. NEWMAN. — Morning Prayers in the Household op a Believer in God. By F. "W. Newman. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 80, limp cloth. 1882. Is. 6d. NEWMAN.— Reorganization op English Institutions. A Lecture by Emeritus Professor F. W. Newman. Delivered in the Manchester Athenseujn, October 15, 1875. Crown 8vo, pp. 28, sewed. 1880. 6d. NEWMAN.— What is Christianity without Christ ? By F. W. Newman, Emeritus Professor of University College, London. 8vo, pp. 28, stitched in wrapper. 1881, Is. NEWMAN.— Libyan Vocabulary. An Essay towards Reproducing the Ancient Numidian Language out of Four Modem Languages. By F. W. Newman. Crown 8vo, pprvi. and 204, cloth. 1882. lOs. 6d. NEWMAN. — A Christian Commonwealth. By F. W. Newman. Crown 8vo, pp. 60, cloth. 1883. Is. NEWMAN. — Christianity in its Cradle. By F. W. Newman, once FeUow of Balliol College, Oxford, now Emeritus Professor of University College, London. Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 132, cloth. 1884. 2s. D 50 A Gataloffue of Important Works, NEWMAN. — Comments on the Text op ^schtlus. ByF. W. Newman, Honorary Fellow of Worcester College, Oxford, and formerly FeUow of BaUlol College. Demy 8iro, pp. xii. and 144, cloth. 1884. 53. NEWMAN. — ^BEBiLitTS Cbuso : Bobinson Crasoe in Latin. A Book to Lighten Tedium to a Learner. By F. W. Newman, Emeritns Professor of Latin in Univer- sity College, London ; Honorary Fellow of Worcester College, Oxford. Post Sro, pp. xii. and 110, cloth. 1884. Ss. NEW SOUTH WALES, PUBLICATIONS OP THE GovEBNMENT OP. List on application. NEW SOUTH WALES.— JOUBNAL AND PBOOEEDINCfS OP THE KOTAL SOOIETr OP Published annually. Price 10s. 6d. List of Contents on application. NEWTON. — Patent Law and Peaotioe: showing the mode of obtaining and opposing Grants, Disclaimers, Confirmations, and Extensions of Patents. 'With a Chapter on Patent Agents. By A. V. Newton. Enlarged Edition. Crown Svo, pp. xii. and 104, cloth. 1879. 28. 6d. NEWTON. — An Analtbis op the Patent and Copteight Laws: Including the varioos Acts relating to the Protection of Inventions, Designs, Trade Marks; Literary and Musical Compositions, Dramatic Performances ; Engravings, Sculp- ture, Paintings, Drawings, and Photographs. By A. Newton, author of " Patent Law and Practice." Demy Svo, pp. viii. and 70, cloth. 1884. 3s. 6d. NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE PUBLICATIONS:- I. TeansActiohs and PBQOEEDiNes of the New Zealand Institute. Demy Svo, stitched. Vols. I. to XVL, 1868 to 1883. £1, Is. each. II. An Index to the Tbansactions and Pboceedincss of the New Zealand In- stitute. Vols. I. to Vm. Edited and Published under the Authority of the Board of Governors of the Institute. By James Hector, C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S. Demy, Svo, 44 pp., stitched. 1877. 2s. 6d. NEW ZEALAND. — GBOI.OGI0AI, Sdevey. List of Publications on application. NOIEIT.— A Fbench Coubse in Ten Lessons. By Jules Noirit, B.A Lessons I.-rV. Crown Svo, pp. xiv. and 80, sewed. 1870. Is. 6d. NOIRIT. — French Geammatioal Questions for the use of Gentlemen preparing for the Army, Civil Service, Oxford Examinations, &c., &c By Jules Noirit. Crown Svo, pp. 62, cloth. 1S70. Is. Interleaved, Is. 6d. NOUBSE. — Nabbatite of the Second Arctic Expedition made by Charles F. Hall. His Voyage to Repulse Bay ; Sledge Journeys to the Straits of Fury and Hecla, and to King William's Land, and Kesidence among the Eskimos during the years 1864-69. Edited under the orders of the Hon. Secretary of the Navy, by Prof. J. E. Nourse, U.S.N. 4to, pp. 1. and 644, cloth. With maps, heliotypes, steel and wood engravings. 1880. £1, 8s. NUGENT' S Improved I'rench and English and English and Fbench Pocket Diotionart. Par Smith. 24mo, pp. 489 and 320, cloth. 1873. 3s. NUTT.— Two Treatises on Verbs containing Feeble and Double Lbttebs. By E. jehuda Hayug of Fez. Translated into Hebrew from the original Arabic by E. Moses GikatiUa of Cordova, with the Treatise on Punctuation by the same author, translated by Aben Ezra. Edited from Bodleian MSS., with an English translation, by J. W. Nutt, M. A Demy Svo, pp. 312, sewed. 1870. 5s. NUMISMATA OKIENTALIA ILLUSTKATA See Mabsden, and International. NUTT. — ^A Sketch of Samaritan History, Dogma, and Literature. An Intro- troduction to "Fragments of a Samaritan Targum." By J. W. Nutt, M.A., &c &c. Demy 8vo, pp. 180, cloth. 1874. 5s. OEHLENSCHLAGER.— Axel and Valborg : a Tragedy, in Five Acts, and other Poems. Translated from the Danish of Adam Oohlenschlager by Pierce Butler, M.A, late Rector of Ulcombe, Kent. Edited by Professor Palmer, M.A., of St. John's Coll., Camb. With a Memoir of the Translator. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xii. and 164, cloth. 1874. 5s. r .ii- Published hy Trubner & Co. 61 OEBA LINDA BOOK (The).— From a Manuscript of the 13th Century, with the per- miasion of the proprietor, C. Over de Linden of the Helder. The Original Frisian Text as verified by Dr. J. O. Ottema, aooonipanied by an English Version of Dr. Ottema's Dutch Translation. By W. E. Sandbaoh. 8vo, pp. xxv. and 254, cloth. 1876. 5s. OGAREFF.— EsBAi SUE LA SrrtiATlON R0S3E. Lettres 4 un Anglais. Par N. Ogareff. 12mo, pp. 150, sewed. 1862. 3s. OLCOTT. — A Buddhist Catechism, according to the Canon of the Southern Church. By Colonel H. S. Olcott, President of the Theosophical Society. 24mo, pp. 32. Is. OLCOTT.— The Yoga Philosophy : Being the Text of Patanjali, with Bhojarajah's Commentary. A Reprint of the English Translation of the above, by the late Dr. Ballantyne and Goviod Shastri Deva ; to which are added Extracts from Various Authors. With an Introduction by Colonel H. S. Olcott, President of the Theo- sophical Society. The whole Edited by Tukaram Tatia, F.T.S. Crown 8to, pp. XVI. -294, wrapper. 1882. 7s. 6d. OLLENDOKFF. — Mbtodo paba apkendeb a Leer, escribir y hablar el Inglfe segun el sistema de OUendorfiE. Por Bamon Palenzuela y Juan de la Carreflo. 8vo, pp. xlvi. and 460, cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d. Key to Ditto. Crown 8vo, pp. 112, cloth. 1873. 4s. OLLENDORFF.— Metodo para aprender a Leer, escribir y hablar el Frances, segun el verdadero sistema de Ollendorff ; ordenado en lecciones progresivas, con- slstiendo de ejercicios orales y escritos ; enriquecido de la pronunciacion figuiada como se estila en la conversacion ; y de un Ap6ndice abrazando las reglas de la sint&xis, la formacion de los verbos regulares, y la conjugacion de los irregnlares. Por TeodoroSimonn^, Professor deLenguas. Crown 8vo, pp. 342, cloth. 1873, 6s. Key to Ditto. Crown Svo, pp. 80, cloth. 1873. 3s. 6d. OPPERT.— On the Classh'ioatios op Languages : A Contribution to Comparative Philology. By Dr. Gustav Oppert, Ph.D., Professor of Sanskrit, Presidency College, Madras. Svo, paper, pp. viii. and 146. 1883. 7s. 6d. OPPERT. — Lists op Sanskrit Manuscripts in Private Libraries of Southern India, Compiled, Arranged, and Indexed by Gustav Oppert, Ph.D., Professor of Sanskrit, Presidency College," Madras. Vol. I. Svo, pp. vii. and 620, cloth. 1883. £1, Is. OPPERT.— On the Weapons, Army Organisation, and PoLrrioAL Maxims op THE Ancient Hindus ; with special reference to Gunpowder and Firearms. By Dr. Gustav Opperti Ph.D., Professor of Sanskrit, Presidency College, Madras. Svo, paper, pp. vi. and 162. 1883. 7s. 6d. ORIENTAL SERIES.- See TrCbner's Oriental Series. ORIENTAL Text Society's Publications. A list may be had on application. ORIENTAL CONGRESS.— Report op the Proceedings of the Second Interna- tional Congress op Orientalists held in London, 1874. Royal Svo, pp. viii. and 68, sewed. 1874. 5s. ORIENTALISTS.— Transactions op the Second Session op the International Congress op Orientalists. Held in London in September 1874. Edited by Robert K. Douglas, Hon. Sec. Svo, pp. viU. and 456, cloth. 1876. 21s. OTTE. — ^How to Learn Danish (Dano-Norwegian) : a Manual for Students of Danish based on the Olleudorffian system of teaching languages, and adapted for self -instruction. By E. C. Ott6. Second Edition. Crown Svo, pp. xx. and 338, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d. Key to above. Crown Svo, pp. 84, cloth. 3s. OTTfc. — SiMPLinED Danish and Swedish Grammars. See TrCbner's Collection. OVERBECK— Catholic Orthodoxy and Anglo-Catholicism. A Word about the Intercommunion between the English and Orthodox Churches. By J. J. Overbeck, D.D. Svo, pp. viii. and 200, cloth. 1866. 5s. OVERBECK— Bonn Conference. By J. J. Overbeck, D.D. Cpown Svo, pp. 48, sewed. 1876. Is. 52 A Catalogue of Important Works, OVERBECE. — A Plaih View oi' the Claims of the Orthodox Catholic Chdboh AS Opposed to all othbb Chbistian Denominations. By J. J. Overbeck, D.D. Crown 8to, pp. iv. and 138, wrapper. 1881. 2s. 6d. OWEN. — Footfalls on the Boundaby of Another World. With Narrative Ulnstrations. ByR. D. Owen. An enlarged English Copyright Edition. Post 8vo, pp. XX. and 392, cloth. 1875. 7s. 6d. OWEN. — ^Thb Debatable Land between this World and the Next. With Illustrative Narrations. By Bobert Dale Owen. Second Edition^ Crown 8vo, pp. 456, cloth. 1S74. 7s. 6d. OWEN.— THREADDtOMT Wat: Twenty-Seven Tears of Autobiography. By E. D. Owen. CrownSvo, pp. 344, cloth. 1874. rs.6d. OXLET. — ^Egtpt : And the Wonders of the Land of the Pharaohs. By William Oxley, author of "The Philosophy of Spirit." lUnstrated by a New Version of the Bhagavat-Gita, an Episode of the Mahabharat, one of the Epic Poems of Ancient India. Crown 8vo, pp. viii.-328, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d. OTSTER (The) : Whebb, How, and When to Rbd, Breed, Cook, and Eat It. Second Edition, with a New Chapter, "The Oyster-Seeker in London." 12mo, pp. viii. and 106, boards. 1863. Is. PALESTINE. — Memoirs of theSurtet op Western Palestine. Edited by W. Besant, M.A., and E. H. Palmer, M.A., under the Direction of the Committee of the Palestine Exploration Fund. Complete in seven volumes. Demy 4to, cloth, with a Portfolio of Flans, and large scale Map. Second Issue. Price Twenty Guineas. FALMEE. — ^A CONCISE English-Persian DicnoNARY ; together with a simplified Grammar of the Persian- Language. By the late E. H. Palmer, AI.A., Lord Almoner's Header, and Professor of Arabic, Cambridge, &c. Completed and Edited, from the MS. left imperfect at his death, by G. Le Strange. BiOyal ■l€mo, pp. 606, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d. PALMER.— A Concise Persian-English Diction abt. By E. H. Palmer, M.A., of the Middle Temple, Barrister-at-Law, Lord Almoner's Beader, and Professor of Arabic, and Fellow of St. John's College in the University of Cambridge^ Second Edition. Koyal 16mo, pp. 726, clotK 1884. 10s. 6d. PALMER. — ^The Song of the Beed, and otheb Pieces. By E. H. Palmei^ M.A., Cambridge. Crown 8vo, pp. 208, cloth. 1876. 5s. PALMER.— Hindustani, Arabic, and Persian Grammar. See Triibner's Col- lectioi). PALMER.- The Patriarch and the Tsar. Translated from the Knss by William Palmer, M.A. Demy 8vo, clotK Vol. I. The Beplies of the Hdmble Nicon. Pp. xl. and 674. 1871. 12s.— Vol. II. Testimonibs coNCERNiNa the Patriarch Nicon, the Tsar, and the Boyars. Pp. Ixxviii. and 554. 1873. 12s.— Vol. IH. History of the Condemnation (jf the Patriarch Nicon. Pp. Ixrl and 558. 1873. 12s.— Vols. IV., v., and VI. Services op the Patriarch Nicon to the Church and State of his Country, &c. Pp. Ixxviii. and 1 to 660: 3dv.-661- 1028, and 1 to 254 ; xxvi.-1029-1656, and 1-72. 1876. 36s. PARKER. — ^Theodore Parker's Celebrated Discourse on Maitees Pertaining to Eeligion. People's Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. 35L 1872. Stitched, Is. 6d. ; d., 2s. PARKER.- Theodore Parker. A Biography. By O. B. Frothmgham. Crown Svo, pp. viii and 588, cloth, with Portrait. 1876. 12s. PARKER. — The Collected Works op Theodore Parker, Minister of the Twenty- eighth Congregational Society at Boston, U.S. Containing his Theological, Polemical, and Critical Writings ; Sermons, Speeches, and Addresses ; and Literary Miscellanies. In 14 vols. 8vo, cloth. 6b. eaclu Vol. I. Discourse on Matters Pertaining to Beligion. Preface by the Editor, and Portrait of Parker fifom a medallioa by Saulini. Pp. 380. Vol. 11. Ten Sermons and Prayers. Pp. 360. Vol. in. Discourses ot Theology. Pp. 318. Vol. IV. Discourses on Politics. Pp. 312. Published by TrUbner & Co. 53 7AEEER, — COLLBCTED "WoKKS — contiimed. Vol. V. Discouiaes of Slavery. I. Pp. 336. Vol. VI. Discourses of Slavery. II. Pp. 323. Vol. VII. Discourses of Social Science. Pp. 296. Vol. VIII. Miscellaneous Discourses. Pp. 230. Vol. IX. Critical Writings. I. Pp. 292. Vol. X. Critical Writings. II. Pp. 308. Vol. XI. Sermons of Theism, Atheism, and Popular Theology. Pp. 257. Vol. XII. Autohiographical and Miscellaneous Pieces. Pp. 356. Vol. XIII. Historic Americans. Pp. 236. Vol. XrV. Lessons from the World of Matter and the World of Man. Pp. 352. TAREER.— Malagasy Grammar. See Triibner's Collection. PARKY.— A Short Chapter on Letter-Change, with Examples. Being chiefly an attempt to reduce in a simple manner the principal classical and cognate words to their primitive meanings. By J. Parry, B.A., formerly Scholar of Corpus Christi College, Cambridge. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 16, wrapper. 1884. Is. TATERSON. — NOTES ON MiMTABY Surveying and Eeoonnaissanob. By Lieut.- Colonel William Paterson. Sixth Edition. With 16 Plates. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 146, cloth. 1882. 73. 6d. ■PATERSON. — TOPOGBAPHICAL Examination Papers. By Lieut.-Col. W. Paterson. 8vo, pp. 32, with 4 Plates. Boards. 1882. 2s. PATERSON.— Tkeatibb on Military Drawing. With a Course of Progressive Plates. By Captain W. Paterson, Professor of Military Drawing at the Boyal Military College, Sandhurst. Oblong 4to, pp. xii. and 31, cloth. 1862. £1, Is. PATERSON. — The Orometer bob Hill Measuring, combining Scales of Distances, Protractor, Clinometer, Scale of Horizontal Equivalents, Scale of Shade, and Table of Gradients^ By Captain William Paterson. On cardboard, la. PATERSON.— Cbntbal America. By W. Paterson, the Merchant Statesman. From a MS. in the British Museum, 1701. With a Map. Edited by S. Bannis- ter, M.A. 8vo, pp. 70, sewed. 1857. 2s. 6d. PATON. — A Histor^ob the Egyptian Revolution, from the Period of the Mame- lijkes to the Death of Mohammed All ; from Arab and European Memoirs, Oral Tradition, and Local Besearch. By A. A. Paton. Second Edition, 2 vols, demy 8vo, pp. xiL and 395, viii. and 446, cloth, 1870. 7s. 6d. PATON.— Henry Beyle (otherwise De Stbndahl). A Critical and Biographical Study, aided by Original Documents and Unpublished Letters from the Private Papers of the Family of Beyle. By A. A. Paton. Crown 8vo, pp. 340, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d. PATTON.-^The Death op Death ; or, A Study of God's Holiness in Connection with the Existence of Evil, in so far as Intelligent and Kesponsible Beings are Concerned. By an Orthodox Layman (John M. Fatten). Bevised Edition, crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 252, cloth. 1881. 6s. FAULI. — SmON DE MONTBORT, Earl OB Leiobster, the Creator of the House of Commons. By Reinhold Pauli. Translated by Una M. Goodwin. With Intro- duction by Harriet Martinean. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 340, cloth. 1876. 6s. PETTENKOFER. — The Relation 6b the Air to the Clothes wb wear, the Housb WE LIVE m, AND THE SoiL WB DWELL ON. Three Popular Lectures delivered before the Albert Society at Dresden. By Dr. Max Von Pettenkof er. Professor of Hygiene at the tjniveisity of Munich, &c. Abridged and Translated by Augustus Hess, M.D., M.R.C.P., London, &c. Cr. 8vo, pp. viii. and 96, limp cl. 1873: 2s. 6d. PETRUCCELLI. — PRKLIKnf AIRES DE LA QUESTION ROMAINE DE M, ED. ABOUT. Par F. PetruccelU de la Gattina. -Svo, pp. xv; and 364, cloth. 1860. 7s. 6d. PEZZI. — ^Abyan Philology, according to the most recent researches (Glottologia Aria Recentissima). Remarks Historical and Critical. By Domenico Pezzi. Translated by E. S. Roberts, M.A. Crown Svo, pp. xvi. and 200, cloth. 1879. 6s. 54 A Catalogue of Important Works, PHAYRE.— A HlSTOET OP BuEMA. See Triibner's Oriental Series. PHAYRE.— The Coins op Abakan, op Pegtj, and op Bobma. By Sir Arthtir Phayre, C.B., K.O.S.I., G.C.M.G., late Commissioner of British Burma. Eoyal 4to, pp. viii.--48, with Autotype Illustrative Plates. Wrapper. 1882. 83. 6d. PHILLIPS.— The Dogtbine op Addai, the Apostle, now first edited in a com- plete form in the Original S3n:iac, with English Translation and Notes. By George Phillips, D.D., President of Queen's College, Cambridge. 8vo, pp. xv. and 52 and 53, cloth. 1876. 7s. 6d. PHILLIPS. — KOPAI-KUNDALA : A Tale of Bengali Life. Translated from the Ben- gali of Bunkim Chandra Chatterjee. By H. A. D. Phillips, Bengal Civil Service. Crown 8vo, pp. xxx.-208, cloth. 1885. 6s. PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY, Tbansactions OF, published irregularly. List of publi- cations on application. PHILOSOPHY (The) of Insmbation and Eevblahon. By a Layman. With a preliminary notice of an Essay by the present Lord Bishop of Winchester, con- tained in a volume entitled " Aids to Faith." 8to, pp. 20, sewed. 1875. 6d. PICOIOTTO.— Sketches op Angio- Jewish Histobt. By James Picciotto. Demy 8vo, pp. xi. and 420, cloth. 1875. 123. FIESSE. — Chemistey IN the Brewing-Eoom : being the substance . Fcap. Svo, pp. xvi. and 172, cloth. 1869. 3s. 6d. POOLE.— An Index to Periodical Litebatdee. By W. F. Poole, LL.D., Librarian of the Chicago Public library. Third Edition, brought down to January 1882. Eoyal Svo, pp. xxviii. and 1442, cloth. 1883. £3, 13s. 6d. Wrappers, £3, 10s. ' vv , Published by Trubner & Co. 55 PEACTICAL GUIDES :— France, Belgidm, Holland, and the Ehine. Is.— Italian Lakes. Is.— Win- TEMNO Places op the South. 2s.— SwitzeblAnd, Savoy, and Nobth Italy. 2a. 6d.— General Continental Guide. 5s.— Geneva. Is.— Pabis. Is.— Beb- NESB Obeeland. Is. — Italy. 4s. PRATT.— A Grammar and Dictionary of the Samoan Language. By Eev. George Pratt, Forty Years a Missionary of the London Missionary Society in Samoa. Second Edition. Edited by Rev. S. J. Whitmee, F.E.G.S. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 380, cloth. 1878. 18s. PEIKSEP. — Eecobd of Seevicks op the Honourable East India Company's Civil Servants in the Madras Presidenoy, from 1741 to 1858. Compiled and Edited from Eecords in the possession of the Secretary of State for India. By C. C. Prinsep, late Superintendent of Eecords, India Office. Post 8vo, pp. xxxvi.- 164, cloth. 1885. 10a. 6d. FSTCHICAIi RESEARCH, PROCEEDDies OP the Society pob. Published irregularly. Post 8to, cloth. Vol. I., pp. 338. 1884. 10s. Vol. II., pp. 356. 1884. 10s. PURITZ. — Code-Book of Gymnastic Exercises. By Ludwig Puritz. Translated by O. Knofe and J. W. Macqueen. Illustrated. 32mo, pp. xxiv.-292, boards. 1883. Is. 6d. QUINET. — Edgar Quinet. See English and ForeignPhilosophical Library, Vol. XIV, RAM EAZ. — Essay on the Arohiteotore op the Hindus. By Earn Eaz, Native Judge and Magistrate of Bangalore, Corr. Mem. E.A.S. With 48 Plates. 4to, pp. xiv. and 64, sewed. 1834. £2, 2s. RAMSAY. — Tabular List op all the Australian Birds at present known to the Author, showing the distribution of the species. By E. P. Eamaay, F.L.S., &c. , Curator of the Australian Museum, Sydney. 8to, pp. 36, and Map ; boards 1878. 53. RASK.— Grammar of the Anglo-Saxon Tongue, from the Danish of Erasmus Eask. By Benjamin Thorpe. Third Edition, corrected and improved, with Plate. Post 8vo, pp. vi. and 192, cloth. 1879. 5s. 6d. RASE. — A Short Tractate on the Longevity ascribed to the Patriarchs in the Book of Genesis, and its relation to the Hebrew Chronology; the Flood, the Exodus of the Israelites, the Site of Eden, &c. From the Danish of the late Professor Eask, with his manuscript corrections, and large additions from his autograph, now for the first time printed. With a Map of Paradise and the circumjacent Lands. Crown 8vo, pp. 134, cloth. 1863. 2s. 6d. RAVENSTEIH. —The Eussians on the Amur ; its Discovery, Conquest, and Colo- nization, with a Description of the Country, its Inhabitants, Productions, and Commercial Capabilities, and Personal Accounts of Eussian TraveUefs. By E. G. Eavenstein, F.E.G.S. With 4 tinted Lithographs and 3 Maps. 8vo, pp. 500, cloth. 1861. 15s. EAVENSTEIN AND HULLEY.— The Gymnasium and its Fittings. By E. G. Eavenstein and John HuUey. With 14 Plates of Illustrations. 8vo, pp. 32, sewed. 1867. 23. 6d. EAVERTY.— Notes on Apghanistan and Part of Baluchistan, Gteographical, Ethnographical, and Historical, extractted from the Writings of little known Afghan, and Tajyik Historians, &c., &o., and from Personal Observation. By Major H. G. Eaverty, Bombay Native InSfantry (Eetired). Foolscap folio. Sec- tions I. and II., pp. 98, wrapper. 1880. 2s. Section HI., pp. vi. and 218. 1881. 5s. Section IV. 1884. 3s. READE. — The Martyrdom op Man. By Winwood Eeade. Eighth Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. viiL and 544, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d. RECORD OFFICE.— A Separate Catalogue op the Opptoial Publications op the Public Eecord Office, on sale by Triibner & Co., may be had on application. 56 A Catalogue of Important Works, EECORDS OF THE HEAKT. By Stella, Author of "Sappho," "Hie King's Stratagem," &c. Second English Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi and 188, with six steel-plate engravings, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d. BEQHOUSE. — The MesnevI. See Triibner's Oriental Series. REDHOUSE. — SmptTFlED OTTOMAlf-TnBKlsH GRAMMAR. See Triibner's Collection. BEDHOnSE. — Tma TURKISH VaDE-MEODM OF OTTOMAK COLLOQUIAL IiAlTOUAGE: Containing a Concise Ottoman Grammar; a Carefully Selected Vocabulary Alphabetically Arranged, in two Parts, English and Turkish, and Turkish and English; Also a few Familiar DiaJognes and Naval and Military Terms. The whole in English Characters, the Pronunciation being fully indicated. By J. W. Eedhouse, M.E.AS. Third Edition. 32mo, pp. viii. and 372, cloth. 1882. 6s. ■ BEDHOUSE. — On THE HISTORY, SYSTEM, AND TaKIBTIES OF TURKISH PoBTBT. Illustrated by Selections in the Original and in English Paraphrase, with a Notice of the Islamic Doctrine of the Immortality of Woman's Soul in the Future State. By J. "W. Kedhouse, ^q., M.E.A.S. 8vo, pp. 62, cloth, 2s. 6d.; wrapper, Is. 6d. 1879. BEEMEUN. — A Ceitioal Review of American Politics. By C. Beemelin, of Cincinnati, Ohio. Demy 8vo, pp^ xxiv. and 630, cloth. 1881. 14s. BELIGION IN Europe Historically Considkbed : An Essay in Verse. By the Author of "The Thames." Foap. 8vo, pp. iv. and 152, cloth. 1883. 2s. 6d. BEN AN. — Philosophical Dialogue and Praqments. From the French of Ernest Kenan. Translated, with the sanction of the Author, by Ras Bihari Mukharji. Post 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 182, cloth. 1883. 7s. 6d. EEHAH.^An Essay on the Age and Antiquity of the Book of NABATHiEAM Agriculture. To which is added an Inaugural Lecture on the Position of the Shemitic Nations in the History of Civilisation. By Ernest Kenan. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi and 148, doth. 1862. ,3s. 6d. BENAN.— The Life of Jesus. By Ernest Kenan. Authorised English Translation. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 312, cloth. 2s. 6d. ; sewed, Is. 6d. BEPOBT OF A General Conference of Libbeal Thinkebs, for the discussion of matters pertaining to the religious needs of our time, and the methods of meetibg them. Held June 13th and 14th, 1878, at South Place Chapel, Finsbury, London. 8vo, pp. 77, sewed. 1878. Is. BHODES. — Universal Curve Tables for Facilitating the Laying out of Cieoulae Abcs on the Ground for Railways, Canals, &c. Together with Table of Tangential Angles and Multiples. By Alexander Rhodes, C.B. Oblong 18mo, band, pp. ix. and 104, roan. 1881. 5s. RHYS.— Lectubbs on Welsh Philology. By John Rhys, M.A., Professor of Celtic at Oxford, Honorary Fellow of Jesus College, &c., &c. Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 467, cloth. 1879. i5s. BICE. — Mysore and Coorg. A Grazetteer compiled for the Government of India. By Lewis Rice, Director of Public Instruction, Mysore and Coorg. Vol. I. Mysore in General. With 2 Coloured Maps. Vol. XL Mysore, by Districts. With 10 Coloured Maps. Vol. III. Coorg. With a Map. 3 vols, royal 8vo, pp. xii. 670 and xvi. ; 544 and xxii. ; and 427 and xxvii., cloth. 1878. ^. BICE. — Mysore Inscriptions. Translated for the Government by Lewis Rice. 8vo, pp. xcii. and 336-xxx., with a Frontispiece and Map, boards. 1879. 30s. BIDLEY. — ^KXmilaboi, and other Australian Languages. By the Rev. William Ridley, B.A Second Edition, revised and enlarged by ^he aathor; with com- parative Tables of Words from twenty Australian Languages, and Songs, Tradi- tions, Laws, and Custoins of the Australian Race, Small 4to, pp. vi and 172, doth. 1877. 10s. 6d. Published hy Trvbner & Co, 57 RIG-VEDA-SANHITA. A Collection of Ancient Hindu Hymne. Constituting the 1st to the 8th Ashtakas, or Books of the Big-Veda ; the oldest authority for the Reli- gious and Social Institutions of the ffindus. translated from the Original San- skrit. By the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.E.S., &o., &o. Vol. I. 8vo, pp. lii. and 348, cloth. 21s. Vol. II. 8vo, pp. XXX. and 346, cloth. 1854. 21s. VbL IIL 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 525, cloth. 1857. 21s. Vol. IV. Edited by E. B. Cowell, M.A. 8to, pp. 214, cloth. 1866. 14s. Vols. V. and VI. in the Press. BtLET. — MedlsvaIi Chbonioles of the Citt op London. Chronicles of the Mayors and Sheriffs of London, and the Events which happened in their Days, from the Tear A.D. 1188 to A.D. 1274. Translated from the original Latin of the "Liber de Antiquis Legibus " (published by the Camden Society), in the possession of the Corporation of the City of London ; attributed to Arnold Pitz-Thedmar, Alder- man of London in the Eeign of Henry III. — Chronicles of London, and of the Marvels therein, between the Years 44 Henry III., a.d. 1260, and 17 Edward III., A.D. 1343. Translated from the original Anglo-Norman of the " Croniques de London," preserved in the Cottonian CoUeotion (Cleopatra A. iv.) in the British Museum. Translated, with copious Notes and Appendices, by Henry Thomas Eiley, M.A., Clare Hall, Cambridge, Barrister-at-Law. 4to, pp. xii. and 319, cloth. 1863. 12s. BIOLA. —How TO Leaen Kdssian ; a) Manual for Students of Russian, based upon the OUendorffian System of Teaoliing Languages, and adapted for Self-Instruc- tion. By Henry Riola, Teacher of the Russian Language. With a Preface by W.R.S. Ralston, M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 57.6, cloth. 1883. 12s. Key to the above. Crown 8vo, pp. 126, cloth. 1878. 5a. BIOLA. — A Gkaddated Russian Readbk, with a Vocabulary of all the Russian Words contained in it. By Henry Riola, Author of " How to Learn Russian." Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 314, cloth. 1879. 10s. 6d. BIPLET. — Sacked Rhetoric ; or. Composition and Delivery of Sermons. By Henry L Ripley. 12mo, pp. 234, cloth. 1858. 2s. 6d. BOCHE. — A French Grammar, for the use of English Students, adopted for the Public Schools by the Imperial Council of Public Instruction. By A. Roche. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 176, cloth. 1869. 3s. ROCHE.— Prose and Poetry. Select Pieces from the best English Authors, for Reading, Composition, and Translation. By A. Roche. Second Edition. Fcap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 226, cloth. 1872. 2s. 6d. BOCEHILI,. — Udanavaega. See Trubner's Oriental Series. EOCKHILL.— The Life of the Buddha. See Trubner's Oriental Series. EODD. — The Birds of Cornwall and the Scilly Islands. By the late Edward Hearle Rodd. Edited, with an Introduction, Appendix, and Memoir, by J. E, Harting. 8vo, pp. Ivi. and 320, with Portrait and Map, cloth. 1880. 14s. EOGEBS.— The Waverley Dictionary: An Alphabetical Arrangement of aU the Characters in Sir Walter Scott's Waverley Novels, with a Descriptive Analysis of each Character, and Illustrative Selections from the Text. By May Rogers, 12mo, pp. 358, cloth. 1879. 10s. BOSIKG. — English-Danish Dictionary. By S. Rosing. Crown 8vo, pp. *. and 722, cloth. 8s. 6d. BOSS.- Alphabetical Manual of Blowpipe Analysis; showing all known Methods, Old and New. By Lieut. -Colonel W. A, Ross, late R.A., Member of the German Chemical Society (Author of "Pyrology, or Fire Chemistry"). Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 148, cloth. 1880. 5s. BOSS. — Pyrologt, ok Fire Chemistry ; a Science interesting to the General Philo- sopher, and an Art of infinite importance to the Chemist, Metallurgist, Engineer, &c., &c. By W. A. Ross, lately a Major in the Royal Artillery. Small 4to, pp. xxviii. and 346, cloth. 1875. 36s. BOSS. —Celebrities of the Yorkshire Wolds. By Frederick Ross, Fellow of the Royal Historical Society. 12mo, pp. 202, cloth. 1878. 4s. 58 A Catalogue of Important Works, BOSS. —The Eablt Histobt op Land Holding among thb Geemans. By Denman W. Eoss, Ph.D. 8to, pp. viii. and 274, cloth. 1883. 123. ROSS.— CoBEAN Primes : being Lessons in Corean on all Ordinary Subjects. Trans- literated on the principles of the " Mandarin Primer," by the same author. By Rev. John Eoss, Newchwang. 8to, pp. 90, wrapper. 1OT7. lOs. BOSS.— HoNODEOE Shame? ByE. S. Eoss. 8vo, pp. 183. l«tS. Cloth. 3s. 6d. ; paper, 2s. 6d. BOSS. — Eemoval op the Indian Tboops to Malta. By E. S. Eoss. 8vo, pp. 77, paper. , 1878. Is. 6d. BOSS. — The Monk op St. Gall. A Dramatic Adaptation of Scheflfel's " Bkke- hacd." By E. S. Eoss. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 218. 1879. 5s. BOSS. — Abiadne IN Kaxos. ByE. S. Eoss. Square 16mo, pp. 200, cloth. 1882.5s. BOTH. — The Asimal Paeasites op the Sosae Cane. By H. Ling Eoth, late Hon. , Sec. to the Mackay Planters' Association. Demy 8vo, pp. 16, wrapper. 1885. Is. BOTH. — Notes on Continental Ibeigation. By H. L. Eoth. Demy 8to, pp. 40, with 8 Plates, cloth. 1882. 5s. BOVCrH Notes op JouenetS maie in the years 1868-1873 in Syria, down the Tigris, India, Kashmir, Ceylon, Japan, Mongolia, Siberia, the United States, the Sand- wich Islai^ds, and Australasia. Demy Svo, pp. 624, cloth. 1875. 14s. EOUSTAING.— The Foue Gospels Explained by theie "Wbitees. "With an Appendix oh the Ten Commandments. Edited by J. B. Eonstaing. Translated by TV. E. Kirby. 3 vols, crown Svo, pp. 440-456-304, cloth. 1881. 15s. BOUTLEDGE. — ENGLISH EuLE AND Native Opinion in India. From Notes taken in 1870-74.' By James Eoutledge. 8vo, pp. x. and 338, cloth. 1878. 10s. 6d. BOWE. — An Englishman's Views on Questions of the Day in Victoeia. By C. J. Eowe, M.A. Crown 8vo, pp. 122, cloth. 1882. 4s. ROWLEY.- Obnithologioal Miscellany. By George Dawson fiowley, M A , F .Z. S. Vol. I. Part 1, 15s.— Part 2, 20s.— Part 3, 153.— Part 4, 20s. VoL II. Part 5, 203.— Part 6, 20s.— Part 7, lOs. 6d.— Part 8, 10s. 6d.— Part 9, 10s. 6d.^Part 10, 10s. 6d. Vol. in. Part 11, 10s. 6d.— Part 12, lOs. 6d.— Part 13, lOs. 6d.— Part 14, 20s. BOYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (The).— Catalogde OP SoiENTrpic Papees (1800- 1863), Compiled and Published by the Eoyal Society of London. Demy 4to, cloth, per vol.~-£l ; in half-morocco, SI, Sk. Vol. I. (1867), A to Cluzel. pp. Ixxix. and 960; Vol. H. (1868), Coaklay— Graydon. pp. iv. and 1012; VoL IIL (1869), Greatheed— LezB. ' pp. v. and 1002 ; VoL IV. (1870), L'H6ritier de Brutille— Pozzetti. pp. iv. and 1006 ; Vol. V. (1871), Praag— Tizzani. pp. iv. and 1000 j Vol. VI. (1872), Tkalec — Zylius, Anonymoos and Additions, pp. xi. and 763. Continuation of above (1864-1873) ; Vol. VIL (1877), Ato HyrtL pp. xxxi. and 1047 ; Vol. VUL (1879), Ibaflez— Zwiol^. pp. 1310. A List of the Publications of the Eoyal Society (Separate Papers from the Philosophical Transactions), on application. BUNDALL. — A Shokt AND Easy Way to Weite English as SpoEiar. Methods Eapide et Facile d'Ecrire le Franjais comme on le Parle. Kurze und Leichte ■Weise Deutsoh zu Schreiben wie man es Spricht. By J. B. Bnndall, Certificated Member of the London Shorthand Writers' Association. 6d. each. EUSSELL. — The Wave op Teanslation in the Oceans op Water, Abb, and Ethbb. By JohnScott Kussell, M.A., F.E.S.S. L. andE. Demy Svo, pp. 318, with 10 Diagrams, cloth. 1885. 12s. 6d. B0THERFOBD.— The Adtobiogbaphy op Maek Edtheefoed, Dissenting Minister. Edited by his friend, Eeuben Shapcott. Crown Svo, pp. xii. and 180, boards. 1881. 53. B0THERFORD.— Mabk Rutheepord's Dbiiveiiance : Being the Second Part of his Autobiography. Edited by his friend, Eeuben Shapcott. Crown Svo, pp. viii. and 210, boards. 1885. 5s. RDTTEB.— See BtlNYAN. Published hy Trvhner & Co. 59 sAMAVrDHANABEiHMANA (The) (being the Third Br4hmana) o,f the Sama Veda. Edited, together with the Cdmmentary of Sftyana, an English Translation, Intro- duction, and Index of Words, by A. 0. Burnell. Vol. I. Text and Commentary, ■with Introduction. Demy 8yo, pp. xxxviii. and 104, cloth. 1873. 12s. 6d. SAMUEISON.— History of Drink. A Eeview, Social, Scientific, and Political. By James Samuelson, of the Middle Temple, Bairistcr-at-Law. Second Edition, 8to, pp. xxvjii. and 288, cloth. 1880. 6s. SAND.— MOLliiEE. A Drama in Prose. By George Sand. Edited, -with Notes, by Th. Karcher, LL.B. 12mo, pp. xx. and 170, cloth. 1868. 3s. 6d. SARTORIUS.— Mexico. Landscapes and Popular Sketches. By 0. Sartorius. Edited by Dr. Gaspey. With Engravings, from Sketches by M. Kugendas. 4to, pp. vi. and 202, cloth gilt. 1859. 18s. SATOW. — As English Japanese Dictionary op the Spoken Language. By Ernest Mason Satow, Japanese Secretary to H.M. Legation at Yedo, and Ishibashi Masakata of the Imperial Japanese Eoreign Office. Second Edition. Imperial 32mo, pp. XV. and 416, cloth. 1879. 12s. 6d. SAVAGE.— The Morals or Evolution. By M. J. Savage, Author of " The Reli- gion of Evolution," Ac. Crown 8vo, pp. 192, cloth. 1880. 5s. SAVAGE. — Belief in God; an Examination of some Fundamental Theistic Pro- blems. By M. J. Savage. To which is added an Address on the Intellectual Basis of Faith. By W. H. Savage. 8vo, pp. 176, cloth. 1881. 5s. SAVAGE.— Beliefs abodt Man. By M. J. Savage. Crown 8vo, pp. 130, cloth. 1882. 5s. "s . rr . SAYCE.— An Asstrian Grammar for Comparative Purposes. By A. H. Sayce, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Queen's College, Oxford. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 188, cloth. 1885. SAYCE.— The Principles of Comparatitb PniLOtooY. By A. H. Sayce, M.A Third, Bevised, and Enlarged Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xlviii.-422, cloth. 1885. 10s. 6d. ■ SCHAIBLE. — An Essay on the Systematic Training of the Body. By C. H. Schaible, M.D., &c., &c. A Memorial Essay, Published on the occasion of the first Centenary Festival of Frederick L. Jahn, with an Etching by H. Herkomer. Cr own 8v o, pp. xviii. and 124, cloth. 1878. 5s. SCHEFFEL.— MODHTAIN PsALMS. By J. V. von Scheffel. Translated by Mrs. P. Brunnow. Fcap., pp. 62, with 6 Plates after designs by A. Von Werner. Parch- ment. 1882. 3s. 6d. SCHILL£B. — The Bride of Messina. Translated from the German of Schiller in English Verse. By EmUy Allfrey. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 110, cloth. 1876. 2s. SCHLAGINTWEIT.— Buddhism in Tibet : Illustrated by Literary Documents and Objects of Religious Worship. By Emil Schlagintweit, LL.D. With a folio Atlas of 20 Plates, and 20 Tables of Native Print in the Text. Roy. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 404. 1863. £2,23. SCHLAU, SCHLATTER, AM SCHLATTESTEN.— Facsimile of a Manuscript supposed to have been found in an Egyptian Tomb by the English Soldiers. Royal 8vo, in Tagged canvas covers, with string binding, and dilapidated edges (? just as dis- covered). 1884. 6s. SCHLEICHER.— A COMPENDIUM OF THE COMPARATIVE GRAMMAR OF THE INDO- EuROPEAN, Sanskrit, Greek, and Latin Languages. By August Schleicher. Translated from the Third German Edition, by Herbert BendaU, B.A., Chr. Coll., Camb. 8vo. Part L, Phonology. Pp.184, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d. Part IL, Morphology. Pp. viii. and 104, cloth. 1877. 6b. SCHOFENECAUER. — The World as Will and Idea. By Arthur Schopenhauer. Translated from the German by R. B. Haldane, M.A., and J. Kemp, M.A. Vol. I., containing Four Books. Post 8vo, pp. xxxii.-532, cloth. 1883. 18s. SCHDLTZ. — Universal Dollar Tables (Complete United States). Covering all Exchanges between the United States and Great Britain, France, Belgium, Switzerland, Italy, Spain, and Germany. By C. W. H. Schultz. 8vo, cloth. 1874. 15s. 60 A Oatalogue of Important Works, SCHULTZ.— TJnivebsai, Intbbest akd Gekbrai, Pbbcentagb Tables. On the Decimal System. With a Treatise on the Ouixenoy of the World, and numerous examples for Self-Instruction. By C. W. H. Schultz. 8vo, cloth. 1874. lOs. 6d. SCHULTZ.— EueLiSH GEEMAif Exchange Tables. By C. W. H. Schultz. With a Treatise on the Currency of the World. 8ro, boards. 1874. 5s. SCHWENDLEE. — iNSTBUcnoNS fob TESTlNe Telegbafh Lineb, and the Technical Arrangements in Offices. Written on behalf of the Government of India, under the Orders of the Du'ector-General of Telegraphs in India. By Louis Schwen- dler. Vol. L, demy 8to, pp. 248, cloth. 1878. 12s. VoL II., demy 8to, pp. xi. and 268, cloth. 1880. 9s. SCOONES.— Faust. A Tragedy. By Goethe. Translated into English Verse, by William Dalton Scoones. Fcap., pp. t1 and 230, cloth. 1879. 5s. SCOTT. — The English Lipe of Jesus. By Thomas Scott. Crown 8to, pp. xxviii. and 350, cloth. 1879. 2s. 6d. SCOTUS.— A Note on Me. Gladstone's "The Peace to Come." By Scotus. 8to, pp. 106. 1878. Cloth, 2s. 6d. ; paper wrapper. Is. 6d. SELL.— The Faith of Islam. By the Eev. E. Sell, Fellow of the University of Madras. Demy 8vo, pp. xiv. and 270, cloth. 1881. 6s. 6d. SELL. — Ihn-i-Tajwid ; OE, Aet of Heading the Quran. By the Eev. E. Sell, B.D. 8vo, pp. 48, wrappers. 1882. 2s. 6d. SELSS. — Goethe's Minor Poems. Selected, Annotated, and Bearranged. By Albert M. Selss, Ph.D. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxL and 152, cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d. SERMONS NEVER PREACHED. By Philip Phosphor. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 124, cloth. 1878. 2s. 6d. SEWELL.— Befobt ON THE Amabavati Tope, and Excavations on its Site in 1877. By Robert SeweU, of the Madras O.S., &c. With four plates. Koyal 4to, pp. 70, boards. 1880. Ss. SEYPPEL.— Shabp, Shabpeb, Shaepest : A Humorous Tale of Old Egypt. Penned down and Depicted in the Year 1315 A.C. By C. M. Seyppel, Court Painter and Poet Laureate of His Majesty King Bhampsinit III., and done into the English tongue by Two Mummies of the Old Dynasty. Memphis, 35, Mummies Arcade. (Ring three times). Imperial 8vo, pp. 42, in ragged canvas cover, with dilapidated edges, and string binding (? just as discovered), price 63. SHADWELL.— PoLiTioAL Economy foe the People. By J. L. Shadwell, Author of "A System of Political Economy." Fcap.,pp. viand 154, limp cloth. 1880. Is. 6d. SHAKESPEARE.— A New Study of Shakbspbabe : An Inquiry into the connection of the Plays and Poems, with the origins of the Classical Drama, and with the Platonic Philosophy, t^lrough the Mysteries. Demy 8vo, pp. xii and 372, with Photograph of the Stratford Bust, cloth. 1884. 10s. 6d. SHAKESPEARE'S Centurie op Pbayse ; being Materials for 3 History of Opinion on Shakespeare and his Works, culled from Writers of the First Century after hia Biae. By C. M. Ingleby. Medium 8vo, pp. xx. and 384. StifE cover. 1874. £1, Is. Large paper, fcap. 4to, boards. £2, 2s. SHAKESPEARE.— Hermeneutics ; OB, The Still Lion. Being an Essay towards the Kestoration of Shakespeare's Text. By C. M. Ingleby, M.A., LL.D. of Trinity College, Cambridge. Small 4to, pp. 168, boards. 1875. 6s. ' SHAKESPEARE.— The Man and the Book. By C. M. Ingleby, M.A.. LL D Small 4to. Part L, pp. 172, boards. 1877. 6s. SHAKESPEARE.- Occasional Papees on Shakespeare ; being the Second Part of "Shakespeare : the Man and the Book." By C. M. Ingleby MA. LL D ' V.P.E.S.L. Small 4to, pp. x. and 194, paper boards. 1881. 6s. ' " "' SHAKESPEARE'S BONES.— The Proposal to Disinter them, considered in relation to their possible bearing on hia Portraiture : Illustrated by instances of Visits of the Living to the Dead. By C. M. Ingleby, LL.D., V.P.R.S.L. Fcap. 4to, pp. viu. and 48, boards. 1883. Is. 6d. e , vv Published by Trvhn&r & Go. 61 SHAKESPEARE.— A New Tawobum Edition op Shakespeare. Edited by Horace Howard Fumesa. Royal 8vo. Vol. I. Borneo and Juliet. Pp. xxiii. and 480, cloth. 1871. ISs.— Vol. II. Macbeth. Pp. six. and 492. 1873. 18a.— Vols. III. and IV. Hamlet. 2 vols. pp. xx. and 474 and 430. 1877. 36a.— Vol. V. King Lear. Pp. vi. and 504. 1880. 18a. SHAEESFEABE. — CONOOKDANOB TO Shakespeare's Poems. By Mra. H. H. Fur- ness. Eoyal 8vo, cloth. 18a. SHAKEBPEAEE-NOTBS. ByF. A. Leo. Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 120, oloth. 1885. 6s. SHAKSPERE SOCIETY (The New).— Subaoription, One Guinea per annum. List of Publications on application. SHERRING.— The SACKED Cnrr op the Hindus. An Account of Benares in Ancient and Modern Times. By the Eev. M. A. Sherring, M.A., LL.D. ; and Prefaced irith an Introduction by FitzEdward Hall, D.C.L. With Illustrations. 8vo, pp. xxxvi and 388, cloth. 21s. SHERRING. — Hindu Tribes and Castes; together with an Account of the Mohamedan Tribes of the North-West Frontier and of the Aboriginal Tribes of the Central Provinces. By the Eev. M. A. Sherring, M.A., LL.B., Lond., &c. 4to. Vol. II. Pp. kviii. and 376, cloth. 1879. £2, 8b.— Vol. IIL, with Index of 3 vols. Pp. xii. and 336, cloth. 1881. 32s. SHERRING.— The HINDOO Pilgrims. By Eev. M., A. Sherring, M.A., LL.D. Crown 8vo, pp. 126, cloth. 1878. 5s. SHIELDS.— The Final Philgsopht ; or, System of Perfectible Knowledge issuing from the Harmony of Science and EeUgion. By Charles W. Shields, D.D., Pro- fessor in Princeton College. Eoyal 8vo, pp. viii. and 610, cloth. 1878. IBs. SIBBEE. — The Great African Island. Chapters on Madagascar. A Popular Account of Eecent Eesearches in the Physical Geography, Geology, and Explora- tion of the Country, and its Natural History and Botany ; and in the Origin and Divisions, Customs and Language, Superstitions, Folk-lore, and Eeligious Beliefs and Practices of the Different Tribes. Together with Illustrations of Scripture and Early Church History from Native Habits and Missionary Experience. By the Eev. Jamea Sibree, jun., F.E.G.S., Author of "Madagascar audita People," &c. 8vo, pp. xii. and 272, with Physical and Ethnological Maps and Four Hlus- trations, cloth. 1879. 12s. SIBREE.— Poems : including "Fancy," "A Besting Place," &c. By John Sibree, M.A., London. Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 134, cloth. 1884. 4a. SIMCOZ.— Episodes in the Lives op Men, Women, and Lovers. By Edith Sim- cox. Crown 8vo, pp. 312, cloth. 1882. 7a. 6d. SIMCOZ. — Natural Law. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. IV. SIUE. — Lessinq. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Extra Series, Vols. I. and H. SIMFSON-BAIEIE.— The DRAMATIC UNITIES in the Present Dat. By E. Simpaon- Baikie. Third Edition. Fcap. 8vo, pp. iv. and 108, cloth. 1878. 2s. 6d. SIMPSON-BAIEIE. — The International Dictionary for Naturalists and Sportsmen in English, French) and German. By Edwin Simpson-Baikie. 8vo, pp. iv. and 284, cloth. 1880. 15s. SINCLAIR. — The Messenger : A Poem, By Thomas Sinclair, M.A. Foolscap 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 1875. 58. SINCLAIR. — LovBs's Trilogy : A Poem. By Thomas Sinclair, M.A. Crown 8vo, pp. 150, cloth. 1876. 5s. SINCLAIR. — The Mount : Speech from its English Heights. By Thomas Sinclair, M.A. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 302, cloth. 1877. 10s. SINCLAIR. — Goddess Fortune : A Novel. By Thomas Sinclair, M.A. Three vols., post 8vo, pp. viii. -302, 302, 274, cloth. 1884. 31a. 6d. SINCLAIR. — Quest : A Collection of Essays. By Thomas Sinclair, M.A. Crown 8vo, pp. 184, cloth. 1885. 2s. 6d. SINGER. — Hungarian Grammar. See Triibner's CoUeetion. SINNETT.— The Occult World. By A. P. Sinnett. Fourth Edition. With an Appendix of 20 pagea, on the subject of Mr. Kiddle's Charge of Plagiarism. 8vo, pp. XX. and 206, cloth. 1884. 3s. 6d. 62 A Catalogue of Important Works, SMITH.— The Divinb Government. By S. Smith, M.D. Fifth Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 276, cloth. 1866. 6s. SMITH.— The Eeoent Dbpeession of Tkade. Its Nature, its Causes, and the Remedies which have been suggested for it. By Walter E. Smith, B.A., New College. Being the Oxford Cobden Prize Essay for 1879. Crown 8to, pp. vi. and 108, cloth. 1880. 3s. SMYTH. — The Abobigines of Victoeia. With Notes relating to the Habits of the Natives of other Parts of Australia and Tasmania. Compiled from various sources for the Gtovernment of Victoria. ByK. Brough Smyth, P.L.S., E.G.S., &c,, &c. 2 vols, royal 8vo, pp. lxxii.-484 and vi.-456. Maps, Plates, and Wood- cuts, cloth. 1878. £3, Ss. Slf OW— A THEOLoeioo-PoMTioAL Tbeatise. By G. D. Snow. Crown 8vo, pp. 180, cloth. 1874. 4s; 6d. S0LLIN6. — ^DinnsKA : An Historical and Critical Survey of the Literature of Ger- many, from the Earliest Period to the Death of Goethe. By Gustav Soiling. 8vo, pp. xviii and368.' 1863. IDs. 6d. SOLLING.— Select Passages fkom the Wokks of Shakespeabb. Translated and Collected. German and English. By 6. Soiling. 12mo, pp. 155, cloth. 1866. 3s. 6d. SOLLING. — MA05ETH. Rendered into Metrical German (with English Text ad- joined). By Gustav Soiling. iCroWn Svo, pp. 160, wrapper. 1878. 3s. 6d. SONGS OF THE Semitic in English Vebsb. By G. E. W. Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 134, cloth. 1877. 5s. SOUTHALL. — The Epooh of the Mammoth and the Apparition of Man upon Eabth. By James 0: SouthaU, A.M., LL.D. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 430,cloth. Illustrated. 1878. lOs. 6d. SPANISH REFORMERS OF Two Centuries fbom 1520 ; Their Lives and Writing, according to the late Benjamin B. WifEen's Plan, and with the Use of His Mate- rials. Described by E. Boehmer, D.D., Ph.D. Vol. I. With B. B. Wiflen's Narrative of the Incidents attendant npon the Republication of Reformistas Antiguos EspaBoles, and with a Memoir of B. B. Wiffen. By Isaline WifEen. Royal 8vo, pp. xvi. and 216, cloth. 1874. ' 12s. 6d. Roxburghe, 15s.— Vol. 11. Royal 8vo, pp. xii. -374, cloth. 1883. 18s. SFEDDIN^r. — The Life and Times of Francis Bacon. Extracted from the Edition of his Occasional Writings, by James Spedding. 2 vols, post 8vo, pp. XX.-710 and xiv. -708, cloth. 1878. 21b. SPIERS.— The School System of the Talmud. By the Rev. B. Spiers. Svo, pp. 48, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d. SPINOZA. — Benedict de Spinoza : his Life, Correspondence, and Ethics. By R. WUlis, M.I>. Svo, pp. xliv. and 648, cloth. 1870. 21s. SPINOZA.— Ethic Demonstkatbd in Geometbical Obdeb and Divided into Five Pabts, which treat— i; Of God ; 11. Of the Nature and Origin of the Mind ; III. Of the Origin and Nature of the Affects ; IV. Of Human Bondage, or of the Strength of the Affects ; V. Of the Power of the Intellect, or of Human Liberty. By Benedict de Spinoza. Translated from the Latin by Wj Hale White. Post 8vo, pp. 328, cloth. 1883. lOs. 6d. SPIRITUAL EVOLUTION, An Essat ON, considered in its bearing npon Modem Spiritualism, Science, and Religion. By J. P. B. Crown Svo, pp. 156, cloth. 1879. 3s. SPRUNER.— Db. Kael Von Speuner's Histobico-Geographioal Hand-Atlas, containing 26 Coloured Maps. Obi. cloth. 1861. 15s. SQUIER.— Honduras ; Descriptive, Historical, and Statistical. By E. 6. Squier M.A., F.S.A. Cr. Svo, pp. viii. and 278, cloth. 1870. 3s. 6d. STATIONERY OFFICE.— PUBLICATIONS OF HER Majbstt's Stationery Office. List on application. Published by Trubner & Co. 63 STEDMAN.— Oxford : Its Social and Intellectual Life. With Eemarka and Hints on Expenses, the Examinations, &b. By Algernon M. M. Stedman, B.A., Wad- ham College, Oxford. Crown 8to, pp. xvi. and 309, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d. STEELE.— An Eastern Love Story. Kusa Jatakaya : A Buddhistic Legendajy Poem, with other Stories. By Tli. Steele. Cr. 8to, pp. xii. and 260, cl. 1871. 6s. STENT.— The Jade Chaplbt. In Twenty-four Beads. A Collection of Songs, BaUads, &o. (from the Chinese). By G. C. Stent, M.N.C.B.E.A.S. Post 8to, pp. viii and 168, cloth. 1874. 5s. ' STENZLEB.— See AucTORES Sanskeiti, Yol. II. STOCK.— Attempts at Truth. By St. George Stock. Crown 8voj pp. vi. and 248, cloth. 1882. 5s. STOKES.-^GOIDELICA — Old and Edrly-Middle Irish Glosses: Prose and Verse. Edited by Whitley Stokes. 2d Edition. Med. 8vo, pp. 192, cloth. 1872. 18s. STOKES. — Beunans Meriasek. The Life of Saint Meriasek, Bishop and Confessor. A Cornish Drama. Edited, with a Translation and Notes, by Whitley Stokes. Med. 8vo, pp. xri. and 280, and Facsimile, cloth. 1872. 15s. STOKES. — TosAiL Troy, the Destruotion of Troy. Transcribed froni the Fac- simile of the Book of Leinster, and Translated, with a Glossarial Index of the Barer Words, by Whitley Stokes. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 188, paper boards. 1882. 18s. STOKES. — Three Middle-Irish Homilies on the Lives op Saints— Patrick, Brigit, and Columba. Edited by Whitley Stokes. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 140, paper boards. 1882. 10s. 6d. STONE.— Christianity before CftRiST ; or, Prototypes of our Faith and Culture. By Charles J. Stone, F.E.S.L., F.E.Hi5t.S., A.uthor of "Cradle-Land of Arts and Creeds." Crown 8to, pp. , cloth. . STRANGE. —The Bible ; is it " The Word of God " ? By Thomas Lumisden Strange. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 384, cloth. 1871. 7s. STRANGE. — The Speaker's Commentary. Eeviewed by T. L. Strange. Cr. 8vo, pp. viii. and 159, cloth. 1871. 2s. 6d. i STRANGE.— The Development of Creation on the Earth. By T. L. Strange. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 110, cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d. STRANGE. — The Legends op the Old Testament. By T. L. Strange. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 244, cloth. 1874. 5s. STICANGE. — The Sources and Development of Christianity. By Thomas Lumisden Strange. Demy 8to, pp. xx. and 256, cloth. 1875. Ss. STRANGE. — What is Christianity? An Historical Sketch. Illustrated with a Chart. By T. L. Strange. Foolscap 8vo, pp. 72, cloth. 1880. 2s. 6d. STRANGE.— Contributions to a Series op Controversial Writings, issued by the late Mr. Thomas Scott, of Upper Norwood. By Thomas Lumisden Strange. Fcap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 312, cloth. 1881. 2s. 6d. STRAN6F0RD. — Original Letters andPapees of the Late Yiscotftrr Strangpord UPON Philological and Kindred Subjects. Edited by Viscountess Strangford. Post 8vo, pp. xxii. and 284, cloth. 1878. 12s. 6d. STRATMANN. — The Tragicall Historie of Hamlet, Prince of Denmahke. By WiUiam Shakespeare . Edited according to the first printed Copies, with the various Eeadings and Critical Notes. By F. H. Stratmann. 8vo, pp. vi. and 120, sewed. 3s. 6d. STRATMANN.— A Dictionary of the Old English Language. Compiled from Writings of the Twelfth, Thirteentfi, Fourteenth, and Fifteenth Centuries. By F. H. Stratmann. Third Edition. 4to, pp. x. and 662, sewed. 1878. 30s. STUDIES of Man. By a Japanese. Crown 8vo, pp. 124, cloth. 1874. Ss. 6d. SUMNER. —What Soclal Classes Owe to Each Other. By W. G. Sumner, Pro- fessor of Political and Social Science in Yale College. 18mo, pp. 170, cloth. 1884. 3s. 6d. SUYEMATZ.— Genji Monogatari. The Most Celebrated of the Classical Japanese Eomances. Translated by K. Suyematz. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 254, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d. 64 A- Oatalogue of Important Works, SWEET. — Spellins Eeporm and Engiish LiTESAinKE. By Henry Sweet, M.A. 8vo, pp. 8, wrapper. 1884. 2d. SWEET. — HiSTOKY OF English SonNDS, from the Earliest Period, including an In- vestigation of the General Laws of Sound Change, and full "Word Lists. By Henry Sweet. Demy 8vo, pp. iv.-164, cloth. 1874. 4b. 6d. SWEET.— On a Mexican Mustajjg through Texas feom the Gulf to the Bio Grande. By Alex. E. Sweet and J. Armoy Knox, Editors of " Texas Sif tings." English Copyright Edition. Demy 8to, pp. 672. Illustrated, cloth. 1883. 10b. SYED AHMAD.— A Series of Essays on the Lite of Mohammbd, and Subjects subsidiary thereto. By Syed Ahmad Khan Bahadur, C.S.I. 8to, pp. 532, with 4 Tables, 2 Maps, and Plate, cloth. 1870. 30a. TALBOT.— Analysis of the Organisation op the Peusslan Army. By lieuten- ant Gerald F. Talbot, 2d Prussian Dragoon Guards. Eoyal 8vo, pp. 78, cloth. 1871. 3s. TATLEB. — A Retrospect of the Religious Life of England; or, Church, Puritanism, and Free Inquiry. By J. J. Tayler, B.A. Second Edition. Re- issued, with an Introductory Chapter on Recent Development, by James Martinean, LL.D., D.D. Post 8to, pp. 380, eloth. 1876. 7s. 6d. TAYLOR. -^Prince Deukalion : A Lyrical Drama. By Bayard Taylor. Small 4to, pp. 172. Handsomely bound in white vellam. 1878. 12s. TECHNOLOGICAL Dictionary of the Terms employed in the Arts and Sciences ; Architecture ; Civil Engineering ; Mechanics ; Machine-Making ; Shipbuilding and Navigation ; Metallurgy ; Artillery ; Mathematics ; Physics ; Chemistry ; Minera- logy, &c. With a Preface by Dr. K. Karmarsch. Second Edition. 3 vols. Vol. 1. German-English-Freuoh. 8vo, pp. 646. 123. Vol. II. English-German-Frenoh. 8vo, pp. 666. 123. Vol. III. French-German-EugUsh. 8vo, pp. 618. 12s. TECHNOLOGICAL DICTION AEY. — A Pocket Dictionary of Technical Terms USED in Arts and Manufactures. EngUsh-German-Frenoh, Deutsch-Engliaoh- Franzosisch, Fran§ais-AIlemand- Anglais. Abridged fr6m the above Techno- logical Dictionary by Rmnpf, Mothes, and Unverzagt. With the addition of Commercial Terms. 3 vols. sq. 12mo, cloth, 12s. TEMPLE. — ^The Legends of the Punjab. By Captain R. C. Temple, Bengal Staff Corps, F.G.S., &e. Vol. I., 8vo, pp. xviU.-646, cloth. 1884. £1, 6a. THEATRE FBAsrOAls Moderne. — ^A Selection of Modem French Plays. Edited by the Rev. P. H. E. Brette, B.D., C. Cassal, LL.D., and Th. Karoher, LL.B. First Series, in 1 vol crown 8vo, cloth, 6s., containing — Charlotte Cobday. A Tragedy. By F. Ponsard. Edited, with English Notes and Notice on Ponsard, by Professor C. Cassal, LL.Dr Pp. xii. and 134. Sepa- rately, 2s. 6d, Diane. A Drama in Verse. By Emile Augier. Edited, with English Notes and Notice on Augier, by Th, Karcher, LL.B. Pp. xiv. and 1^. Separately, 2s. 6d. Lb Voyage L T>iessm, A Comedy in Prose. By Wafflard and Fulgence. Edited, with English Notes, by the Rev. P. H. E. Brette, B.D. Pp. 104. Separately, 2s. 6d. Second Series, crown 8vo, cloth, 6s., containing — MOLll!BE. A Drama in Prose. By George Sand. Edited, with English Notes and Notice of George Sand, by Th. Karcher, LL.B. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xx. and 170, cloth. Separately, 3s. 6d. Lbs Aristoobaties. A Comedy in Verse. By Etienne Arago, Edited, with Eng- lish Notes and Notice of Etienne Arago, by the Rev, P. H, E, Brette, B.D. 2d Edition, Fcap. 8vo, pp. idv. and 236, cloth. Separately, 4a, Published hy Tt-uhner & Co. 65 THE&TKE FEANfAlS MODBRNB— cowiiwi^erf. Third Series, crown 8to, cloth, 63., containing — Les Fadx Bonshommbs. A Comedy. By Theodore Barriere and Ernest Ca- pendu. Edited, with English Notes and Notice on Barrifere, by Professor C. Cassal, LL.D. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 304. 1868. Separately, 4s. L'HONNEUB ET l'Abgent. A Comedy. By Francois Ponsard. Edited, with English Notes and Memoir of Ponsard, by I^ofessor C. Cassal, LL.D. 2d Edition. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 171, cloth. 1869. Separately, 3s. 6d. THEISM.— A Candid Examination of Theism. By Physicus. Post 8vo, pn. xviii. and 198, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d. - THEOBALD.— SelDctions PROM THE PoETS ; or. Passages Illustrating Peculiarities of their Style, Pathos, or Wit. By "W. Theobald, M.E,.A.S., late Deputy-Superin- tendent Geological Survey of India. With Notes, Historical, Explanatory, and Glossarial, for the Use of Young Headers. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 208, cloth. 1885. 5s. THEOSOPHY AND THE HioHBR LlEE; or, Spiritual Dynamics and the Divine and Miraculous Man. By G. W., M.D., Edinburgh, President of the British Theoso- phioal Society. 12mo, pp. iv. and 138, cloth. 1880. 3s. THOM.— St. Paul's Epistles to the, Corinthians. An Attempt to convey their Spirit and Significance. By the Eev. J. H. Thorn. 8vo, pp. xii. and 408, cloth. 1851. 5s. THOMAS.— Early Sassanian Inscriptions, Seals, and Coins, illusti;a,ting the Early History of the Sassanian Dynasty, containing Proclamations of .Ajdeshir Babe]^ Sapor I., and his Successors. With a Critical Examination and Explana- tion of the celebrated Inscription in the H^jifkbad Cave, demonstrating that S.ipor, the Conqueror of Valerian, was a professing Christia?!. By Edward Thomas. Illustrated. 8vo, pp. 148, cloth. 7s. 6d. THOMAS.— The Chronicles op the Pathan Kings op Dehli. Illustrated by Coins, Inscriptions, and other Antiquarian Bemains. By E. Thomas, F.R.A.S. With Plates and Cuts. Demy 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 467, cloth. 1871. 28s. THOMAS.— The Kbvenue llEsonRCBS op the Mughal Empire in India, from A.D. 1593 to a.d. 1707. A Supplement to "The Chronicles of the Path&n Kings of Delhi." By E. Thomas, F.E.S. 8yo, pp. 60, cloth. 3s. 6d. THOMAS. — Sassanian Coins. Communicated to the Numismatic Society of London. By E. Thomas, F.E.S. Two Parts, l?mo, pp. 43, 3 Plates and a Out, sewed. 5s. THOMAS.— J AINISM ; OR, TflE EARLY Faith op Asoka. With Illustrations of the Ancient Religions of the East, from the Pantheon of the Indo-Scythians. To which is added a Notice 6n Bactrian Coins and Indian Dates. By Edward Thomas, F.E.S. 8vo, pp. viii.-24 and 82. With two Autotype Plates and Woodcuts. 1877. 7s. 6d. THOMAS. — The Theory and Practice op Creole Grammar. By J. J. Thomas. 8vo, pp. viii. and 135, boards. 12s. THOMAS. — Eeoords op the Gupta Dynasty. Illustrated by Inscriptions, Written History, Local Tradition, and Coins. To which is added a Chapter on the Arabs in Sind. By Edward Thomas, F.E.S. Folio, with a Plate, pp. iv. and 64, cloth. 14s. THOMAS. — The Indian Balhaea, and the Arabian Intercourse with India in the Ninth and following Centuries. By Edward Thomas, F.E.S. (Contained in International Numismata Orientalia. Vol. II I., Part I. Coins of Arakan Koyal 4to, pp. viii. -48, wrappers. 1882. 8s. 6d. THOMAS. — Boyhood Lays. By William Henry Thomas. 18mo, pp. iv. and 74, cloth. 1877. 2s. 6d. THOMPSON.— Dialogoes, Eussian and English. Compiled by A. E. Thompson, sometime Lecturer of the English Language in the University of St. Vlaimir, iCieff. Crown 8vo, pp. Iv. and 132, cloth. 1882. 5s. 66 A Catalogue of Important Works, THOMSON'. — Evolution and Involution. By George Thomson, Author of "The World of Being," &o. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 206, cloth. 1880. 5s. THORBURN.— BanniJ ; OB, OuB APGHIN Fbontlee. By S. S. Thorbnm, F.C.S., Settlement Officer of the Bannd District. 8vo, pp. x. and 480, cloth. 1876. 18b. THORPE.— DrPLOMATABiUM Anglicum Mn Saxonici. a Collection of English Charters, from the reign of King .Sthelberht of Kent, A.D. Dcv., to that of Wil- liam the Conqueror. Containing : I. Miscellaneous Charters. II. WiUs. IH. Guilds. IV. Manumissions and Acquittances. With a Translation of the Anglo- Saxon. By the late Benjamin Thorpe, Member of the Royal Academy of Sciences at Munich, and of the Society of Netherlandish Literature at Leyden. 8to, pp. xlii. aid 682, cloth. 1865. £1, Is. THOUGHTS ON LOGIC; or, the S.N.I.X. Prepositional Theory. Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and ™, cloth. 1877. 2s. 6d. THOUCTTS ON THEISM, with Suggestions towards a Public Beligions Service in Harmony with Modern Science and Pliilosophy. Ninth Thousand. Sevised and Enlarged. 8»o, pp. 74, sewed. 1882. Is. THURSTON. —Fbiction and Lubeication.* Determinations of the Laws and Co- efficients of Friction by new Methods and with new Apparatus. By Bobert H. Thurston, A.M., C.E., &c. Crown 8vo, pp.xvi. and 212, cloth. 1879. 6s. 6d. TIELE. — See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. VII. and Triibner's Oriental Series. TOLHAUSEN.— A Synopsis op the Patent Laws of Vabious Counteies. By A. Tolhausen, Ph.D. Third Edition. 12mo, pp. 62, sewed. 1870. Is. 6d. T0NSBER6.— Norway. Blustrated Handbook for Travellers. Edited by Charles Tonsberg. With 134 Engravings on Wood, 17 Maps, and Supplement. Crown 8vo, pp. Ixx., 482, and 32, cloth. 1875. 18s. TOPOGRAPHICAL WORKS.— A List oj the vabious Wobks fbefabed at thb Topographical and Statistical Defabtmekt op the Wae Oitick may be had on application. TORCEANU.— Roumanian Gkammab. See Triibner's Collection. TORRENS.— Ehpibe in Asia : How we came by it. A Book of Confessions. By W. M. Torrens, M.P. Med. 8vo, pp. 426. cloth. 1872. 14s. TOSCANI.— Italian Conversational Course. A New Method of Teaching the Italian Language, both Theoretically and Practically. By Criovanni Toscani, Pro- fessor of the Italian Language and Literature in Queen's Coll., London, &c. Fourth Edition. 12mo, pp. xiv. and 300, cloth. 1872. 5b. TOSCANI. — Italian Reading Couese. By G. Toscani. Fcap. 8to, pp. xii and 160. With table. Cloth. 1875. 4s. 6d. TOULON. ^Its Advantages as a Winter Besidenoe fob Invalids and Othebs. By an English Resident. The proceeds of this pamphlet to be devoted to ths English Church at Toulon. Crown 8vo, pp. 8, sewed. 1873. 6d. TRADLEG. — A Son of Belial. Autobiographical Sketches. By Nitram Tradleg, University of Bosphorus. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. -260, cloth. 1882. 5s. TRIMEN,— South-Afbican Buttebflies ; a Monograph of the Extra-Tropical Species. By Roland Trimen, F.L.S., F.Z.S., M.E.S., Curator of the South African Museum, Cape Town. Royal 8vo. [/n preparation.. TBUENER'S American, European, and Obiental Litebaby Record. A Register of the most Important Works published in America, India, China, and the British Colonies. With Occasional Notes on German, Dutch, Danish, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, and Russian Literature. The object of the Publishers in issuing this publication is to give a full and particular account of every publica- tion of importance issued in America and the East, Small 4to, 6d. per number. Subscription, 5s. per volume. Published by Trubner & Go. 67 TRUBNBR.— Tbubner's Bibliogbaphioal Gdide to Ameeicak Literature : A Classed List of Books published in the United States of America, from 1817 to 1857. With Bibliographical Introduction, Notes, and Alphabetical Index. Compiled and Edited by Nicolas Trubner. In 1 vol. 8vo, half bound, pp. 750. 1859. 183. TRVBNER'S CATALOGUE OP DiOTIONABIES AND GRAMMAKS OF THE PRINCIPAL Languages and Dialects ov the World. Considerably Enlarged and Revised, with an Alphabetical Index. A Guide for Students and Booksellersi Second Edition, 8vo, pp. viii. and 170, cloth. 1882. 5s. TBUBNER'S Collection op Simplified Gbammabs op the Principal Asiatic AND European Languages. Edited by Beinhold Eost, LL.D., Ph.D. Crown 8vo, cloth, uniformly bound. I. — Hindustani, Persian, and Arabic. By E. H. Palmer, M.A. Second Edition. Pp. 112. 1885. 5s. II.— Hungarian. By I. Singer. Pp. vi. and 88. 1882. 4s. 6d. in. —Basque. By W. Van Eys, Pp. xii. and 52. 1883. 3s. 6d. IV.— Malagasy. By G. W. Parker. Pp. 66, with Plate. 1883. 5s. v.— Modern Greek. By E. M. Geldart, M.A. Pp. 68. 1883. 2s. 6d. VI. — ^Roumanian. By R. Torceanu. Pp. viii. and 72. 1883. 5s. VII.— Tibetan Grammar. By H. A. Jasohke. Pp. viii.-104. 1883. 5s. VIIL— Danish. ByE.C. OttS. Pp. viii. and 66. 1884. 2s. 6d. IX.— Turkish. ByJ.W.Eedhouse,M.R.A.S. Pp. xii. and 204. 1884. lOs.Bd. X.— Swedish. By E. C. Ott6. Pp. xii.-70. 1884. 2s. 6d. XL— Polish. By W. R. Morfill, M.A. Pp. viu.-64. 1884. 3s. 6d. XII.— Pali. By E. Miiller. Pp. xvi.-144. ' 1884. 7s. 6d. XIII.— Sanskrit. By H. Edgren. Pp. xii.-178. 1885. 10s. 6d. TRUBNEE'S ORIENTAL SERIES :— Post 8vo, cloth, uniformly bound. Essays on the Sacred Language, Writings, and Religion op thePaksis. By Martin Haug, Ph. D., late Professor of Sanskrit and Comparative Philology at the University of Municb. Third Edition, Edited and Enlarged by E. W. West, Ph.D. To which is also added, A Biographical Memoir of the late Dr. Haug. By Professor E. P. Evans. Pp. xlviii. and 428. 1884. 16s. Texts prom the Buddhist Canon, commonly known as Dhamma- pada. With Accompanying Narratives. Translated from the Chinese by S. Beal, B.A., Trinity College, Cambridge, Professor of Chinese, Uni- versity College, London. Pp. viii. and 176. 1878. 7s. 6d, The History op Indian Literature. By Albrecht Weber. Trans- lated from the German by J. Mann, M.A., and Dr. T. Zachariae, with the Author's sanction and assistance. 2d Edition. Pp. 368. 1882. 10s. 6d. A Sketch op the Modern Languages op the East Indies. Accom- panied by Two Language Maps, Classified List of Languages and Dialects, and a List of Authorities for each Language. By Robert Oust, late of H.M.I.C.S., and Hon. Librarian of B.A.S. Pp. xii. and 198. 1878, 12b. The Birth op the Wab-God : A Poem. By K&lidasi. Translated from the Sanskrit into English Verse, by Ralph T. H. Griffiths, M.A., Principalof Benares College. Second Edition. Pp. xii. and 116. 1879. 5«. A Classical Dictionary of Hindu Mythology and History, Geo- graphy AND Literature. By John Dowson, H.R.A.8., late Professor in the Staff College. Pp. 432. 1879. 16s. Metrical Translations prom Sanskrit Writers; with an Introduc- tion, many Prose Versions, and Parallel Passages from Classical Authors. By J. Muir, C.I.E., D.C.L., &o. Pp. xUv.-376. 1879. 14s. Modern India and the Indians : being a Series of Impressions, Notes, and Essays. By Monier Williams, D.O.L., Hon. LL.D. of the University of Calcutta, Bodcn Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Oxford. Third Edition, revised and augmented by considerable additions. With Illustrations and Map, pp. vii. and 368. 1879, 14b. 68 A Catalogue of Important Works, TBUBNEE'S ORIENTAL SERIES— cmtinued. Thb Lipe OB Legend of Gaddama, the Buddha of the Burmese. With Annotations, the Ways to Neibban, and Notice ou the Fhongyies, or Burmese Monks. By the Bight Bey. P. Bigandet, Bishop of Bamatha, Ticar Apostolic of Ava and Pegu. Third Edition. 2 vols. Pp. XX.-368 and Tiii.-326. 1880. 21s. Miscellaneous Essays, relating to Indian Subjects. By B. H- Hodg- son, late British Minister at Nepal. 2 vols. , pp. viii.^08, andvviii.-348. 1880. 28b. Selections feom the Xoban. By Edward William Lane, Author of an "Arabic-English Lexicon," &c. A New Edition, Bevised, with an Introduction. By Stanley, Lane Poole. Pp. cxii. and 174. 1879. 9s. Chinese Buddhism. A Volume of Sketches, Historical and Critical. By J. Edkins, D.D., Author of," China's Place in Philology," "Religion in China," &c., &o, Pp. Ivi. and"454. 1880. 18s. The GnwsTAN ; OB, EosE Gakden of Shekh MnsHLin'i)-DiN Sadi of Shiraz, Translated for the first time into Prose and Verse, with Preface and a Life' of the Author, from the Atish Eladah, by E. B. Eastwick,F.E.S.,M.E.A.S. 2dEdition. Pp. xxvi. and 244. 1880. 10s. 6d. A Talmcdio Miscellany ; or, One Thousand and One Extracts from the Talmud, the Midrashiiu, and the Kabbalah. Compiled and Translated by P. J. Hershon. Witha Preface by Eev.F. W. Farrar, D.D., F.E.S., Chaplain in Ordinary to Her Majesty, and Canon of Westminster. With Notes and Copious Indexes. Pp'. xxviii. and 362. 1880. 14s. The History of Ebaehaddon (Son of Sennacherib), King of Assyria, B.C. 681-668. Translated from the Cuneiform Inscriptions upon Cylinders and Tablets in the British Museum Collection. Together with Original Texts, a Grammatical Analysis of each word. Explana- tions of the Ideographs by Extracts from the Bi-Lingual Syllabaries, and List of Eponyms, &o. By E. A. Budge, B.A., M.E.A.S., Assyrian Exhibitioner, Christ's College, Cambridge. Post Svo, pp. xii. and 164, cloth. 1880. 10s. 6d. Buddhist Bibth Stokies; or, Jataka Tales. The oldest Collection of Folk-Lore extant : being the Jacakatthavannana, for the first time edited in the original FaJi, by V. Fausboll, and translated by T. W. Ehys Davids. Translation. Vol. I. Pp. cxvi. and 348. 1880. 18s. The Classical Poetry of the Japanese. By Basil Chamberlain, Author of "YeigioHenkaku, Ichiran." Pp. xii. and228. 1880. 7s. 6d. Linguistic and Oriental Essays. Written from the year 1846-1878. By E. Cust, Author of "The Modem Languages of the East Indies." Pp. xu. and 484. 1880. 18s. Indian Poetry. Containing a New Edition of "The Indian Song of Songs," from the Sanskrit of the Glta Govinda of Jayadeva ; Two Books from " The Iliad of India " (Mah&bhSxata) ; " Proverbial Wisdom " from the Shlokas of the Hitopadfisa, and other Oriental Poems. By Edwin Arnold, C.S.I., &c. Third Edition. Pp. viii. and 270. 1884. 7s. 6d. The Eeligions of India. By A. Barth. Authorised Translation by Eev. J. Wood. Pp. XX. and 310. 1881. 16s. Hindu Philosophy. The Sankhya Karika of Iswara Krishna. An Exposition of the System of Kapila. With an Appendix on the Nyaya and Vaiseshika Systems. By John Davies, M.A., M.R.A.S. Pp. vi. and 151. . 1881. .6fl. Published by Triibner & Co. 69 TEUBNER'S ORIENTAL %'ERTES- continued. A Manual of Hindu Pantheism. The Vedantasara. Translated with Copious Annotations. By Major G. A. Jacob, Bombay Staff Corps, Inspector of Army Schools. With a Preface by E. B. Cowell, M.A., Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge. Pp. x. and 130 1881. 6s. Thb MesnbvI (usually known as thfe Mesneviyi Sherif, or Holy MesnevI) of Mevlana (Our Ijord) Jelalu-'d-Din Muhammed, Br-B,umi. Book the First. Together with some Account of the Life and Acts of the Author, of his Ancestors, and of his Descendants. Illustrated by a selection of Characteristic Anecdotes as collected by their Historian Mevlana Shemsu-'d-Din Ahmed, El BflakI El Arifl. Translated, and the Poetry Versified by James W. Bedhouse, M.R.A.S., &c. Pp. xvi. and 136, vi. and 290. 1881. £1, Is. Eastern Proverbs and Emblems Illustratino Old Truths. , By the Kev. J. Long, Member of the Bengal Asiatic Society, F.B.G.S. Pp. XV. and 280. 1881. 6s. The Quatrains of Omar KHATYiM. A New Translation. By B. H. Whinfield, late of H.M. Bengal Civil Service. Pp.96. 1881. 5s. The Quatrains of Omar KhayyIm. The Persian Text, with an English Verse Translation. By E. H. Whinfield. Pp. xxxu.-335. 1883. lOs. 6d. The Mind of Mkncius ; or, Political Bcoriomy Founded Upon Moral Philo- sophy. A Systematic Digest of the Doctrines of the Chinese Philosopher Mencius. The Original Text Classified and Translated, with Corn- merits, by the Kev. B. Faber, Khenish Mission Society. Translated from the German, with Additional Notes, by the Rev. A. B. Hutchin- son, Church Mission, Hong Kong. Author in Chinese of " Primer Old Testament History,'' &c., to. Pp. xvi. and 294. 1882. 10s. 6d. YfisUF AND ZULAIKHA. A Poem by Jami. Translated from the Persian into EngUsh Verse. By E. T. H. Griffith. Pp. xiv. and 304. 1882. 8s. 6d. TSUNI- II GOAM : The Supreme Being of the Khoi-Khoi. By Theophilus Bfahn, Ph.D., Custodian of the Grey Collection, Cape Town, Corres- ponding Member of the Geographical Society, Dresden ; Corresponding Member of the Anthropological Society, Vienna, &c., &o. Pp. xii. and 154. 1882. 7s. 6d. A Comprehensive Commentary to the Quran. To which' is prefixed Sale's Preliminary Discourse, with Additional Notes and Emendations. Together with a Complete Index to the Text, Preliminary Discourse, and Notes. By Rev. E. M. Wherry, M.A., Lodiana. Vol. I. Pp. xii. and 392. 1882. 12s. 6d. Vol. IL Pp. xi. and 408. 1884. 12s. 6d. Hindu Philosophy. The Bhagavad GItA ; or, The Sacred Lay. A Sanskrit Philosophical Lay. Translated, with Notes, by John Davies, M.A. Pp. vi. and 208. 1882. 8s. 6d. The Sarva-Darsana-Samgraha ; or. Review of the Different Systems of Hindu Philosophy. By Madhava Acharya. Translated by B. B. Cowell, M.A., Cambridge, and A. B. Gough, M. A., Calcutta. Pp. xii. and 282. 1882. 10s. 6d. Tibetan Tales. Derived from Indian Sources. Translated from the Tibetan of the Kay-6yur. By F. Anton vou Sohiefner. Done into English from the German, with an Introduction. By W. R. S. Ralston, M.A. Pp. Ixvi. and 368. 1882. 14s. Linguistio Essays. By Carl Abel, Ph.D. Pp. viii. and 265. 1882. 9s. The Indian Empire : Its History, People, and Products. By W. W. Hunter, CLE., LL.D. Pp. 568. 1882. 16s. History op the Egyptian Religion. By Dr. C. P. Tiele, Leiden. Trans- lated by J. Ballingal. Pp. xxiv. and 230. 1882. 7s. 6d. "TO A Catalogue of Invportant Works, TRUBNEB'S ORIENTAL SERIES— continued. The Philosophy of the Upamishads. By A. E. Gough, M.A., Calcutta. Pp. xxiv.-268. 1882. 9s. TTdanavabga. a Collection of Verflfes from the Buddhist Canon. Com- piled by Dharmatr&ta. Being the Northern Buddhist Version of Dbammapada. Translated from the Tibetan of Ekah-hgyur, with Notes, and Extracts from the Commentary of Pradjnavarman, by W. "WoodTille Kockhill. Pp. 240. 1883. Qs. A HiSTOBT OF BtraMA, including Burma Proper, Pegu, Taungu, Tenas- serim, and Arakan. Prom the Earliest Time to the End of the First War -with British India. By Lieut.-General Sir Arthur P. Phayre, G.C.MiG., K.C.S.I., andC.B. Pp. xii.-312. 1883. 14s. A Sketch of the Modebn LANauAGES of Africa. Accompanied by a, Language-Map. By S. N. Cust, Author of "Modem Languages of the East Indies," &c. 2 vols., pp. xvL and 566, with Thirty-one Autotype Portraits. 1883. 25s. Religion in China ; containing a brief Account of the Three Religions of the Chinese ; with Observations on the Prospects of Christian Conver- sion amongst that People. By Joseph Edkins, D.D., Peking. Third Edition. Pp. xvi. and 260. 1884. 7s. 6d. OnTUNES of theHistoet of Religion to the Speead op the UnivebsaIi Religions. By Prof. C. P. Tiele. Translated from the Dutch by J. Estlin Carpenter, M.A., with the Author's assistance. Third Edition. Pp. XX. and 250. 1884. 7s. 6d. Si-Tu-Kl Buddhist Recobds of the Westebn "World. Translated from the Chinese of Hiuen Tsaing (A.D. 629). By Samuel Beal, Professor of Chinese, University College, London. 2 vols., with a specially pre- pared Map. Pp. cviii.-242 and viii.-370-. 1884. 245. Dedicated by per- mission to H.R.H. the Prince of Wales, The Life op the Buddha, and the Eablt Histobt op his Oedeb. Derived from Tibetan Works in the Bkah-Hgyur and the Bstan-Hgyur, followed by Notices on the Early History of Tibet and Khoten. By W. W. Rockhill. Pp. xii. and 274. 1884. 10s. 6d. The Sankhta Aphorisms op Kapila. With Dlustrative Extracts from the Commentaries. Translated and Edited by J. R. Ballantyne, LL.D., late Principal of Benares College. Third Edition, now entirely Re- Edited by Fitzedward Hall. Pp. viiL and 464. 1885. 16s. The Ordinances of Manu. Translated from the Sanskrit. With an Introduction by the late A. C. Burn ell, Ph.D., CLE. Completed and Edited by Edward W. Hopkins, Ph.D., ' of Columbia College, New York. Pp. xliv. and 400. 1884. 12s. The Life and Works of Alexander Csoma De Koros between 1819 and 1842. With a Short Notice of all his Published and Unpublished Works and Essays. From Original and for the most part Unpublished Documents. By T: Duka, M.D., F.R.C.S. (Eng.), Surgeon-Major H.M.'s Bengal Medical Service, Retired, &c. Pp. xii. -234, cloth. 1885. 9s. TURNER. — The English Language. A Concise History of the English I^uignage, with a Glossary showing the Derivation and Pronunciation of the English Words. By Roger Turner. In German and English on opposite pages. 18mo, pp. viii.-80, sewed. 1884. Is. 6d. UNGER.— A Short Cut to Reading : The Child's First Book of Lessons. Part I. ByW. H. Unger. Fourth Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. 32, cloth. 1873. 5d. Sequel to Part I. and Part II. Fourth Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. 64, doth. 1873. 6d. Parts I. and II. Third Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. 76, cloth. 1873. la. 6d. In folio sheets. Pp. 44. Sets A to D, lOd. each ; set B, 8d. 1873. Complete, 4s. UNGER. — ^W. H. Unger's Continuous Supplementary Writing Models, designed to impart not only a good business hand, but correctness in transcribing. Oblong 8vo, pp. 40, stiff covers. 1874. 6d. PMislied by TriSmer & Co. 71 0NGER.— The Stddent's Bldb Book: Being Selections from Official Corre- spondence, Beports, &c. ; for Exerciaes in Beading and Copying Manuscripts, Writing, Orthography, Punctuation, Dictation, Precis, Indexing, and Digesting, and Tabulating Accounts and Returns. Compiled by W. H. Unger.' FoUo, pp. 100, paper. 1875. 23. XniGEB.^^Two HuKDBED Tests ik English Obthoobapht, or Word Dictations. Compiled by W. H. Unger. Foolscap, pp. viii. and 200, cloth. 1877. Is. 6d. plain, 2s. €d. interleaved. tJNGEE.— The Script Pwmeb : By which one of the remaining difficulties of Children is entirely removed in the first stages, and, as a consequence, a consider- able saving of time will be effected. In Two Parts. By W. H. Unger. Part I. 12mo, pp. xvi. and it, cloth. 5d. Part II., pp. 59, cloth. 5d. UNGER.— Pbeliminaby Word Dictations on the Eulbs for Spelling. By W. H. Unger. 18mo, pp. 44, cloth. 4d. URICOECHEA. — Mapoteca Colombiana : Catalogo de Todos los Mapas, Pianos, Vistas, &c., relatives a la AmMca-Espafiola, Brasil, e Islas adyacentes. Arre- glada cronologicajuente i precedida de una introduccion sobre la historia cartogra- fica de America. Por SI Doctor Ezequiel Uricoechea, de Bogota, Nueva Granada. 8vo, pp. 232, cloth. 1860. 6s. URQUHART.— Eleotbo-Motors. A Treatise on the Means and Apparatus em- ployed in the Transmission of Electrical Energy and its Conversion into Motive- power. For the Use of Engineers and Others. By J. W. Urquhart, Electrician. Crown 8vo, cloth, pp. xii. and 178, illustrated. 1882. 7s. 6d. VAITANA SUTRA.— See Auctokes Sanskriti, Vol. III. VAIiDES. — Lives of the Twin Beothkbs, JuIn and Alfonso de VALcis. By E. Boehmer, D.D. Translated by J. T. Betts. Crown 8vo, pp. 32, wrappers. 1882. Is. VALDES. — Seventeen Opuscules. By Juan de Vald^s. Translated from the Spanish and Italian, and edited by John T. Betts. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. "and 188, cloth. 1882. 6a. VALDES. — JniN DE Vald^s' Commentary upon the Gtospel op St. Matthew. With Professor Boehmer's "Lives of Ju4n and Alfonao de Vald^s." Now for the first time translated from the Spanish, and never before published in English. By John T. Betts. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 512-30, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d. VALDES. — Spiritual Milk; or. Christian Instruction for Children. By Ju5,n de Valdis. Translated from the Italian, edited and published by John T. Betts. With Lives of the twin brothers, Ju&n and Alfonso de Vald^s. By E. Boehmer, D.D. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 60, wrappers. 1882. 2s. VALDES. — Spiritual Milk. Octaglot. The Italian original, with translations into Spanish, Latin, Polish, German, English, French, and Engadin. With a Critical and Historical Introduction by Edward Boehmer, the Editor of ' ' Spanish Keformers." 4to, pp. 88, wrappers. 1884. 6a. VALDES. — Three Opuscules : an Extract from Vald^s' Seventeen Opuscules. By Ju&n de Vald^s. Translated, edited, and published by John T. Betts. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 58, wrappers. 1881. la. 6d. VALDES. — JuIn de Vald^s' Commentary upon Oub Lord's Sermon on the Mount. Translated and edited by J. T. Betts. With Lives of Juan and Alfonso de Vald^s. By E. Boehmer, D.D. Crown 8vo, pp. 112, boards. 1882. 2s. 6d. VALDES. — JuXn de Valdes' Commentary upon the Epistle to the Bomans. Edited by J. T. Betts. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 296, cloth. 1883. 6s. VALDES.— JuiN de VALDis' Commentary upon St. Paul's First Epistle to the Church at Corinth. Translated and edited by J. T. Betts. With Lives of Ju&n and Alphonso de Valdes. By E. Boehmer. Crown 8vo, pp. 390, cloth. 1883. OS. 72 A Catalogue of Important Works, VAN CAMFEN. — The Dutch in the Abotio Seas. By Samnel Kicbard Van Campen, author of "Hollana's SUver Feast." 8vo. Vol. I. A Dutch Arctic Expedition and Route. Third Edition. Pp. xxxvii. and 263, cloth- 1877. 10a. 6d. Vol. II. in preparation. VAN DE WEYER.— Choix d'Opuscules PhiiosOphiques, Histoeiques, Politiqui 8 ET Lirr^BAlRES de Sylvain Van de Weyer, PrecfedSs d'Avant propos de I'Editeuj . Roxburghe style. Crown 8to. Pbehierb SfelE. Pp. 374. 1863. 10s. 6d.— Dbcxieme SfiME. Pp. 502. 1869. 12s.— TboisiJimb SiEiE. Pp. 391. 1875. 10s. 6d.— QnATKiSME S^eie. Pp. 366. 1876. 10s. 6d. VAN EYS.— Basque Gbammab. See Trubner's Collection. VAN LAUN.— Gbammab op the Fbenoh Lansuage. B^ H. Van Lann. Parts I. and II. Accidence and Syntax. 13th Edition. Cr. 8ro,*pp.l51and 120, cloth. 1874. 4s. Part III. Exercises. 11th Edition. Or. 8to, pp. xii and 285, doth. 1873. 3s. 6d. VAN LAUN. — LEfONS GBADCfes DE TEAUncTiON ET DB Lecttjbe ; or. Graduated Lessons in Translation and Beading, with Biographical Sketches, Annotations on History, Geography, Synonyms and Style, and a Dictionary of "Words ani Idioms. By Henri Van Laun. 4th Edition. 12mo, pp. viii. and 400, cloth. 1868. 5s. VAN FEAA6H. — LESSONS FOB THE INSTBUOTION OP DEAP AND DUMB ChILDBEN, in SpeaUng, lip-reading. Beading, and Writing. By W. Van Fraagh, Director of the School and Training College for Teachers of the Association for the Oral Instruction of the Deaf and Dumb, Officier d'Academie, France. Fcap. 8vo, Part L, pp. 52, cloth. 1884. 23. 6d. Part IL, pp. 62, cloth. Is. 6d. VARDHAMANA'S GANARATNAMAHODADHI. See AnCTOBES Sanskbiti, Vol. IV. VAZIB OF LANEUBAN: A Persian Play. A Text-Book of Modem CoUoqnial Persian. Edited, with Grammatical Introduction, Translation, Notes, and Voca- bulary, by W. H. Haggard, late of H.M. Legation in Teheran, and 6. le Strange. Crown 8vo, pp. 230, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d. VELASQUEZ AND SiMONiri:'s New Method to Bead, 'Wbitb, and Speak the Spanish Langdagk Adapted to GUendorS's System. Post 8to, pp. 558, cloth. 1882. 6b. Key. Post 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 4s. VELASQUEZ. — A DiOTiONABT op the Spanish and English Languages. For the Use of Young Learners and Travellers. By M. Velasquez de la Cadena. In Two Parts. I. Spanish-English. II. English-Spanish. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 846, cloth. 1883. 7s. 6d. VELASQUEZ.— A Pbonouncing Diotionabt op the Spanish and English Lan- guages. Composed from the Dictionaries of the Spanish Academy, Terreos, and Salv&, and 'Webster, Worcester, and Walker. Two Parts in one thick Tolnme. By M. Velasquez de la Cadena. Eoy. 8to, pp. 1280, cloth. 1873. £1, 4s. VELASQUEZ. — New Spanish Beadee : Passages from the most approved authors, in Prose and Verse. Arranged in progressive order. With Vocabulary. By M. V elasquez de la Cadena. Post 8vo, pp. 352, cloth. 1866. 6s. VELASQUEZ.— An East Intboduction to Spanish CoNyEBSATioir, contaiidi^ all that is necessary to make a rapid progress in it. Particularly designed* for persons who have little time to study, or are their own instructors. By M. Velasquez de la Cadena. 12mo, pp. 150, cloth. 1863. 2s. 6d. VERSES AND Vebselets. By a Lover of Nature. Foolscap 8vo, pp. viii and 88, cloth. 1876. 2s. 6d. ^'^ VICTORIA GOVERNMENT.— Publications op the Govebnment op Victobla. lAst in preparation. VOGEL.— On Beeb. A Statistical Sketch. By M. VogeL Fcap. 8vo, pp. xii and 76, cloth limp. 1874. 2s. J e. y , ve ■ a WAFFLARD and FULGENCE.— Lb Voyage 1 Dieppe. A Comedy in Prose. Bt Wafflard and Fulgence. Edited, with Notes, by the Rev. P. H. E. Brette. B D Cr. 8vo, pp. 104, cloth. 1867. 28. 6d. Published by Triibner & Co. 73 WAKE.— The Evolution of Moralitt. Being a History of the Development of Moral Culture. By C. Staniland Wake. 2 toIs. orown 8vo, pp. xTi.-506 and XU.-474, cloth. 1878. 21b. ■WALLACE.— On Miracles and Modebn Spieitualism ; Three Essays. By Alfred Eussel WaUaoe, Author of "The Malay Archipelago," "The Geographical Dis- tribution of Animals," &c., &o. Second Edition, crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 236, cloth. 1881. 5s WANKLYN and CHAPMAN.— Water Analysis. A Practical Treatise on the Examination of Potable Water. By J. A. Wanklyn, and E. T. Chapman. Sixth Edition. Entirely rewritten. By J. A. Wanklyn, M.E.CrS. Crown 8vo, pp. 192, cloth. 1884. 5s. WANKLYN.- Milk Analysis ; a Practical Treatise on the Examination of Milk and its Derivatives, Cream, Butter, and Cheese. By J. A. Wanklyn, M.B.C.S., &c. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 72,, cloth. 1874. 53. WANKLYN.— Tea, Coffee, and Cocoa. A Practical Treatise on the Analysis of Tea, Coffee, Cocoa, Chocolate, Mat^ (Paraguay Tea), &c. By J. A. Wanklyn, M.E.C.S., &c Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 60, cloth. 1874. 6s.' WAR OFFICE.— A List of the various Military Manuals and other Works published under the sufeeintendenoe of the War Office may be. had on application. WARD. — Ice : A Lecture delivered before' the Keswick literaiy Society, and pub- lished by request. To which is appended a Greological Dream on Skiddaw. By J. Clifton Ward, F.G.S. 8vo, pp. 28, sewed. 1870. Is. WARD. — Elementary Natural Philosophy ; being a Course of Nine Lectures; speci- ally adapted for the use of Schools and Junior Students. By J. Clifton Ward, F.G.S. Foap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 216, with 154 Illustrations, cloth. 1871. 3s. 6d. WARD. — Elementary Geology : A Course of Nine Lectures, for the use of Schools and Junior Students. By J. Clifton Ward, F.G.S. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 292, with 120 Illustrations, cloth. 1872. 4s. 6d. WATSON. — Index to the Native and SciENnric Names of Indian and other Eastern Economic Plants and Products, originally prepared under the autho- rity of the Secretary of State for India in Council. By John Forbes Watson, M.D. Imp. 8vo, pp. 650, cloth. 3868. £1, lis. 6d. WATSON. — Spanish and Portuguese South America duetng the Colonial Period. By E. 6. Watson. 2 vols, post Svo, pp. xvi.-308, viii.-320, cloth. 1884. 21s. WEBER. — The History of Indian Literature. By Albreoht Weber. Translated from the Second German Edition, by J. Mann, M.A., and T. Zaoharaiae, Ph.D., with the sanction of the Author. Second Edition, post 8to, pp. xxiv. and 360, doth. 1882. 10s. 6d. WEDGWOOD.— The Prinoiples of Geometrical Demonstration, reduced from the Original Conception of Space and Form. By H. Wedgwood, M.A. 12mo, pp. 48, cloth. 1844. 2s. WEDGWOOD. — On the Development op the Understanding. By H. Wedgwood, A.M. 12mo, pp. 133, cloth. 1848. 3s. WEDGWOOD.— The Geometry op the Three First Books of Euclid. By Direct Proof from Definitions Alone. By H. Wedgwood, M.A. 12mo, pp. 104, cloth. 1856. 3s. WEDGWOOD. — On the Origin op Language. ByH. Wedgwood, M.A. 12mo, pp. 165, cloth. 1866. 3s. 6d. WimOWOOD.- A Dictionary op English Etymology. By H. Wedgwood. Third Edition, revised and enlarged. With Introduction on the Origin of Language. 8vo, pp. Ixxii. and 746, cloth. 1878. £1, Is. WEDGWOOD.— Contested Etymologies in the Dictionary op the Eev. W. W. Skeat. By H. Wedgwood. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 194, cloth. 1882. 5s. 74 A Catalogue of Important Works, WEISBACH.— Theoeetioal Mechanics : A Mannal of the Mechanics of Engineer- ing and of the Construction of Machines ; with an Introduction to the Calculus. Designed as a Text-book for Technical Schools and Colleges, and for the use of Engineers, Architects, &c. By Julius 'Weisbach, Ph.D., Oberbergrath, and Pro- fessor at the Boyal Mining Academy at Freiberg, &c. Translated from the Ger- man by Eckley B. Goxe, A.M., Mining Engineer. Demy 8ro, with 902 woodcuts, pp. 1H2, cloth. 187r. 31s. 6d. WELLEB. — As IMPEOVED DicMONAET ; English and French, and Fi«nch and Eng- lish. By E. WeUer. Koyal 8vo, pp. 384 and 340, cloth. 1864. 7s. 6d. WEST and BUHLER. — A Digest of the Hindu Law op Inheeitance, Paetition, AND Adoption ; embodying the Beplies of the S^trls in the Courts of the Bombay Presidency, with Introductions and Notes. By Baymond West and J. G. Buhler. Third Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. 1450, sewed. 1884. £1, 16s. WETHERELL. — ^The MANUPACTirEB OP Vdtegae, its Theory and Practice; with especial reference to the Quick Process. By C. M. WethereU, Fh.D., M.D. 8vo, pp. 30, cloth. 7s. 6d. WHEELDON. — AUGLING Kesoets neae London : The Thames and the Lea. By J. P. Wheeldon, Piscatorial Correspondent to "Bell's life." Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 218. 1878. Paper, Is. 6d. WHEELER. — ^The Hibtoet OS Ifdia peom the Eaeliest Ages. By J. Talboys Wheeler. Demy 8vo, cloth. VoL I. containing the Vedic Period and the Mah& Bh^rata. With Map. Pp. Ixxv. and 576, cL 1867, o. p. ToL II. The Bamayana, and the Brahmanic Period. Pp. Ixxxviil and 680, with 2 Maps, cL 21s. YoL III. Hindu, Buddhist, Brahmanical Bevival. Pp. xziT.-500. With 2 Maps, 8vo, cl. 1874. 18s. This volume may be had as a complete work with the fol- lowing title, " History of India ; Hindu, Buddhist, and Brahmanical." Vol IV. Part I. Mussulman Rule. Pp. xxxii.-320. 1876. 14s. VoL IV. Part IL completing the History of India down to the time of the Moghul Empire. Pp. xxviii. and 280. 188L 12s. WHKKliEB. — Eaelt Eeoobds OF Beitish India : A History of the English Settle- ments in India, as told in the Government Becords, the works of old Travellers, and other Contemporary Documents, from the earliest period down to the rise of British Power in India. By J. Talboys Wheeler, late Assistant Secretary to the Government of India in the Foreign Department. Royal 8vo, pp. T:ririi and 392, cloth. 1878. 15s. WHEELER.— The Foeeigneb m China. By L. N. Wheeler, D.D. With Intro- duction by Professor W. C. Sawyer, Ph.D. 8vo, pp. 268, cloth. 1881. b's. 6d. WHERRY. — A COMPEEHENBIVE COMMENTARY TO THE QuEAN. To which is prefixed Sale's Preliminary Discourse, with additional Notes ^nd Emendations. Together with a complete Index to the Text, Preliminary Discourse, and Notes. By Eev. E. Mi Wherry M.A., Lodiana. 3 vols, post 8vo, cloth. Vol. I. Pp. xii and 392. 1882. 12s. 6d. Vol. II. Pp. vi. and 408. 1884. 12s. 6d. WHINFIELD.— QcATEAlNS OP Omak Khayyam. See Trttbner's OrientsU Series. WHOTFIELD.— See Gdlshan I. Eaz. WHIST.— Shoet Rules foe Modern Whist, Extracted from the "Quarterly Review" of January 1871. Printed on a Card, folded to fit the Pocket. ■ 1878. 6d. WHITE.— Spinoza. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library. WHITNEY.— Language and the Study of Language : Twelve Lectures on the Principles of Linguistic Science. By W. D. Whitney. Fourth Edition, aug- mented by an Analysis. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 504, cloth. 1884. 10s. 6d. WHITNEY.— Language and its Study, with especial reference to the Indo- European Family of Languages. Seven Lectures by W. D. Whitney, Instructor in Modem Languages in Yale College. Edited with Introduction, Notes, Tables, &c., and an Index, by the Rev. R. Morris, M.A., LL.D. Second Edition. Crown Svo, pp. xxii. and 318, cloth. 1880. 5s. Published by TrUbner & Go. 75 WHITNEY.— Oriental and Linguistic Studies. By "W. D. Whitney. First Series. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 420, cloth. 1874. 12s. Second Series. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 434. With chart, cloth. 1874. 12s. . . WHITNEY. — A Sanskrit Grammae, including both the Classical Language and the older Dialects of Veda and Srahmana. By William Dwight Whitney, Professor of Sanskrit and Comparative Philology in Yale College, Newhaven, &o., &c. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 486. 1879. Stitched in wrapper, 10s. 6d; cloth, 123. WHITWELL. — Iron Smelter's Pocket Analysis Book. By Thomas WhiiweU, Member of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, &c. Oblong 12mo, pp. 152, roan. 1877. 5s. WILKINSON. — The- Saint's Travel to the LaOT) op Canaan. Wherein are dis- covered Seventeen False Rests short of the Spiritual Coming of Christ in the Saints, with a Brief Discovery of what the Coming of Christ in the Spirit is. By E. Wilkinson. Printed 1648 ; reprinted 1874. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 208, cloth. Is. 6d. WILLIAMS. — A Syllabic Dictionary op the Chinese Language ; arranged ac- cording to the Wu-Fang Yuen Yin, with the pronunciation of the Characters as heard in Pekin, Canton, Amoy, and Shanghai. By S. Wells Williams, LL.D. 4to, pp. 1336. 1874. £5, 5s. WILLIAMS. — Modern India and the Indians. See Triibner's Oriental Series. WILSON.— Works op the late Horace Hayman Wilson, M.A., F.E..S., &c. Tola. I. and II. Essays and Lectures chiefly on the Religion of the Hindus, by the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S., &c. CoUeoted and Edited by Dr. Eein- hold Rost. 2 vols, demy 8vo, pp. xiii. and 399, vi. and 416, cloth. 21s. Vols. III., rV., and V. Essays Analytical, Critical, and Philological, on Subjects connected with Sanskrit Literature. Collected and Edited by Dr. Eeinhold Rost. 3 vols, demy 8vo, pp. 408, 406, and 390, cloth. 36s. Vols. VI., VIL, VIII., IX., and X. (2 parts). Vishnu Purftua, a System of Hindu Mythology and Tradition. Translated from the original Sanskrit, and Illus- trated by Notes derived chiefly from other Puran&s. By the late H. H. Wilson. Edited by FitzEdward Hall, M.A., D.C.L., Oxon. Vols. I. to V. (2 parts). Demy 8vo, pp. cxl. and 200, 344, 346, 362, and 268, cloth. £3, 4s. 6d. Vols. XI. and XII. Select Specimens of the Theatre of the Hindus. Translated from the original Sanskrit. By the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S. Third corrected Edition. 2 vols, demy 8vo, pp. Ixxi. and 384, iv. and 418, cloth. 21s. WILSON,— Thoughts on Science, Theology, and Ethics. By John Wilson, M.A., Trinity College, Dublin. Crown 8vo, pp. 280, cloth. 1885. 3b. 6d. WISE. — Commentary on the Hindu System op Medicine. By T. A. Wise, M.D. 8vo, pp. XX. and 432, cloth. 1845. 73. 6d. WISE.— Review op the History op Medicine. By Thomas A. Wise. 2 vols, demy 8vo, cloth. Vol. I., pp. xcviii. and 397. Vol. II., pp. 574. 10s. WISE. — History op Paganism in Caledonia. By T. A. Wise, M.D., &c. Demy 4to, pp. xxviiJ.-272, cloth, with numerous Illustrations. 1884. ISs. WITHERS.- The English Language as Pronounced. By G. Withers. Royal 8vo, pp. 84, sewed. 1874. Is. WOOD.— Chbonos. Mother Earth's Biography. A Romance of the New School. By Wallace Wood, M.D. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 334, with Illustration, cloth. 1873. 6s. WOMEN.— The RidHTS op Women. A Comparison of the Relative Legal Status of the Sexes in the Chief Countries of Western Civilisation. Crown 8vo, pp. 104, cloth. 1875. 2s. 6d. 76 A Catalogue of Importa/nt Works. WEIGHT. — Feddal Manuals op English Histokt, a series of Popular Sketches of our National History compiled at dififerent periods, from the THrbeenth Century to the Fifteenth, for the use of the Feudal Gentry and Nobility. Now first edited from the Original Manuscripts. By Thomas Wright, M.A., F.S.A., &c. Small 4to, pp. xxix. and 184, cloth. 1872. 15b. WBI6HT. — The Homes of other Days. A Histoyy of Domestic Manners and Sentiments during the Middle Ages. By Thomas Wright, M.A., F.S.A. With Illustrations from the Uluminations in Contemporary Manuscripts and other Sources. Drawn and Engraved by F. W. Faarholt, F.S.A. Medium 8vo, 350 Woodcuts, pp. XV. and 512, cloth. 1871. 21s. WRIGHT.— Anglo-Saxon and Old English Vocabdlaeies. By Thomas Wright, M.A., F.S.A., Hon. S^.KS.Ij. Second Edition, Edited and Collated by Richard Paul Wulcker. 2 vols, demy 8vo, pp. XX.-408, and iv.-486, cloth. 18^. 28s. Illustrating the Condition and Manners of our Forefathers, as well as the History of the forms of Elementary Education, and of the Languages Spoken in this Island from the Tenth Century to the Fifteenth. WBIGHT.— The Cbi/t, the Eoman, and the Saxon j a History of the Early Inhabitants of Britain down to the Conversion of the Anglo-Saxons to Christianity. Illustrated by the Ancient Bemains brought to light by Becent Besearch. By Thomas Wright, M.A., F.S.A,, &c., &c. Third Corrected and Enlarged Edition. Cr. 8vo,pp. xiv. and562. With nearly 300 Engravings. Cloth. 1875. 14s. WEIGHT. — The Book op Kalilah and Dimnah. Translated from Arabic into Syriao. Edited by W. Wright, LL.D., Professor of Arabic in the University of Cambridge. Demy 8vo, pp. lxxxii.-408, cloth. 1884. 21s. WEIGHT.— Mental Tkatels in Imagined Lands. By H. Wright. Crown 8vo, pp. 184, cloth. 1878. 5s. WYLD.— Claibvoyanoe ; or, the Auto-Noetic Action of the Mind. By George Wyld, M.D. Edin: 8vo, pp. 32, wrapper. 1883. Is. WYSARD. — The Intellectdal and Moeal Problem op Goethe's Faust. By A. Wysard. Parts I. and II. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 80, limp parchment wrapper. 1883. 23. 6d. YOUNG MECHANIC (The).— See Mechanic. ZELLEE. — Strauss and Benan. An Essay by E. Zeller. Translated from the German. Post 8vo, pp. 110, cloth. 1866. 2s. 6d. PERIODICALS PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY TEUBNEE & CO. AMATEUE MECHANICAL SOCIETY'S JOUENAL.— Irregular. ANTANANARIVO ANNUAL AND MADAGASCAR MAGAZINE.— Irregular. ANTHROPOLOGICAL iNsiiTUTB OP Gekat Britain and Ireland (Jocbnal op). — Quarterly, 5s. ARCHITECT (AMERICAN) AND Building News. — Contains General Architectural News, Articles on Interior Decoration, Sanitary Engineering, Construction, Building Materials, &c., &c. Four full-page Illustrations accompany each Number. Weekly. Annual Subscription, £1, lis. 6d. Post free. ASIATIC SOCIETY (Boyal) OP Great Britain and Ireland (Journal op).— Irregular. Periodicals. 77 BIBLICAL ARCRSOLOGICAL SOCIETT (TRANSACTIONS OF).— Irregular. BIBLIOTHECA SACEA.— Quarterly, 3s. 6d. Annual Subscription, 14s. Post free. BRITISH ARCHiEOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (JouBNAL OF).— Quarterly, 8s. BRITISH CHESS MAGAZINE. -Monthly, 8d. BRITISH HOMEOPATHIC SOCIETY (ANNALS OF).— Half-yearly, 23. 6d. BROWNING SOCIETY'S PAPERS.-lrregular. CALCUTTA REVIEW.— Quarterly, 8s. 6d. Annual Subscription, 348. Post free. CAMBRIDGE PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY (Peoobedings of).- Irregular. ENGLISHWOMAN'S REVIEW.— Social and Industrial Questions. MontWy, 6d. GEOLOGICAL MAGAZINE, or Monthly Journal of Geology, Is. 6d. Annual Sub- scription, 18a. Post free. GLASGOW, GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF (Transactions of).— Irregular. INDEX MEDICUS.— A Monthly Classified Kecord of the Current Medical literature of the 'World. Annual Subscription, 50s. Post free. INDIAN ANTIQUARY.— A Journal of Oriental Eesearch in Archeology, History, Literature, Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Folklore, &c. Annual 'Subscrip- tion, £2. Post free. INDIAN EVANGELICAL REVIEW.— Annual Subscription, lOs. LIBRARY JOURNAL. — Official Organ of the Library Associations of America and of the United Kingdom. Monthly, 2s. Annual Subscription, 20s. Post free. MANCHESTER QUARTERLY.— Is. 6d. MATHEMATICS (Amekioan Jodbnai, of).— Quarterly, 7s. 6d. Annual Subscrip- tion, 24s. Post free. ORIENTALIST (The).— Monthly. Annual Subscription, 12s. ORTHODOX CATHOLIC REVIEW.— Irregular. PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY (Transactions AND PBOOBBajmos OF). —Irregular. PSYCHICAL RESEARCH (SOCIETY OF).— PeocBBDINGS. PUBLISHERS' WEEKLY.— The American Book-Teade Jouenal. Annual Sub- scription, 18s. Post free. PUNJAB NOTES AND QUERIES.— Monthly. Annual Subscription, 10s. REVUE COLONIALE INTERNATIONALE.— Monthly. Annual Subscription, 25s. Post free. SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN.— Weekly. Annual subscription, 18a. Post free. SUPPLEMENT to ditto.— Weekly. Annual subscription, 24s. Post free. SCIENCE AND ARTS (Amebican Jodbnal of).— Monthly, 2s. 6d. Annual Subscrip- tion, 30s. SPECULATIVE PHILOSOPHY (JOURNAL OF).— Quarterly, 4s. Annual Subscription, 16s. Post free, 17s. SUNDAY REVIEW.— Organ of the Sunday Society for Opening Museums and Art Galleries on Sunday. — Quarterly, Is. Annual Subscription, 4s. 6d. Post free. TRUBNER'S Amebican, European, and Oriental Literary Record.— A Register of the most Important Works Published in America, India, China, and the British Colonies. With occasional Notes on German, Dutch, Danish, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, and Russian Literature. Subscription for 12 Numbers, 5s. Post free. TRUBNER & CO.'S Monthly List of New and Forthcoming Works, Official and other Authorised Publications, and New American Books. Post free. WESTMINSTER REVIEW.- Quarterly, 6s. Annual Subscription, 22s. Post free. WOMAN'S Suffrage Journal. — Monthly, Id. TROBNER & GO.'S CATALOGUES. Any of the following Catodogties sent per Post on receipt of Stamps. Africa, Works Relating to the modem Languages of. Id. Agricultural Works. 2d. Arabic, Persian, and Turkish Books, printed in the East. Is. Assyria and Assyriolog^y. Is. Bibliotheca Hispano-Americana. Is. 6d. Brazil, Ancient and IVEodem Books relating to. 2s. 6d. British Museum, Publications of Trustees of the. Id. Dictionaries and Graihmars of Principal Languages and' Dialects of the World. 5s. Educational Works. Id. Egypt and Egyptology. Is. Guide Books. Id. Important Works, published by Triibner & Co. 2d. Linguistic and Oriental Publications. 2d. Medical, Surgical, Chemical, and Dental Publications. 2d. Modem German Books. 2d. Monthly List of New Publications. Id. Pali, Prakrit, and Buddhist Literature. Is. Portugruese Language, Ancient and Modern Books in the. 6d. Sanskrit Books. 2s. 6d. Scientific Works. 2d. Semitic, Iranian, and Tatar Races. Is. TRUBNiER'S COLLECTION OF SIMPLIFIED GRAMMARS OP THE PRINCIPAL ASIATIC AND EUROPEAN LANGUAGES. Edited by REINHOLD EOST, LL.I)., Ph.D. The object of tMs Series is to provide the learner with a concise but practi*,! Introduction to the various Languages, and at the same time to furnish Students of Comparative Philology with a clear and comprehensive view of their structure. The attempt to adapt the somewhat cumbroup grammatical system of the Greek and Latin to every other tongue has intro- duced a great deal of unnecessary difficulty into the study of Languages. Instead of analysing existing locutions and endeavouring to discover the principles which regulate them, writers of grammars have for the most part constructed a framework of rules on the old lines, and tried to make the ' language of which they were treating fit into it. Where this proves im- possible, the difficulty is met by lists of exceptions and irregular forms, thus burdening the pupil's mind with a mass of details of which he can make no practical use. In these Grammars the subject is viewed from a different standpoint ; the structure of each language is carefully examined, and the principles which underlie it are carefully explained ; while apparent discrepancies and so-called irregularities are shown to be only natural euphonic and other changes. All technical terms are excluded unless their meaning and application is self-evident ; no arbitrary rules are admitted ; the old classification into .declensions, conjugations, &c., and even the usual fara- dic/ms and tables, are omitted. Thus reduced to the simplest principles, the Accidence and Syntax can be thoroughly comprehended by the student on. one perusal, and a few hours' diligent study will enable him to analyse any sentence in the language. Now Rkady. Crown 8vp, cloth, uniformly bound. I. — Hindustani, Persian, and Arabic. .By the late £. H. Palmer, M.A. Second Edition. Pp. 112. 5s. II. — Hungarian. By I. Singer, of Buda-Pesth. Pp. vi. and 88. 4s. 6d. For continuation see next page. 80 TrUbner's Simplified Orammars — continued. III.— Basque. By W. Van Eys. Pp. xii. and 52. 38. 6d. IV.— Malagasy. By G. W. Parker. Pp. 66. 5s. p. v.— Modern Greek. By E. M. GJeldaet, M:.A. Pp. 68. 2s. 6d. VI.— Roumanian. By M. Torceanu. Pp. viii. and 72. 5s. VII.— Tibetan. By H. A. Jaschke. Pp. viii. and 104. 5s. VIII.— Danish. By E. C. Ott^. Pp. viii. and 66. 2s. 6d. IX.— Turkish. By J. W. Kedhouse, M.R.A.S. Pp. xii. and 204. 10s. 6d. X.— Swedish. By Miss E. C. Ott£. Pp. xii. and 70. 2s. 6d. XI.— Polish. By W. E. Moefill, M.A. Pp. viii. and 64. 3s. 6^ XII.— Pali. By E. MiJLLER, Ph.D. Pp. xvi.-144. 7s. 6d. XIII.— Sanskrit. By H. Edgeen. Pp. xii. -178. 10s. 6d, The following are in preparation : — SIMPLIFIED GRAMMARS OF Albanian, by Wassa Pasha, Prince of the Lebanon. Assyrian, by Prof. Sayce. Bengali, by J. F. Blumhaedt, of the British Museum. Burmese, by Dr. E. Foechammee. Cymrio and Gaelic, by H. Jenner, of the British Museum. Egyptian, by. Dr. Biech. Finnic, by Prof. Otto Donnee, of Helsingfors. Hebrew, by Dr. Ginsbueg. Icelandic, by Dr. Wimmee, Copenhagen. Lettish, by Dr. M. I. A. Volkel. Lithuanian, by Dr. M.JI. A. Volkel. Malay, by W. E. Maxwell, of the Inner Temple, Barristef-at-Law. Portuguese, by Waltee de Geay Birch. Prakrit, by HjalmarTEdgeen, Lund, Sweden^ Russian, Bohemian, Bulgarian and Serbian, by W. K. Morfill, of Oxford. Sinhalese, by "Dr. Edward Mullee. Arrangements are } being made with competent Scholars for the early preparation [of Grammars of German, Dutch, Italian, Chinese Japanese, anc^HSiamese. LONDON : TRUBNER & CO., LUDGATE HILL. PRINTED BY BALLANTYNE, HANSON AND CO. EDINBURGH AND LONDON. 750/21/10/83— H. f